TB 746-93-2

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL BULLETIN

I

PAINTING AND MARKING
OF

ARMY AIRCRAFT

This copy is

a

reprint which includes current

J

pages from Changes 1 through 3.
".\'

This technical bulletin supersedes TB 746-93-2, 28 June 1967, including all changes

OFTHE HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT ARMY
JANUARY 1911
\)#<
~
~

.,

.

-

-_.-._-----'_.~~-

.......

...~-~

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
W. C. WESTMORELAND, General, United States Army, Chief of Staff.

.

Official:

KENNETH G. WICKHAM,

Major General, United States Army,
The Adjutant General.

Distribution: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-31 (qty rqr block no. 94) requirements for All Fixed Wing and All Rotary Wing Aircraft.

tit

u.s. GOVERNMOO PRINTING OffiCE,

Im-496-525/694

TI

7ai6-93.2

.
TECHNICAL BULLETIN

8
.

TB 746-93-2'

}

HEADQUARTERS,

DEPARTMENT OF THE. ARMY
WASHINGTON, D. C.,
21 October 1971
.

PAINTING AND MARKING OF ARMY AIRCRAFT
CHAPTER
1.

GENERAL
Purpose and Scope

Parapaph

Page

Section I.

".

~

Purpose. Scope. Restrictions. Deviations.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

'.'
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. .. ..

1~1

1-2 1-3 1-4

1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1

II.

Responsibilities

Organizational activities. Field activities.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Depot activities. Commercial activities. International Standardization.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

:
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. .. ..
. .

1-6 1-6 1-7

1-8
1-9

1-1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2

e
Section

III. Authorized Paint Schemes General. Camouflaged aircraft.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Exceptions to camouflaged aircraft

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. ..

1-10
1-11

1-12

1-2 1-2 1-3

.~

~A

CHAPTER 2.
I.

SURFACE PREPARATIONS:
Cleaning and Stripping Stripping to bare surface. Bare metal surfaces. Painted metal surfaces.
. . .

GENERAL

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. ..
.. ..
.

2-1 2-2 2-3

2-1 2-1

2-2.
2-2
2-2

II.
.

..

Metal Conditioning Metal treatment. Chemical coatings (conversion coatings)
.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

2-4 2-6

~

CHAPTER
Section

3.

PAINTING:

GENERAL
3-1 3-2
3-1 3-2

I.

Primer Coating Wash primer.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Primers.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8
.

.. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..

II.

Finish Painting: General Exterior painting. Interior painting. Touchup painting. Overpainting Wood finishes.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.'.
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Plastics.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

3-3 3-4 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-8
Change 2

3-4 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6 3-6

",,;r~

-- -----

TB 746.93.2

Paragraph

Page

III.

Special Areas

Batte~ compartments. High temperature areas. Walkways.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Fabric parts. Rubber.
.
.

.

.

.'.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Antennas and radomes Reinforced plastic components.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

CHAPTER
Section

4.

STANDARD. CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME
Coating System

.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..

3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15

3-7 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-9

.

8
,

I.

General. Materials.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Procedure.
II.
CHAPTER
Section
5.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

4-1 4-2 4-3

4-1 4-1 4-1

Markings

General.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

NON-STANDARD PAINT SCHEMES
Special Color Schemes Color schemes.
.
.

..
..

4-4

4-1

I.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

5.1

5-1

II.

High Visibility Painting High visibility color schemes. Arctic, desert, and jungle pattern.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

CHAPTER
Section

6.

FINISHES FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS:
General Surface

.. ..
"

5-2 5.3

5-1 5-2

GENERAL

e

I.

preparation.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

6-1

Materials-Topcoats.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Application.
Colors. Decals.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

"

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. ..
.

6-2 6-3 6-4
6-5

6-1 6-1
6-1 6-1 6-1

II.

Propeller Finishes and Markings

Finishes.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Blade markings, wood and

6-6
6-7

6-1

metal.
. .
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

III. Rotor Blade Finishes.

..
.

6-2

.I

Finishes and Markings
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Markings.
Landing

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

IV. Landing Gear and Wheels

..

6-8 6-9

6-2A
6-3

I
V.

Wheel wells, U-21, RU-21, and OV-1

Wheels.

gear.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. ..
"

6.10
6-11

6-llA
6-12 6-13

6-4 6-4 6-4

Antiglare Coatings

e
.

Exterior.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Interior.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

6-4 6-4

VI. Fluorescent Coatings

General. Materials.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

ii

Change 2

., ..

6-14 6-15

6-5 6-5

T8 741-93-2

.

P

'l.

8
VII.
CHAPTER
Section

Preparation of surfaces for painting. Application of fluorescent paint Application instructions general. Application of protective coat. Application instructions special.
-

.

-

Maintenance. Repair procedures.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .............. .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . . . . . .
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6.22

6-5 6-5 6-5 6-6 6-6 6.7 6-7

Protective Coatings Corogard

;

7.

LETTERING AND MARKING
Markings: General Camouflage markings
Insignia:

.........................
. .
. .

6-23

6-7

I

I.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. ..

7.1

7-1

II.

General

Coating

materials.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

7-2

7-1

III. National
General

Star Insignia (For Non-Camouflaged
.'
. . . . .

Aircraft)
.
. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8
V.

Colors. Applications.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Fixed wing aircraft. Helicopter and convertiplane
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. .. .. ..
..

7-3 7-4 7-6 7-6 7-7

7-2 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-3

IV. Medical Insignia
Aircraft first aid kits and litters

Aircraft.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

7-8
7 -9

Command and Organizational Insignia

..............
. .
.

7-4 7-4

General. Specific.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. ..

7-10 7-11

7-4 7-6

VI. Identification Lettering

General.
1

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Fixed wing aircraft (non-camouflaged)
Helicopters (non-camouflaged)

VII. Warning

Stripes and Signs
.

........... ...............
. . .

7-12 7-13 7-14

7-6 7-6 7-6

Propeller and rotor blade warning (nol.camouflaged aircraft)
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

7-16

7~
7-7

I

VIII. Radio Call Numbers and PreflXes Radio call numbers.
. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

tit
.

..
.. ..

7-16

IX.

Serial Number and Fuel Specification

Fuselage. Size of markings.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

7-17 7-18

7-8 7-8

Change 2

Hi

TB 746-93-2

Paragraþh

Page

X.

Markings for Emergency Entry or Exit (N on-Camouflaged Aircraft)

.
. . . . . . .
. .

General.
Secondary

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

openings.
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Relocation.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Escape panels-internal Escape panels-extemal

markings.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

markings.
. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. .. .. .. ..

7-19 7 -20 7-21 7 -22 7 -23

7-8 7-8 7-8
7-9 7-9

8
;

XI. Miscellaneous Markings

General. Bilingual markings.
.
. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..

7-24 7-25
7 -26 7 -27 7 -28 7 -29 7 -30

7-10 7-10

Markings for tank areas and internal station markings. Tire slippage marks.
. .
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Lift

Strut numbers. Electrical connections.
. . . . . . . . . .

points.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Walkways. NATO symbol markings of aircraft
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

7-31
7 -32 7 -33

7-10 7-10 7-10 7-10 7-10 7-10 7-10 7-11
7-11

servicing

Data cards. Aircraft plates for Generals. Jettisonable components. Fluid line identification. Storage batteries.
.

points.
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

American Flag

Decals.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

7-34 7-35 7-36 7 -37 7 -38

7-11 7-12 7-12 7-12

CHAPTER
Section

8.

MISCELLANEOUS TABLES AND ILLUSTRATIONS
Tables Table 8-1. bulletins, Table 8-2. Table 8-3. Table 8-4. Table 8-5. Table 8-6. Table 8-7.

8

I.

Technical manuals, technical and AR's
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

B-1

.

Standards.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

I

List of applicable specifications. Dimensions for national insignia. Redesignation of aircraft. State Abbreviations.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.'.
. . . . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-1 8-1 8-7 8-7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Designation of Army

Aircraft.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-8 8-8A
:

II.

Illustrations List of illustrations.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-8B

8
.
iv
Change 2

TB 74&93-2

.

c.

Limited production (LP) aircraft, as defined

in AR 700-20.
d.

8
::-

AR 700-20.
e.

Standard A (STD-A) aircraft, as defined in

AR 700-20.

Standard B (STD-B) aircraft, as defined in

facilities will be painted the standard camouflage paint scheme, with the elimination of normal conspicuity markings which will be replaced by bands of fluorescent red orange paint, as detailed in chapter S, to provide h,igh visibility in congested training areas.
c. Army aircraft operating in or being prepared for service in the area of the Greenland icecap may be painted gloss international orange, at the discretion of the local Major Army Field Commander.

,. New production aircraft, as defined in AR 700-20.
g.

'

National Guard and Army Reserve aircraft.

h.

Military Assistance Program aircraft.

Ii.

All off-the-shelf aircraft procured or to be procured, except as outJined in paragraph 1-1~.

1-12. EXCEPTIONS TO CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT.

The following categories of Army aircraft may be exempted from painting with the standard camouflage paint scheme.

d. In general, the camouflage paint scheme will not apply to U-S, U-9 and U-21 aircraft. Conventional gloss white and gloss olive drab paints will be used. Any U-8 or U-21 aircraft being prepared f~r a combat area will not be converted to the camouflage paint scheme, unless requested by the Major Army Field Commander of that area. Application of camouflage paint to U-8 or u-2f aircraft in combat areas is optional with the Major Army Field Commanders .of those areas. Exception to this will be U-8 or U-21 configured' for tactical

8

support, such as airborne radio and direction finding. These will be painted with the camouflage paint scheme.
e. Medical, research, and geodetic aircrl.tt may," during peacetime and at the Major Army' Fièld' Commander's discretion, be painted gloss réd and white as appropriate and in accordance with Chapter S, Red designated areas will be painted with fluorescent red-orange paint. White designated areas will be painted with gloss white lacquer.

a. Aircraft in or being prepared for the fonowing assignment codes, as defined in AR 710-12, may be excluded from the camouflage requirement

at the discretion of the l\jJjor Army Field Commander or Chief of the' National Guard
.

Bureau, as applicable.

(1) Code C, support aircraft

(2) Code D, training and training support aircraft.
co

(8) Code E, test aircraft. (4) Code G, test support aircraft.
(5) Code H, bailment aircraft.

,. Aircraft destined for arctic, jungle, or desert regions which have not been designated combat areas, may at the discretion of the Major Army : Field Commander be painted with red and white design patterns illustrated in Chapter S. Combat, 01' war emergency, paint scheme for arctic, jungle or desert regions will be all dull white with black identification letters, or standard camouflage olive drab. Select40n of either of these colors will be at the discretion of the Major Armf Field Commander.

.

(6) Code J, loaned aircraft.

8
.

(7) Research and development aircraft in engineering tests Phase A through D. (S) Contingency Category (C and T), Limited
Standard, or Obsolete aircraft.

I
Aircraft utilized by White Sands Missile Range (WSMR) and other desert test or development activities in Code C, Test Support Aircraft category, may be painted in the red and white desert paint scheme. Since this paint scheme is an asset both for performance of the primary mission of the aircraft and in improving post crash survival,
g.

Army aircraft used lb. Tactical Army aviation schools,for training purposes' at and other

Change

~

11-3

T8 746-93.2
it
is not necessary to wait until the aircraft requires complete repainting before conversion to the desert colors. Conversion may be accomplished at the discretion of the local commander. An excep. tion to the foregoing is made for those newly assigned aircraft that are known to have a limited length assignment at WSMR or other desert test or development activities. If it is felt that high

visibility. markings are required on these aircraft, specific permission must be obtained from
A VSCOM.

.

h. When specific permission is obtained from A VSCOM, VIP aircraft may be painted with gloss

8

olive drab color scheme.

":

8

.,

8.
1-4
Change 2

TB 746.93-2

.

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL

8
1-1. PURPOSE.

Section I.

PURPOSE AND SCOPE

a. This bulletin provides instructions and procedures for the painting and mark~

Field Commands as defined in AR 10-5, Section III.
1- 3. RESTRICTIONS.
a. Satisfactory protective coatings ap" plied prior to the issuance of this bulletin will not be altered solely for the purpose of conformity.
b. Complete painting will be accomplished only when the existing finish has deteriorated to the extent that it fails to protect the underlying, surfaces or the finish must be changed for policy reasons as authorized by higher authority.

ing of all Army aircraft, including the application and maintenance of coatings, finishing materials, special purpose coatings and markings, insignia, and identification markings.

b. Report of errors. omissions. and recommendations for improving this publication by the individual user is encouraged. Reports should be

8

submitted on DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications) and forwarded direct to Commanding General. U.S. Army Aviation Systems Command. ATI'N: AM SA V-M. P.O. Box. 209. St. Louis. Mo. 63166.
Note: Paragraph 7-32 should be consulted prior to painting or marking of all aircraft, in order to comply with NATO Standardization Agreement (ST ANAG) No.
3109.

1-4. DEVIATIONS.
Deviations from the provisions of this bulletin must be approved by Department of the Army. (Refer to para 1-8.) Request for deviation or chanp will be supported by justification. (such as safety. mission requirement. cost reduction. etc) and forwarded to U.S. Army Aviation Systems Command. ATTN: AMSAV-EEG. Box. 209 St. Louis. Mo. 63166. Wherever the instructions in this bulletin conflict with the instructions in the' publicatiolUl referenced herein, the instructions in this bulletin will be followed. Referenced publications will be changed to reflect current information.

1-2. SCOPE.
The paint schemes and materials prescribed by this bulletin are mandatory for all Army aircraft whether assigned for active service, storage, under procurement, or under research and development. This bulletin is applicable to all Army Reserve, National Guard, and Major Army

I
.

s

Section II.

RESPONSIBILITIES

8
",."~'

.

1-5., ORGANIZATIONAL ACTIVITIES. a. Structures.' Using organizations are responsible for minor touch-up, mainten~ ance of painted aircraft surfaces, replacing illegible insignia and markings, and adding omitted markings.
b.

penents received in primed condition will be touched up with primer as necessary to repair damaged coating, prior to application of top coat, and will be finishcoated to match adjacent structural surfaces. Internally installed components will be touched up or refinished during manu-

.

Components. Assemblies

and

com-

facture or overhaul.
Change 2
'

1-1

I
.

,

t

',I

TB 746.93.2
I

"

/'
.

..

.'
,

1-6. FIELD ACTIVITIES.

1-8. COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
Painting of Army aircraft by commercial concerns will be accomplished in accordance with instructions contained in this technical bulletin. When a painting contract is administered by a general support shop, the request for deviation from. this bulletin will be forwarded through the general support shop to the Commanding General, U.S. Army Aviation Systems Command, ATTN: AMSA V-EEG, St. Louis, Mo..
63166.

Direct and general support maintenance activities are responsible for painting and marking of, aircraft when the existing finish has deteriorated to the extent that
complete repainting ,or refinishing is necessary. Direct and general support maintenance activities will also perform work assigned to organizational maintenance.

.

8

1-7. DEPOT ACTIVITIES.
a. Structures. Depot level maintenance activities are responsible for painting and marking of aircraft when the existing finish has deteriorated to the extent that complete repainting or refinishing is necessary while aircraft are undergoing depot maintenance. Depot level maintenance ,activities will also perform work assigned to lower echelons of maintenance.

f

1-9. INTERNATIONAL TION.

ST ANDARDIZA-

Comþonents. Finish paint will be apto newly installed external components to match adjacent surfaces when the aircraft is not otherwise being painted. Storage activities will not apply finish paint to components prior to shipment.
b.

plied

The aircraft marking provisions of this Technical Bulletin are the subject of international standardization agreemept (ABC AIR SRD. 51/2, STANAG 3230). When amendment, revisions, or cancellation of, this Technical Bulletin is proposed, the' departmental custodians will inform their respective Departmental Standardization Offices so that appropriate action. may be taken respecting the international agreement concerned.

e
:il

Section III.
1-10. GENERAL.

AUTHORIZED PAINT SCHEMES
( 5) Aircraft used by the Army. on loan from another agency.
1-11. CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT.
r

a. All army aircraft, except those specifically exempted in paragraph 1-12, will be painted the standard camouflage paint scheme as specified in Chapter 4.

The following aircraft will not be completely repainted but will be maintained in their existing paint scheme by spot-painting to prevent
b.
.

The following types of Army aircraft will be painted to the standard camouflage paint scheme which consists of black markings with international orange and lusterless white conspicuity
panels painted over
a

I

corrosion and deterioration.

lusterless olive drab back.

ground.

(1)

Standard C
I

(STD C) aircraft.
a. Ailcraft in or being prepared for assignment code A, combat aircraft, and code B, combat support aircraft, as defined in AR 710-12.

(2) (3)
( 4)

Limited standard (LS) aircraft.
Obsolete (OBS) aircraft.

8
.

Aircraft designated Contingency Cate-

b.

Development type (DT) aircraft, as defined

gory (C and T).

in AR 700-20.

1-2

Change 2

TB 746.93.2

.

CHAPTER 2
SURFACE PREPARATIONS:

GENERAL

8
a. Paint Remover.

Section I.

CLEANING AND STRIPPING
b.

2-1. STRIPPING TO BARE SURFACE.

Areas Not To Be Stripped.

I
t"

(1)

PlÚnt

remover,

Federal

Specification

(1) The following areas are not to be exposed to plÚnt remover.
(a) Deicer boots, wing and tail.

TT-R-248, will be used to strip coatings from aircraft surfaces unless otherwise
specified herein.

(2) Removal procedures will conform to

TM 55-1500-204-25/1.

(b) Deicer element, leading edge of engine cowl air intake.
-

8

~

(3) Where difficulty is encountered .on magnesium surfaces, paint may be removed by following instructions in Military Specification MIL-M-3171, Magnesium Alloy, Processes for Corrosion Protection of. This is a chromic acid pickle treatment alte'rnating with alkaline cleaner. (4) Care will be exercised to avoid paint removers and stripping compounds used on the. metal parts of aircraft for removing finishes from contacting the fiber laminate-constructed. antenna housings (radomes),. fiberglass wingtips, and other fiberglass components. Some of those materials have been found to penetrate the plastic facings of these parts and may have an adverse effect on their electrical properties or strength. Mild. soap and water will be used for general cleani~g of antenna housings (radomes). When a solvent-type cleaner is. required for removing oils and greases on radome surfaces, use a clean cloth dampened with methyl-ethyl-ketone, Federal Specification TT-M-261. Radomes
installed on RU-21 aircraft will not be stripped.

(c) Wheel wells.

(d) Propellers.
(e) Propeller spinner or propeller control.

(f) Cockpit enclosures.
(g) Engine air intakes, tail pipe area. Battery and fuel vents and heater ex. haust must be covered to keep out paint remover.

(h) Do not strip sealant presently applied under access covers. Any sealant removed will be replaced using sealant MIL-S-7502C molded in the form of a
rubber gasket.

(2)

Spe~ial Stripping Instructions. The OV-1 fuselage is sealed at the fuselage skin joints; therefore, rapid paint stripping and thorough flushing is necessary.

c. Corrosion Control. Corrosion control procedures. will conform to instructions

in

TM 55-1500-204-25/1.

8
.

(5) Control surfaces, louvered surfaces, cowlings, and fairings should be removed prior to cleaning and stripping. All OH-13 helicopters should be. disassembled completely, including removal of bubble, before paint stripping is started.

2-2. BARE METAL SURFACES.
a. General. All surfaces will be completely clean and dry prior to application of any type of coating.
b.

as specified below.

Materials. Cleaning materials will be
Change 2

2-1

TB 746-93-2

(1) Steam cleaning compound, Federal Specification P-C-437.

(2) Cleaning compound, Military Specification MIL-C-25769. (3) Dry cleaning solvent, Federal Specification P-D-680 or equal, will be used for removing oil or grease
.

(3) The surface should be rinsed im-, mediately after the use of cleaning compound to prevent, the cleaning compound from drying hard on the surface.
Cleaning. Clean as indicated in paragraph 2-2.
b.

.

8
~

film. 2-3. PAINTED METAL SURFACES.
a. General.

c.

Precautions.

(1) Lusterless finishes. should not be cleaned more than necessary and will never be scrubbed with stiff brushes or coarse rags. A soft sponge or cheesecloth, with a minimum of manual rubbing is advisable. Any oil or exhaust stains on the surface should first be removed with a solvent, such as dry cleaning solvent or equal. (2) Polishing materials, such as light oils, polishes, and waxes, will not be used on lusterless surfaces of

(1) Aluminum and magnesium are readily corroded by many chemical salts, acids, and alkalies. When such corrosion exists or is allowed to continue, an ultimate weakening of the structure will, resul t. Cleaning agents and paint removers may contain such corrosive agents and should be washed off promptly.

(2) The
on

anodized

and

alclad surfaces

and can be worn through in, a short time if improper cleaning methods and equipment are used. Metal

aircraft exteriors are very thin

aircraft.

scrapers, wire brushes (except aluminum wire brushes), steel wool, and such tools. should never be used for cleaning.

8

Section II.

METAL CONDITIONING
that resists corrosion and provides necessary base for bonding the top coats of paint to aluminum.
a

2-4. METAL TREATMENT.
Aluminum and magnesium surfaces to be, painted will be cleaned prior to painting and prior to and after the application of the chemical treatment specified in

I paragraph

16 with ,a bristle brush using of the cleaning compounds listed in any paragraph 2-2b (1) and (2).

(2) Materials. Treatment materials will conform to Military Specification

~

MIL-C-5541.
(3) Aþþlication.
(a) Prepare and apply in accordance with. manufacturer's instructions. In general, mix 1-1/4 ounces of compound with each gallon of water.
(b) Apply solution to perfectly cleaned but wetted surfaces.'

COA TINGS).

2-5. CHEMICAL COATINGS (CONVERSION

a. Chemical .Treatmentof Aluminum Surfaces. Surfaces will be clean prior to application of chemical coating. Chemical treatment of aluminum will be as follows:

8
.

(1) General. Chemical surface treatment provides a passive surface layer
2-2
Change 2

(c) Apply solution liberally and evenly to only as much surface at a time

TB748-Q3..2

.

8

as can be coated and rinsed before surface treatment solution dries. Before solution dries, wipe with a clean, dampened cloth or rinse with clean water thoroughly with adequate quantity of fresh water to remove all surface treatment solution.

b.

Chemical

Treatment of Magnesium

SUrfaces. Treat magnesium surfaces to be painted in accordance with Military Specification MIL-M-3171. Apply strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

~

8

.

8
.
Change .2

2-3/(2-4 blank)

.

8

8

..

8
.

TB 746-93-2

.

CHAPTER 3

PAINTING: GENERAL

8
3-1. WASH PRIMER.
a. General.

Section I. PRIMER COATING

(2)

The term "wash primer" designates a specific material which combines the properties of inhibitive wash coat or metal conditioner with the properties of the conventional anticorrosive primer. The essential components of wash primers are phosphoric acid, chromate pigment, and polyvinyl butyral resin. Wash primers can be formulated that are equally effective over iron, steel, aluminum, treated magnesium, copper, zinc, and a wide variety of other The advantages of wash primers metals. used by the Army are:

(1)
(2)

Easily applied and dry rapidly.
Usable over wide ranges tures and humidity.

8

of tempera-

Application (General). Wash primer is formulated for spray application (hot or cold method); however, it may be applied by brush, roller The wash coating, or swabbing. primer will be applied over metal surfaces which have been surface treated and cleaned as specified in Chapter 2 to a dry film thickness of 0.2 to 0.3 mil. The metal surface should be visible through the applied film. The wash primer coating will not be applied over other paint coatings, shop primer, or overaged wash primer coatings; however, the yellow stain remaining after removal of previous primer coatings need not be removed, provided the surface conforms to the standard of cleanliness.

(3)
(4)
(5)

Can be applied to with good results.

a

variety of metals

(3)

Prevent or retard under-film corrosion.

Exhibit high degree of adhesion to
metals.

(6)
to

Upgrade performance of subsequent

protective coatings.
MIL-C-8514. This is the coating compound generally used as a wash primer by the Army. It is a smooth finish, spray-type pre-treatment coating furnished in two parts,
b.

resin component and acid component. materials must be mixed prior to use.

The

8
.

(1)

The wash primer is used as a Uses. pretreatment on clean metal surfaces of all types prior to applying subsequent coatings. Its purpose is to increase the adhesion of the coating system, and act as a tie coat between the base metal and primer in the acrylic-nitrocellulose system used on aircraft.

Application (Magnesium). The wash primer will be applied over all exterior and interior magnesium surfaces which have an adequate protective film conforming to Military Specification MIL-M-3171, Method VI; otherwise, bubbling will be en. countered when the wash primer coating and subsequent coatings are applied to these surfaces. If bubbling occurs, the coating must be stripped and the metal given an additional chemical treatment before reapplication of the wash primer coating. Thinning of the wash primer coating over magnesium surfaces will reduce the tendency to bubble. If thinning is required, thin with alcohol as specified in Military Specification MIL-C-8507. Bubbling is an indication of an undesirable chemical reaction which is detrimental to the
magnesium surface.

(4)

Drying time. The wash primer dries to touch within a few minutes; however, allow at least 1 hour, but not
Change 3

3-'

TB 748-93-2
more than 4 hours, before applying top coat.

forming to Military Specification

MIL-C-8514.
(b)
Thin 1 volume of package material with not more than 21h volumes of toluol conforming to Federal Specification TT-T-548.
When necessary to 0 btain slow drying, 1,4 of the toluol may be replaced with xylens conforming to Federal Specification TT-X-916. Spray to deposita semitransparent greenish-yellow smooth coat.

.

(5)

Thinner. Under normal conditions, ethyl alcohol, Military Specification MIL-A-6091, will be used for thinning the wash primer. Variation in thinner and thinning techniques are required at high and low humidity conditions. Thinning of wash primer for application over magnesium surfaces is covered in b(3) above.

8

(c)

3-2. PRIMERS.
Primers are used on General. metals to provide a coating to which subsequent coatings will firmly adhere and to provide protection for the metal against corrosion. The pigment portion of primers for ferrous base metals usually consists of iron oxide, lead chromate, red lead, zinc chromate, zinc oxide, zinc dust, or a mixture of these. Zinc chromate is the principal pigment in primers used on aluminum, magnesium, and their alloys.
a. Use,

(d)

(e)

.

Apply primer to dry film thickness of 0.3 to 0.4 mil.
Safe to handle Drying time after 5 minutes. Air-dry 1 to 2 hours before applying top coat.
-

(f)

(g)

Dry scuff by hand with No. 320 or 400 sandpaper to remove roughness

when present.

Primers are used as a b. Use, Aircraft. corrosion-inhibiting coating on aircraft metal surfaces topcoated with a lacquer or enamel. They are intended for spray application of surfaces coated with pretreatment coating in accordance with Military Specification

(h)

Primers will conform to MiliSpecification MIL-P-7962' or MIL-P-23377 for exterior coatings and Military Specification MIL-P-8585 for interior

MIL-C-8514.
tary

Components and parts which are received from depots with primer coat applied will be scuffed lightly with No. 320 or No. 400 sandpaper in order to assure adhesion of top coats. Make

8

(3)

Application, Mating Surfaces.

coatings.

sure that edges and other uneven surfaces Mating surfaces are coated with primer.

This is a low moisture-sensitivity corrosion-inhibiting zinc chromate primer intended for spray application under cellulose nitrate lacquer and enamel.
c.

MIL-P-8585 Primer.

(faying) of similar or dissimilar metals will be insulated from each other by primer coat as specified in paragraph 3-3.
d. MIL-P-7962 Primer. This is a corrosioninhibiting, fast drying, spray type, zinc chromate lacquer primer for use over pretreatment (wash primer). It is used as an undercoat for acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer system. It is also used as a primer under air-drying enamel or nitrocellulose lacquer.

..

(1) Use. This primer is intended for spray application over bare metal or pretreatment coating. It is sometimes used without a top coat. Do not use this primer
under acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer.

8
.

(1) (2)
lows:

Application, General.

Apply

as

fol-

Use. This primer is formulated for use as a tie coat between a pre-

(a)
3-2

Apply over pretreatment coat con-

treatment coating and a top coat conforming to Military Specification

MIL-L-19537

or,

MIL-L-19538.

Change 3

TB 748-93-2

.

Primer will not be used without a prior coat of wash primer or in any application in which a top coat will not be applied.

.

,compound,

8

Military Specification: MIL-S-8802, Class B2, prior to ap"' plication of paint top coats tó prevent underfilm corrosion in these:

(2)

Application. Apply primer in accordance with instructions in Military Specification MIL-F-18264 and as follows:

areas.

(i)

If primer requires thinning, use lacquer thinner, Federal Specifica-':
tion TT-T-266.

NOTE
Do not use primer over 2 years old without first checking to insure it meets
Spray to deposit a semitransparent, greenish-yellow, smooth coat. Approximately one double or cross path of the spray gun.

e.

specification requirements.

(a)

(b)

Apply primer to dry film thickness of 0.3 to 0.4 mil.
Air-dry 1 to 2 hours before applying top coat.

(c)

8
(d)

is an époxy: polyamide primer furnished as a twocomponent kit wherein the two components are mixed prior to use. One component contains the pigment,~ ground in an epoxy vehicle, while the ~ other component consists of a clear polyamide solution which functions as. a hardener for the epoxy resin. These components are packaged separately' and have excellent storage stability.. However, when mixed, storage life is limited and only that amount which' can be used in one day should be mixed.
.

MIL-P-23377 Primer. This

NOTE
Parts sprayed with primer handled after 5 minutes.

(1)

Use. This primer is used by the

may be

when present. (e)
f'

Dry scuff by hand with No. 320 or 400 sandpaper to remove roughness

under polyurethane, aliphatic, weather-resistant coating, MIL-C81773, or under the modified acrylic lacquer used as a non-standard camouflage low reflective coating.

Army

(2)

For components and parts received from depots with primer coat applied, scuff lightly with No. 320 or No. 400 sandpaper in order to assure adhesion of top coats.
surfaces are coated with primer.

Application. Material shall be mixed just prior to use, applied in accordance with MIL-F-18264 and as follows:

(a)

(f)
(g)

Insure that edges and other uneven

8
.
(h)

Prior to assembly, insulate mating surfaces (faying) of similar and dissimilar metals from each other by primer coat as specified in paragraph 3-3. Primer may be applied by brush, but only to very small areas as the material dries rapidly.

I or Component

Only material from the same. kit shall be mixed, except that two or more kits may be mixed in the' same vessel, provided the kitS .are all manufactured by the same' vendor. Do not mix Component
.

manufacturers. Established mixing ratios must be followed closely, otherwise the primer will exhibit unsatisfactory film properties, such as poor adhesion, poor chemical resistance, or inadequate drying.

II from different

.

Coat fasteners and seams with sealing

(b)

Each component shall be well agitated and shall be poured
Change 3.

3-3

TB 746.93-2
separately into the proper capacity container. The material temperature should be at least 70oF. Component I shall first be poured into the empty container, then Component II shall be slowly I with poured into Component stirring. Component II constant shall always be added to Component I.
(c)
Each Application, Dissimilar Metals. be joined will receive a minimum surface to of two coats of zinc chromate primer, and, in addition, the following precautions will be taken.
b.

.

(1)

The Thinning (for spraying) polyamide shall be mixed epoxy reduced to spray viscosity with thinner. Maximum thinning shall be 11/2 parts thinner to 2 parts primer. The thinned primer shall be stirred thoroughly, strained and allowed to stand one hour prior to use. The thirfning ratio may be varied slightly to obtain the proper spraying viscosity. The one hour standing period is necessary to permit the chemical components to partly react, to shorten the drying time, to reduce cratering, to preclude Component II from "sweating out" or migrating, and to allow any bubbles (formed while stirring) to es<:ape.
-

(d)

Apply a wet coat of epoxy polyamide primer and allow to dry from 2 to 3 hours. Dry film thickness of .9 to 1.1 mils. One hour may be sufficient when temperature is For application to above 75oF.
mating surfaces see paragraph 3-3 below.

Where magnesium is one of the metals of dissimilar metal faying surfaces, the metals will be separated by use of an approved barrier tape. The tape will extend not less than 1/1 inch beyond the joint edges to prevent moisture from bridging between the dissimilar metals. Sealing compounds conforming to Military Specification MIL-S-7502 may be used as moisture barriers in lieu of tape and when used, the sealing compound will be applied between the surfaces and squeezed out of all boundaries and the excess removed in a manner that will fillet all edges. The fillet width will be not less than lit inch. Joint areas which would retain water will be filled with a sealing compound conforming to Military Specification MIL-S-7502 or When the use of a MIL-S-7124. barrier tape or sealing compound is 'impracticable because of mechanical or other factors, a primed 5356 1,4 aluminum alloy shim extending inch will be used in lieu of the tape or sealing compound.

8

8

(2)

Butt joints consisting of riveted magnesium sheet and a riveted dissimilar metal sheet will be protected by grooving the seam to a width of not less than 1/8 inch and filling with sealing compound to Military Specification MIL-S-7502. The depth of the groove will be sufficient to retain the hardening-type sealing compound conforming to Military Specification MIL-S-7502, which will be subsequently applied and smoothed flush with the surfaces of adjacent dissimilar metals.

'i

3-3. MATING SURFACES.
a.

Application, Similar Metals. All seams in which the mating (faying) surfaces are similar metals will be protected by applying two coats of primer to each surface being joined. Welded faying surfaces need not be primed prior to assembly. Faying surfaces that are to be adhesively bonded will be surface treated and processed as specified in the approved bonding procedures prescribed for the assemblies concerned. In addition to the required primer coatings, faying surfaces of magnesium alloys will be filled with an approved sealing compound.
3-4
Change 3

8
.

(3)

Butt joints consisting of magnesium sheet and a dissimilar metal sheet, either of which is secured by mechanical means other than riveting,

TB 74&93-2

.

8
(4)

will be protected by use of an approved adhesive barrier tape or a primed 5052 aluminum alloy foil which covers the cut ends of either or both dissimilar metal sheets and extends not less than 14 inch beyond the joint edge.
Organic adhesive barrier tapes of metal foils will not be used on exterior surfaces.

A ttaching Parts. Parts, such as nuts, c. bushings, spacers, washers, rivets, high-shear rivets, screws, self-tapping screws, sleeves for "shakeproof" fastener studs, self-locking nuts, "speed nuts", clamps, and the like, do not need to be painted in detail except when dissimilar metals or wood contacts are in-

volved in the materials being joined. Such parts will receive a coat of zinc chromate primer, wet ot dry, at illstallation, or a coating of material conforming to Military Specification MIL-C-11 796,class 3, or Rivets (5056) in MIL-C-17173, grade I. magnesium alloy need not be installed with For magnesium zinc chromate primer. dissimilar combinations, follow the general requirements of paragraph 15c(9)(b). Close tolerance bolts passing through dissimilar metals will be coated before installation with a compound conforming to Military Specification MIL-C-11796, class 3, MIL-C16173, grade I, or wet zinc chromate primer. Aluminum alloy washers (5356) of suitable design will be used under machine screws, countersunk fasteners, boltheads, and nuts that would otherwise contact magnesium.

Section II. FINISH PAINTING: GENERAL

8

The coating systems specia. General. fied herein, when properly applied, offer greater protection against corrosion on aircraft metal surfaces than an inorganic finish (such as metallic plating) alone and is more easily maintained.

3-3. EXTERIOR PAINTING.

(1)
(2)

The materials used will Materials. be those specified herein.
(3) For clad and non clad Application. aluminum surfaces, coatings will be applied in accordance with instructions in Military Specification MILThis system consists of F-18264. one coat of coating compound, Mili-

tary Specification MIL-C-8514 (wash primer), one coat of lacquer primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962, and two coats of acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19538. Each coat will consist of one double or cross pass of the spray gun. Total paint should be approximately 2.0 mils in thickness.
Finish is the Magnesium surfaces. as (2) above except that two same coats of lacquer primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962, and three coats of acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19538 or MIL-L-19537, will be applied.

Co

8
.
Change 3
3.4A

.

8
\

.

8

.;

8
.

TB 746-93-2

.

(4) Color. Colors will conform to those specified in Federal Standard FEDSTD-595.

b.

Application.

(1) Lacquer. (a) Apply two full wet coats of lacquer.
(b) Each coat Will consist of one, double or cross pass of the spray gun.
c. Drying Time. (1) Allow first lacquer coat to dry at least 45 minutes before application of second coat. (2) Allow topcoat to dry at least 48 hours prior to operation of engine.
d.
.

8

(5) Camouflage. The standard camouflage paint system will be applied in accordance with instructions in Chapter 4.
(6) Toþcoats. (a) Gloss acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers will conform to Military Specification MIL-L-19537 and the camouflage (lusterless) acrylicnitrocellulose to Military Specification MIL-L-19538.
,
.

Film Thickness.

(b) Camouflage (lusterless)
.

acrylicnitrocellulose thinners will conform to Military Specification MILT-19544.

(1) One sprayed lacquer coat varies from 0.4 to 0.7 mil in thickness. (2) One sprayed enamel coat varies from 0.8 to 1.0 mil in thickness.
(3) Painted insignia and markings add about 1.0 mil in thickness.

8

(7) Weight. Ordinary aircraft finish will weigh approximately 15 to 20 pounds for 1000 square feet of painted surface. The fluorescent coating system, white undercoat, fluorescent coat, and clear. overcoat (3 mils total) will average 2.5 pounds per 100 square feet. (8) Thinning.

(4) Total paint system should approxima te 2.0 mils in thickness.
(5) Spreading rate of one coat of enamel is about 500 square feet per gallon.
e.

(a) Military

Specification

19537 and

MIL

-

L

-

MIL-L-19538 lacquers.

Waxing. Waxing will not be permitted on painted surfaces, since it is extremely difficult to remove, and prevents adhesion of topcoats.

1.
..

Thin by mixing approximately one part lacquer with one part thinner, Mil ita r y Specification

'3-4. INTERIOR PAINTING.
a. Aþþlication.

MIL-T-19544.

8
.

2. Too much thinning is undesirable as it would tend to produce runs in the paint. Too little thinning is equally undesirable since roughness of the finish is likely to result.

(1) Surface preþaration. Prepare interior surfaces in accordance with Paragraphs 12, 15, and 16, except uninhabited areas; clean uninhabited areas and touch up with primer.

(2) Primer. (a) Apply two coats of primer directly to chemically treated metal surfaces. Eliminate Use of washprimer to interior surfaces.
(b) Apply zinc chromate primer con-

(b) Due to the flammability and toxicity characteristics of the solvents used, suitable safety precautions will be taken when applying or removing paint from aircraft surfaces.

3-5

TB 746-93-2 forming to Military Specification mil-P-8585 and color "T" of this specification to the non-reflecting surfaces. Do not apply finish coating unless specified below.
(c) Apply two coats of primer to a thickness of approximately 2.0 mil. Color. Colors for interior components, inhabited and uninhabited spaces, will be applied in conformance with Mili tary Specification MIL-C-8779. Reflecting cockpit parts, and surfaces will be painted lusterless gray" shade No. 36231, as referenced in paragraph 6-13.
b.
,

be topcoated with lacquer,

Military Specification MIL-L-19538, as follows, in order to provide good intercoat adhesion.
(1) Roughen epoxy surface with sandpaper to facilitate adhesion of topcoat.

.

8

(2) Apply a flash coat of primer, Military Specification MIL-P-8585, followed by a light coat of primer, Mll~tary Specification MIL-P-7962.

(3) Top off with two coats of lacquer, Military Specification, MIL-L-19538.
c. Since good adhesion of a ,new paint coat over one of indeterminate age is questionable, such overpainting will be accomplished in accordance with instructions in Military Specification MIL-F-18264.

3-5. TOUCHUP PAINTING.
a. On limited areas, when necessary, to touch up or refinish a bare spot, the edges of the finish adjacent to the bare spot will be sanded to insure that they fair in smoothly with adjacent surfaces. Care should be exercised in sanding around rivets so as not to weaken them. The wash primer will then be spotted in over the bare areas and feathered slightly over the old finish to as small a distance as possible. The wash primer will adhere to an acceptable degree to the adjacent finish, but the adhesion will not be as outstanding at these edges as it is to bare metal.

3-7. WOOD FINISHES.
a. Interior Surfaces (Except Cabin Interior). Apply two coats of clear varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-119.

Cabin Interior and General Interior. Apply two coats of lacquer or enamel of color required to match surrounding area.
b.
Note: Insulate metal-to-wood contacts by applying varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-119, in order to prevent corrosion of the metal.

8

Extensive top,coat areas may be repaired by renewing the topcoat over existing primer if primer is in good condition.
b.
epoxy coatings

Note: Special instructions for removing deteriorated will be issued at a later date.

3-6. OVERPAINTING.
Field Commander, gloss painted lacquer surfaces in good condition may be toppainted (overpainted). with lusterless olive drab camouflage 1 a c que r, shade No. X34087, M 11 ita r y ,Specification MIL-L19538. The existing gloss' coat will be cleaned thoroughly and then thinned with thinner, Military Specification MIL T19544, to tacky condition to improve the adhesion of the subsequently applied luster-

a. When authorized by the Major Army

.

less paint coating.

b. Aircraft already primer coated and with epoxy primer in good condition may

3-8. PLASTICS. Plexiglass and other plastic materials' will be treated and maintained in conformance with instructions in TM 55-1500-20425/1. Paint will not be applied to transparent plastic, including edges of plexiglass windows. When cleaning in preparation for painting, care will be exercised that no solvent except water or aliphatic naphtha (type II), Federal Specification TT-N-95, comes in contact with transparent plastics. Plastic laminate parts and assemblies will not be painted, except those areas which form primary exterior surfaces or are exposed to view inside the cabin. Under no circumstances will plastic or ceramic insulators for radio antennas, etc, be painted, except edges will be sealed with sealing compound, Military Specification MIL-

..

8
,

.

3-6

18 748-93-2

.

8

S-8802, after installation in exterior locations. At the juncture of the attachment of plastic components to an aircraft metal surface, every effort will be made to avoid gaps of significant width. The line of juncture will be suitably sealed and faired into the adjacent surfaces by means of

sealing compound, Military Specification MIL-S-8802, unless otherwise specified. Proper sealing will stop the formation of pockets which
entrap moisture, dirt, etc. which corrode nearby
surfaces.

Section

III. SPECIAL AREAS
b.

3-9. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS.

OV-l Aircraft.

I
8

a.

General.

(1) Neutralization.
(a). Acid
Electrolyte. Wash areas affected by battery acid with 20 percent solution of sodium bicarbonate, Federal Specification 0-S-676, in water. Neutralization is completed when bubbling ceases. After neutralization, remove all traces of sodium bicarbonate solution with generous quantities of water to prevent corrosion from this source. Exercise care to prevent acid from spreading to adjacent areas.

Protect area within 12 inches of battery with one coat of wash primer per specification MIL-C-8614 (AER)-2 plus one coat of zinc chrome primer per specification MIL-C-7439B Type 1, and two mils of top coat system per specification MIL-C-7439B Type 1.
3-10. HIGH TEMPERATURE AREAS.
a.

Below 4000F (204OC).

(1) Surfaces exposed to exhaust

gases, corrosive fluids, environmental elements, and

areas known to be subject to corrosive

attacks for which ambient temperatures do not exceed 3600F (177OC), finish in accordance with (2) through (6) below.

(b). Alkaline Electrolyte. Wash areas affected by electrolyte with 3 percent solution of boric acid in water. Neutralization is completed when bubbling ceases. After neutralization, remove all traces of boric acid solution with generous quantities of water. Exercise caution to prevent acid from spreading to adjacent
areas.

(2) Apply two coats of aluminized lacquer or enamel over one coat of zinc chromate primer, Military Specification
MIL-P-7962 or MIL-P-8686.

(3) To make aluminized lacquer, mix 12 ounces of aluminum paste, Federal 1 gallon of Specification TT-P-320, to clear lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19637. (4) To make aluminized enamel, mix 20 ounces of aluminum paste, Federal Specification TT-P-320, to 1 gallon of varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-119.
(6) Areas
and components fabricated of magnesium and noncorrosive resistant steel that are exposed to temperatures (149OC) but not above exceeding 300~F 4000F (204OC), either on the ground or in flight (other than instantaneous effects), finish with enamel, Federal Specification TT-E-489 or TT-E-627, in appropriate color and gloss.
Change 2

(2) Treatment. Treat affected area by swabbing with 6 percent solution of chromic 6 acid, Federal Specification 0-C-303, or Fedpercent of potassium dichromate, eral Specification 0-P-669, followed, by

8
.

flushing with and painting.

water,

thorough drying,

(3) Painting. Apply one coat of primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962, to cleaned surface and follow with one heavy coat of acid-proof varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-61, at least 18 inches in all directions from battery.

I

3-7

18 746-93-2
Note
'Wash primer is not used on metal that becomes heated to

3000F (149OC) nor where exposed to hot diester oil over 2500F (121OC) except where its presence is essential to primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962.
b.

conforming to Military Specification MILD-17951, type III, may be used a~ an option.
'

.

a. Aþþlication Procedures

Above 40cfF (20~C).

(1) Coat aluminum alloy surfaces with heat-resistant paint, Military Specification MIL-P-14105, color shade No. X34087 for olive drab and MILP-14276, color shade 17178, for aluminum.
Note: These are modified silicone paints which require heating to about 4500 F (232OC) for an hour after application. However, when applied to turbine engine surfaces, the heat generated in normal operation is considered adequate for curing. Cured sDicone paints will resist the attack of diester oils.

Coating, 5044.

for Walkway Military Sþecification MIL W
-

(1) Apply walkway coating in accordance with application instructions in Military Specification MIL W 5050.
-

8

(2)" After. each coat, allow drying time of 1/2 hour.

a

minimum

. .

(3) After final coat, allow walkway coating to air-dry until set to touch before handling.
Note: Full hardness is attained within maximum drying time of 24 hours.

(2) On areas and components fabricated of magnesium and noncorrosive resistant steel that are exposedoto tem0' 0 peratures from 400F. to 500 F (204 C to 2600C), use silicone finish s.ysterns applied directly on the chern':' icaUy surface-treated metal, omitting the wash primer and primer. Unless authorized by the procuring activity, the color will conform to the color scheme for the aircraft. Above 50doF (260OC), use heat-resistant finishes as appro:ved in each instance by the procuring activity.

(4) After walkway coating is completely dry, sand all edges to fair in with adjacent finished areas. Walkways will not be polished or waxed.
b. Appliootion Procedures for Walkway Coating, Military Specification MIL-D-23003, Type II. Apply to A VSCOM-EEGA for this

procedure.

I

3-12. FABRIC PARTS.
a. Apply dope to exterior fabric parts in accordance with procedures outlined in TM 55-1500-204-25/1.

8

3-11. WALKWAYS.
Walkway coatings conforming to Military Specification MIL-W-5044 will be applied on wing roots and heavy duty.exterior traffic areas of reciprocating engine aircraft. Walkway coating conforming to Military Specification MIL-W-5044, type II may be applied directly overMIL-L-19537 or MIL-L-19538 acrylic nitrocellulose lacquer surfaces of the aircraft exterior. Turbine engine aircraft will have walkway coatings conforming to Military Specification MILD-23003, type II, which are resistant to diester oils. The wing root walkways will be applied on both wing roots to a width of 18 inches, measured from the fuselage, and will extend from just aft of the leading edge to just forward of the trailing edge. The exact width may vary from the 18inch requirement for specific aircraft. Safety walk, pressure .sensitive material

exterior wood surfaces (fabric covered), apply. a minimum of one brush coat of varnish, thinned with an equal portion of naphtha, and two. brush or spray coats of clean tautening dope, Military Specification MIL-D-5553, prior to attachment of fabric. 3-13. RUBBER. Do not paint natural and synthetic rubber. 3-14. ANTENNAS AND RADOMES. When antennas and radomes are removed during repainting of aircraft, thoroughly clean contact surface. to bare metal to provide proper bonding.. If aircraft are'

b. On

"

8
.

painted without removing. antennas, radomes, or covers, thoroughly mask them.
Unless otherwise specified herein, finish antennas and exterior surfaces of radomes on all aircraft in accordance with the following instructions:

3-8

Change 2

18 746-13-2
C

.

of antennas and a. Finish leading edges a radomes exposed' to the air stream with conforming rain-erosion-resistant system to MllitarySpecification MIL-C-'7439.
b. Topcoat Collins radio antennas with lusterless olive drab lacquer, shade No. L

8

X3408'7,

19538, applied directly over the factory white color. No s1gn1ficant electrical performance degradation will result from this change in color and paint.
.

MWtary Specification MIL

-

-

3-15. REINFORCED PLASTIC COMPONENTS. Finish plastic parts reinforced with glass
'

fiber with approved coatings for protection against erosion. On leading edges of glass fiber-reinforced plastic radomes, antennas, and magnetic airborne detector housings, etc, exposed to the air stream, finish with rain erosion-resistant system conforming to Military Specification MIL-C-'7439 in accordance with the approved Instruction sheet accompanying the material and as specified by Military Specification MIL~R'7'705. Seal edges in exterior locations with sealing compound,' Military Specification 'MIL-S-8802. Do not paint any portion of transparent components, whether glass or plastic. Plastic parts and surfaces other painted than those described above may be ,for color-matching purposes.

8

.

8
.
.

3-19
.

I.

.

8

8

c

8
.

T8 746.93.2

.

CHAPTER 4
STANDARD CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME

8
4-1. ßENERAL.

Section I.

COATING SYSTEM

4-3. PROCEDURE.
surfaces a. Clean and prepare aircraft for painting in accordance with Chapter 2. Apply wash primer in accordance with paragraph 3-1 for coating compound, and Military Specification MIL-C-8514, Specification MIL-C-8507. coating, Military
b.

The camouflage paint system is a threea wash primer coat system consisting of by coat applied to bare metal, followed and then an' intermediate primer coat, finish-painted with a lusterless topcoat,
and and then marked with international orange white in accordance with Chapter 8. lusterless

4-2. MATERIALS.
a. Wash primer will conform Specification MIL-C-8514.
b.

to

Military

intermediate primer in accorwith paragraph 3-2 for application dance of primer coating, Military Specification
c. Apply

MIL-P-7962.
lusterless finish coats in acwith Military Specification MILcordance F-18264 and instructions relating to application of lusterless camouflage acrylictype lacquers in accordance with paragraph 3-3 (6).
d. Apply

8

Intermediate primer will conform to Military Specification MIL-P-7962.

tary Specification MIL-L-19538.

c.

Lusterless paint will conform to Miliwill con-

d. International orange lacquer form to Military Specification
.

MIL-L-

19537.

international orange lacquer in accordance with paragraph 3-3 (6).
e. Apply

Section II.
~

MARK INGS
letters MIL-L-19538 will be used for all exterior MARKINGS will be applied in com-I and numerals.
7 and 8. pliance with instructions in chapter

4-4. GENERAL.

8
.

All markings, lettering, and numerals, including STATES the identification lettering UNITED radio call numbers, will be ARMY, ARMY, and lusterless applied with lusterless lacquers. Black to Military Specification lacquers conforming

Change 2

4.1/(4.2 blank)

.

8

8

;;

8
.

TB

7"'.2

.

CHAPTER 5 NON-STANDARD PAINT SCHEMES
Section I. 5-1. COLOR SCHEMES.
a. MAP Aircraft. All aircraft assigned to the Military Assistance Program (MAP) will be completely stripped and repainted with olive drab lacquer, Army shade chip No. X34087, Military Specification. MIL.L-19538, and will possess no insignia, U.S. Army markings, or aircraft serial numbers. MAP aircraft will be identified by three metal tags, citing serial numbers, aff"lXed. in three conspicuous locations throughout the aircraft.

~8

SPECIAL COLOR SCHEM,ES
identification lettering U.S. ARMY or ARMY on all sides when exterior views of the item are photographed or when the item is on public display.
c.

Arctic. Jungle. and Defert Pøint Pattern.

(1) Combat, or war emergency, paint scheme for aircraft will be all dull white with
black identification letters. or standard camouflage olive drab. Selection of either of these colors will be at the discretion 0 the Major Army Field CommandeJ.".
.
. .

The prob. Research and Development Aircraft. visions of this bulletin, as excepted, will be used as a guide in determining the markings to be applied The to research ~d development air vehicles. following markings are considered mandatory for all researcþ and development air vehicles: Identifi-

(2) Peace time paint scheme for aircraft wiJl be in accordance with paraøraph 6-3.

8

cation lettering U.S. ARMY or ARMY, the

national insignia, and the vehicle serial and model numbers. Additional authorized markings will be applied as required. All research and development air vehicles will be conspicuously marked with the

VIP Airart1ft. U8..1 aircnft may be painted with basic color of ful81. ølOl8 olive drab øbade No. X14087 per FED STD 595. Paint cabin roof with acrylic nitrocelluloøe lacquer, MIL-L-19537, color whitelhade No. 17875 per FED STD 596. Use grey shade No. 36231 walkway coating in lieu of black shade No. 37038 per MIL-C-5044, Type II, per FED STD 595. An interior and exterior markings will be ol'11I1ie-yellow shade No. 13538 per FED STD 595.
11.

Section II. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINTING
5-2. HIGH VISIBILITY COLOR SCHEMES.

Army aircraft assigned to certain geographical locations or for special missions may be painted and marked in the following paint schemes at the discretion of the Major Army Field Commanders.
Training aircraft assigned to aviation schools for Army aviator training will be banded with fluorescent paint to insure better inflight visibility. Refer to Chapter 8.
a.

Aircraft operating in the area of the c. Greenland ice cap may be painted with gloss international oranp lacquer, shade No. 12197, Military Specification MIL-L-19637 in order to insure better inflight visibility and post crub IlUl'Vivability.
d. Aircraft assigned in CONUS that are painted with the standard camouflage paint scheme, may at the discretion of the Major Army Field Commander, have high visibility markings added in order to enhance visibility in congested areaa. The markings are to be identical to those prescribed for

8
.

Exceptions. Aircraft presently painted with international orange. in good condition, will not be painted with fluorescent paint. They will be maintained with international orange until complete repainting is required.
b.

training aircraft.

Note: Do not paint antenna masts, loops, antenna houslnp, main. and tail rotors, exposed portions of operating mechanismø, tranapar8nt panels, or antiglare areaa.

Army aircraft of the Army Medical Service and used as ambulance aircraft will bear I8d cross insignia positioned on the most sUitable surfaces to be visible from either side, from the ground, and from the air. The cross will be in øloss red lacquer, shade No. 11136. Military Specification
e.

Change

2

5-1

TB 746.93.2

MIL-L-19537, and the field in gloss white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537.
U-B and U-21 Aircraft. On non-tactical and CONUS assigned U-8 and U-21 airplanes, the
f.

paint in the normal line of vision from the cockpit.

.
I

upper portion of the fuselage and portions of the wings and horizontal and vertical stabilizers will be painted with gloss white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537. A 1-1/2 inch black stripe in gloss black lacquer, shade No. 17038, and 1/2 inch stripe in gloss white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537, will separate the white painted areas from areas painted olive drab. (See fig. 8-23.) Note that ARMY does not app'ear on the fuselage along with the national insignia.
c.

(2) All red designated areas not visible from the cockpit will be coated with red enamel or lacquer, shade No. 11136, or
fluorescent red-orange paint conforming to Military Specification MIL-P-21600.

8

(3) Remaining portions of red designated areas which are visible from the cockpit and hence not coated with fluorescent paint, will be painted with red enamel or lacquer, Shade No. 11136, except for areas which are covered by paragraph
6-12.

I

Red Designated Areas (Specific).

U.9 Airplane. On the U-9 airplanes, the upper g. portion of the fuselage and the upper and lower portions of the wings and horizontal stabilizer will be painted with gloss white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537. A 1/2-inch olive drab stripe and a 1/2-inch white stripe will separate the white painted areas from areas painted olive drab color. (See fig. 8-27.) For nacelles, see figure 8-28.

(1) Airplanes.
(a) Cowl. Coat entire lower cowl assembly, including access doors and nose
cap.

3. ARCTIC, PATTERN.
-

5

DESERT, AND JUNGLE

(b) Fuselage. Apply a red band around aft portion of fuselage, starting from a point 3 feet forward of leading edge of the stabilizer and extending back to aft end, including the fin and stabilizer. Allow a 3-inch boundary
around insignia and other markings on surfaces. Do not paint antenna masts, loops, or antenna housings un. less authorized.

The following color schemes will facilitate discovery of grounded aircraft in the event of a forced or crash landing on ice, snow, heavily wooded terrain, or in desert areas.

18

(c)
a.

be painted red and white in the pattern designated below, and as shown in the illustrations, when authorized by the Army Field Commander. The color red favors visibility in the arctic and desert. White color favors visibility in wooded and jungle areas, and accentuates the red markings. The illustrations show the red and white designated areas.
Note: Do not paint antenna masts, loops, antenna housings, main and tail rotors, exposed portions of operating
mechanisms, transparent panels or antiglare areas.

for service in, arctic, desert, or jungle regions will

Army aircraft operating in, or being prepared

red band around feet wide, starting from wing tips and excluding ailerons. Allow a 3-inch boundary around insignia lettering and other markings. See illustrations in Chapter 8 for specific airplanes.
a

Wings.

Apply

wings,

about

3

(2) Helicopters.
(a) With two main rotors.
1.

Apply

b.

Red Designated Areas (General).
2.

red band around fuseaft end to a circumferential line 3 feet forward of aft rotor shaft.
a

lage from

8
.

(1) Fluorescent red-orange paint, applied to
red designated areas, will provide maximum visibility. Apply no fluorescent

Apply

a red band around fuselage from forwA{d end to a circumferential Jill<' 3 fppt aft of forward rotor shaft.

5-2

Change 2

TB 746-93-2

.

3. Allow a 3-inch boundary around insignia and other markings in these areas unless otherwise specified in this technical bulletin.

fuselage.

typical example is shown in figure 8-80.

A

I

81

4. Shaded areas on figure 8-93 illustrate an example of desired locations for red colored areas.

2. Allow a 3-inch boundary around insignia and other markings in these areas unless otherwise speci-

fied in this technical bulletin.

(b)

With one main rotor.
1.

Apply red bands around forward and aft portions of helicopter

The white d. White Designated Areas. designated areas will be painted with gloss white enamel or lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537. This color provides a distinctive background for and accentuates the red markings.

Section III. LOW REFLECTIVE CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME

5-4. PAINT SCHEME DESCRIPTION.
a. General.

8

When directed by the Departof the Army, aircraft will be painted ment with a non-standard low reflective camouflage paint scheme using CCL-740-1611 paint. This paint is a modification of MIL-L-81352 acrylic lacquer to give it extremely low reflective characteristics. It is resistant to discoloration by diester oil lubricants and heat up to 3500F.

Maximum effecthe low reflective paint is obtiveness of tained when as much exterior area as possible is covered with this special paint.
b. Area to be Covered.

and tail rotor blades and propellors. Prior to painting rotors and propellors, the amount of paint must be weighed so that exactly the same amount of paint is applied to each blade of each rotor or propellor. T~is weighing facilitates balancing. High conspicuity and/or safety markings on rotor and propellor blade tips may be masked over or repainted in accordance with directives in chapter 8. Test balance of blades.

(3)

Prime and paint the rotor mast of helicopters, except where swash-plate
slides.

(1)

As a minimum, all exterior surfaces requiring paint must be painted with this special paint, with the exception of the high conspicuity and/or safety markings on rotor blades and propellor tips.

(4)
(5)
(6)

Prime and paint control tubes and rods.
Prime

and paint swash-plates and scissors in areas that are now painted.
Prime and paint rotor hubs (and sand deflectors) in areas that are now painted. Prime and paint stabilizer bar. balance.
Re-

CAUTION

8
.

Painting of main rotor, tail rotor, and propellor blades may create out-ofbalance and unacceptable vibration conditions. Strict adherence to these instructions are required to reduce the probability of creating these out-ofbalance conditions.

(7)

Area Not to be Covered (General). Do not prime or paint any of the following exterior surfaces:
c.

(1)

(2)

Prime and paint both sides of main

Light lenses, shields.

windows, and windChange 3

5-3

TB746.93-2
(2)
Wires and cables (electrical). Areas containing slippage marks unless slippage marks can be retained.
d. Area Not to be Covered (Specific). Do not prime or paint any of the following

(3)

surfaces:

.

.

(4)
(5)

(1)
Rubber and cloth boots and dust
covers.

OH-6 helicopter:
Bolt, externally relieved, FSN 5306.948.3244. (4 each per aircraft. )
Pin, main rotor, FSN 1615-9430809. (4 each per aircraft.)

(a)

8
.

Deicing boots such as on wings, tail section, propellors, engine intake, and raw air duct of U.21.

(b)

(6)
(7)

Reinforced ducting.

impregnated

flexible
(c)

Plastic or ceramic insulators for radio antennas.

Pin, main rotor blade, FSN 1615925.7992. (8 each per aircraft.)

(2)
(a)

AH.l helicopter:
The swash-plates and scissors. They behil)d a cowling and need not be given the IR paint.
are

(8)

Rods that move in and out of hydraulic cylinders.
Piston

(9)

of landing gear struts and shimmy damper.

(b)

(10) Interior and opening of pitot tube.
(11) Pitot static opening.
(3)
(a)

The tail rotor pitch change, the shaft on which it is mounted, and the chain which drives it.

U.21 aircraft:
This aircraft will be painted for the inflight mode. Take off and landing modes (gear extended, dive breakouts, flags down, etc.) are not a consideration.

(12) Static ground receptacle.
(13) Any and all bearings, races, and rod ends. Apply masking over and %
inch beyond bearings, races, apd rod ends. Masking must be snug and complete to prevent any spray from entering bearings, races, and rod This includes hinge bearings ends. on control surfaces of fixed wing aircraft.

8

(b)

Radome.

NOTE
of TM 55-1510-209-34 after painting.
Balance control surfaces per chapter 9

(14) All hydraulic fittings. Apply mask~ ing to cover fittings and about 1 inch of tube.

5-5. PROCEDURE.
The following steps prior a. Preparation. to application should be followed for overpainting standard Army acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer or polyurethane with subject acrylic lacquer (not necessary to strip aircraft):

(15) Ambient air thermometer probe.

(16) Tail rotor drive shafts.

NOTE
Make sure spray <;Ioes not enter air intake, engine exhaust, or gaps. around access panels and doors.
5-4
Change 3

(1)

Remove or mask decals. (Decals may curl up if not removed or masked prior to paint).
Sand aircraft.

8
.

(2)

If

the aircraft is now

18748-93-2

81
8
(3)
( 4)

painted with lacquer i~ is not necessary to sand entire aircraft, but only rough, high, or corroded areas. If the aircraft is now painted with polyurethane, scuff sand entire surface lightly.
t

Wash entire aircraft with toluene, (Technical) TT-T-548 preferred; TT-X-916 (grade A); or if xylene, necessary, lacquer thinner, MIL-T19544.

starting point is obtained by mixing one volume of lacquer with apprQximately one and one-half volumes of thinner composed of MIL-T-19544. The exact thinning ratio must be determined .by the user and adjusted to the prevailing temperature, relative humidity, and type of spraying equipment being used.

(2)
(3)

Stir or agitate this lacquer often because it tends to separate.

Fill any areas taken to bare metal with epoxy primer MIL-P-23277.

Apply one wet coat so that the dry film thickness will be about 1.5 mils.
1 hour before touch, Drying time 4 hours before flying.
-

(5)

All areas that are presently not painted, such as rotor masts, are to be cleaned of corrosion and primed with wash primer MIL-C-8514 before final primer and top coat. See paragraph 3-1 for instructions for wash primer.

(4)

d. Marking. Replace all markings according to TB 746-93-2 with decals or stencils using MIL-L-19538 lusterless black lacquer.

b. Primer.

8

used with this paint scheme shall be applied

The epoxy polyamide primer

in accordance with chapter 3.

not necessary to paint anti-glare areas black because the special paint is sufficiently dark as to act as antie. Anti-Glare.

It

is

.

glare.

Acrylic Lacquer Top Coat. The lacquer, a modification to Specification MIL-L-81352, is intended for use as a special low reflective exterior protective coating for metal surfaces. The lacquer is intended to be used This over the epoxy polyamide primer. lacquer system can be used for touchup.
c.

Conspicuity Markings. ,. Conspicuity markings wül not be used on wings, fuselage, or tail surfaces or aircraft using this paint scheme. When required, the g. Stripping. reflective paint and epoxy primer may be stripped using MIL-R-81294 Remover, Paint. Epoxy System.

low.

(1)

The acrylic lacquer should be thinned to spraying viscosity. A suggested

8
8
Change

3,

&-6

.

8
~

8

.

8
.

T8 746.93.2

.

CHAPTER 6
FINISHES
FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS: GENERAL

8
6-1. SURF ACE PREPARATION.

Section I.

GENERAL
be used Acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers may (diester) lube on aircraft serviced with synthetic oils such as Military Specification MIL-L-7808 I and MIL-L-23699 oils which are destructive to
e.

"

This chapter shall present requirements for finishes for specific applications and applications not heretofore explicitly included. Surfaces will be prepared and primed as specified in Chapter 2, prior to application of any topcoat.

ordinary

lacquers. Application of acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers, if used, will conform. to procedures in Military Specification MIL-F-18264.

6-2. MATERIALS
a.

-

TOPCOATS.

I

Gloss nitrocellulose lacquers will conform Gloss acrylicto Federal Specification TT-L-32. conform to Military nitrocellulose lacquers will Specification MIL-L-19537. Gloss enamels will conform to Federal Specification TT-E-489.
.

6-4. COLORS. Colors will conform to Federal Color Standard No. 595. Military Standard 795
is
a

supplementary document to tbe standard. Colors are designated by three digit numbers in the ANA bulletins and by five digit numbers in the Federal standard.

8
I

(camouflage) nitrocellulose lacto Federal Specification quers will TT-L-20. Lusterless acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers
b.

Lusterless

conform

6-5. DECALS.
of

will

Specification MIL-L-19538. Lusterless enamels will conform to Federal Specification TT -E-527.

conform

to

Military

6-3. APPLICATION. be used as specia. Gloss finishes will fied herein.
b. Lusterless (camouflage) finishes may be used at the option of the Theater Com-

mander.
~

~

Nitrocellulose lacquers will be used unless otherwise specified herein.
c.

8
.

may be used at the option of the Theater Commander. Enamels are more resistant to abrasion than lacquers and are useful in desert areas.
d. Enamels

Decals conforming to the requirements Military Specifications MIL-P-38477, Plastic Film for Marking Aircraft, may be used in lieu of. paint for all external and internal markings within the size limits speci~ied herein or. as otherwise stated in paragraph 7-2. Large, one piece decals are unsatisfactory because of application. difficulties. Decals may be pressure sensibut tive, adhesive backed, and scored, otherwise conforming to Military Specification MIL-P-38477. Pressure-sensitive decals should be applied in accordance with TM 55-1500-204-25/1. Pressure-sensi ti ve decals may be used on camouflaged aircraft for markings if the letters and numerals are lusterless black on a lusterless background. Lusterless decals will conform to Military Specification MIL-P38477.
i>'

Section II.

PROPELLER FINISHES AND MARKINGS
against corrosion, blades from which any of the protective plating has been removed will be painted as outlined in the following instructions.
Change 2

6-6. FINISHES. Only lusterless black finish will be applied to propellers for antiglare purposes or. for corrosion resistance. To protect

6-1

TB 746-93-2
.

a. Stripping. Ensure all blade data is obtained prior to stripping paint from blades so the same data may be restenciled on applicable blades sub. sequent to repainting of propeller. Propeller blades of the U.21 and RU-21 will not be stripped during aircraft repainting.
b. Painting. The exterior surfaces of metal propellers and hubs, fore and aft, will be painted lusterless black lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military

6-7. BLADE MARKINGS, WOOD AND METAL.
a. yellow tip will be maintained as a safety measure on all aircraft propellers which are less than 15 feet in diameter.
A 4-inch

.

diameter.
c.

A 6-inch yellow tip will be maintained on all aircraft propellers which are 15 feet or more in
b.

8

,

I

Specification MIL-L-19538. The forward side of the propeller tips will be painted yellow as specitied in paragraph 6.7. The exception will be the OV-1, which will have both sides of the tips painted yellow, as a safety measure and the rest of the exterior surfaces left unpainted.

The yellow marking will be limited to the forward side of the propeller blade on manned aircraft.
.s

d.

for this application.

Gloss yellow, shade No. 13538, will be used

I
.

c. Application. Each propeller blade will be sprayed with wash primer, Military Specification MIL-P-8514, while in a horizontal position and retained in this position until the wash primer has set. One light coat of zinc-chromate primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962, will be applied, followed by one light coat of lusterless black lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Specification MIL-L~19538, and will extend to within 4 inches of the tip of the blade. The propeller will then be checked for balance. Exercise care to mask off any regular graduation markings on the propeller hub or blades. The space between the blade shank and barrel will be masked off to prevent the paint from contacting the seals.

.e. OV-1 blade data markings and propeller barrel and dome assembly markings shall be. as follows:

(1.)

In addition to the 4 inch wide
yellow stripes across the front and rear tip of the blades, paint a yellow blade angle checking

station marking .0375 inches wide and 2.5 inches long, at 42 inch station on the face side (opposite of direction of night)

8

of blades.
(2.)
The blade drawing number, serial number, low, feather, reverse and correction angles and the blade

d. To uch up. When necessary, propellers may be lightly touched up between overhaul periods while installed on the aircraft. Care will be exercised to apply proportionate amounts of paint to each blade to maintain proper blade balance. Where antiglare paint can be applied to all blades of a propeller assembly in proportionate amounts, propeller balance need not be accomplished. This is not to be interpreted as authorization for deletion of propeller balance at overhaul or at any other time when balancing is normally required.

alignment reference (B.A.R.) value shall be stenciled on the camber side (direction of night side) of the blade at mid-chord
position. The letters used shall be 1/2 inch high and placed so as to read from the trailing edge. The lettering shall start between the 18 and 24 inch stations. These markings shall be lusterless black I Shade No. 37038.
I

-;;

"

8
.
6-2
Change 2

TB 748.83.2

.
6-8. FINISHES.

MARKINGS Section III. ROTOR BLADE FINISHES AND
intercoat adhesion, scuff sand the existing paint coating lightly with fine grit wet-ordry sandpaper, and remove the powder.
b.

8
.

a.

General.

(1) The finish used on helicopter rotor blades is applied to prevent deterioration of the underlying surfaces and to resist erosion from sand particles, dust, etc. (2) In painting of rotor blades, paint shall be applied uniformly over the original finish to minimize introduction of unbalance. However, blades will be rebalanced after complete repainting. When rotor blades are of bonded construction, the original finish should not be stripped because of the possible harmful effect of paint
strippers on bonding agents and adhesives. Prior to painting, in order to promote

Main Rotor Blades.

(1) Lower surfaces of all main rotor blades will be finished with lusterless black lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Specification MIL-L-19638.
(2) All metal blades will have upper surfaces finished in accordance with the illustrations in Chapter 8.
Note: Consult applicable helicopter maintenance manual for inøtructions on extent of repaint requirements at direct and pneral support maintenance activities.

I

8

.-

.

8
.
Change 2

6.2A/(6.28 blank)

.

8

.J

8

..

;It

8
.

18 746.93.2

.

Tail Rotor Blades. Tail rotor blades for non-camouflaged aircraft will be finished in accordance with instructions in parac.

8
$

graph 6-9b. Camouflage is the standard painted paint; tail rotor blades may be shade No. X34087, lusterless olive drab, Field at the discretion of the Major Army Commander.
.

(4) The color bands installed by the contractor on the tip of main rotor blades will be maintained along. with matching colors on the housing when specified in (5) below. Different colors are required on the blades for tracking as well as matching purposes.
(5) The identifying dots installed by the contractor will be maintained on the hub and .butt ends of the blades for blade matching purposes on those helicopters which require installation of matched sets of blades. For those helicopters which do not require matched sets of blades, hub not and butt ends of the blades will be painted with identifying dots. Color coding will not be required on individually interchangeable blades, since the hubs will be coded.
b.

6-9. MARKINGS. a. Main Rotor Blades. (1) Main rotor blades, matched sets, will have the top of, each blade tip painted a a yellow-orange color inboard for of 6 inches, shade minimum distance
.

No. 33538.

8

(2) Classification numbers, when required, will be placed on the main rotor blades of all helicopters by facilities authorized to balance, repair, or overhaul blades. Classification numbers will be applied only to metal blades which are, balanced and are matched sets. In general, classification numbers will not be applied to metal blades.

Tail Rotor Blades.

(3) Three numbers, including the blade set and/or blade serial number, will be utilized; the first will be the weight in pounds of the blade expressed in decimal form; the second will be the distance in inches from the ,center of rotation to the center of gravity of the blade; the third number will be the distance in percent MAC (Mean Aerodynamic Chord) from the leading edge of the blade to the center of gravity of the blade chord-wise.
Examþle: 57 .2~75.15-24.0:When the blade has a weight of 57.2 pounds with the center of gravity 75.15 inches from the center of rotation, and the chordwise center of gravity is 24.0 percent MAC from the leading edge of the blade. Stencilling, approximately 3/4 inch in height, will be accomplished with a paint or dope which contrasts well with the color of the blade. The preceding information is to be stencilled on the flat surface on the groundside of each blade at inboard or butt end of main rotor blade.

(1) Camouflage is the standard paint, but to promote 8found safety, bright danger markinp for helicopter tail rotor blades CONUS operations and are are optional for 8.5); ex. as follows (fig. 8.4 and marked cept that in combat areas,. and when Field Com. authorized by the Major Army

I
.

be painted mander, these markings may lusterless olive out with lusterless black or drab lacquers.

(a) Prime blade surfaces with one light coat of zinc-chromate primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962.
(b) Apply a 6-inch band of gloss red lacquer, shade No. 11136, Military Specification MIL-L-19537, at outboard end of blade followed by another 6-inch band of gloss white, shade No. 17875, then another 6inch band of red lacquer, shade No. 11136.
'

8
.

,

(c) Following the second band of bright red lacquer, apply a band of black lacquer, shade No. 17038, Military Speclfication MIL-L-19537, up to within 6 inches of the hub.
Change 2
.

'6-3

TB 746-93.2
Note. The OH-13 helicopter, old aDd aeW blade sets require the removal of all red enamel on the inboard end of blades aDd hub. Add one light coat of zinc chromate primer then clear lacquer to unpainted

area.

(d) Paint remainder of tail rotor blade with gloss red lacquer, shade No. 11136.

of the blades. For UH-1 andAH-lG aircraft, the painting configuration of the blades will be the same as the OH-23 aircraft, but without the stencil markings.
(2) To avoid the possibility of unbalanced conditions, application of the color scheme outlined above will be limited to new blades or to overhauled blades.

.

8
.1

(e) Blades and attachment fittings of OH-23 aircraft destined for combat. areas will be painted camouflage lusterless olive drab lacquer, MIL-L-19538,color shade number X34087 with a 6-inch lusterless yellow tip, shade number 33538, A 1 inch stencil' 'No HAND TURN1NG" will be applied near the tip in lusterless black on both sides
Section IV.

(3) Identifying color bands painted on the tail rotor blade guard by the contractor will be maintained and an identifying dot, approximately 1/2 inch in diameter, of the same color as appears on the housing will be painted on the butt end of the blade for mat~hing purposes.

LANDING GEAR AND WHEELS
No. 17178.

6-10. LANDING GEAR.
Landing gears will be painted olive drab in .the same manner as the fuselage. Land-' ing gears will be cleaned and primed with ptimer, Military SpeCification MIL-P-7962, and then painted with two coats of lacquer, shade No. X34087, Military Specification MIL-L.-19538. An exception to this is the landing gear wheel wells of OV -1 airplane will be painted gloss white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L::19537. Landing gears of U-8 -command aircraft will be painted an aluminized lacSection V.

quer, Federal Specification TT-L-32, Shade
'

6-11. WHEELS.
Wheels will be cleaned, primed with Military Specification MIL-P-7962, and painted "with two coats of lacquer, shade No. X34087, M i Ii ta r y Specification MIL-L19538.

8
I

6-llA. WHEEL WELLS, U-21, RU-21
be' stripped,

and OV-!.

During aircraft repainting, wheel wells will not but will be thoroughly cleaned.

ANTIGLARE COATINGS
a. Reflecting Surfaces. All cockpit parts and surfaces. reflecting in the windshield, instrument glass, ,and the like, will be painted lusterless gray enamel, shade No.
..

6-12. EXTERIOR.
To reduce glare, the top of the fuselage in front ,of the pilot's compartment on aircraft as illustrated in Chapter 8, and the inboard upper lone-fourth the engine nacelles forward of the of leading edges of the wings on the U-8, the 'forward portion of the skids on the OB-13 and 'the inboard and outboard nacelles of the OV-1 !will be painted lusterless black enamel, shade 137038, Military Specification MIL-E-5556, No. or lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19538. UB-1 aircraft with standard camouflaged paint scheme will not require anti-glare paint forward I of windshield.
I

36231, Military Specification MIL-E-7729. All instrument panels will be painted lusterless gray, shade No. 36231. Decals with white lettering will require a black background.

I

i6-13.

INTERIOR.
Change 2

which will not be painted.

Nonrejlecting Surfaces. All interior cockpit surfaces which are not reflecting as above, will be painted with primer, Military Specification MIL-P-8585 shade T or other suitable color to match the upholstery,
b.

8
.

6-4

T8 746-93-2

.
6-14. GENERAL.

Section VI.

FLUORESCENT COATINGS spirits 'conforming to Federal Specification

8
..

a. In order to increase safety of operation and aid in preventing midair collisions, all CONUS training aircraft.will be marked with fluorescent red-orange anticollision color, e~cept those already painted international orange. (Refer to para 1-12 for exceptions. )

TT-T-291.
6-16. PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR PAINTING. and marka. All standard Army insignia located within the area to be conings, spicuously marked, will be retained by block masking, prior to etching, cleaning, and painting operations. All masking will be removed prior to application of the clear acrylic topcoat to attain a maximum degree of surface smoothness to the finished surface.

.

All other T A CONUS assigned aircraft may be marked with fluorescent color at Ute option of the Major Army Field Comb.

mander.
".

c. TOE operational aircraft may be marked with fluorescent color when authorized by the Major Army Field Commander.

6-14A. MATERIALS, TAPE.
'!be use of high visibility tape on flat or s1i8btly a better conapicuity curved aJrcraft IUl'faces offers a longer period of time due to its for

3-inch border will be maintained around .all standard Army insignias and markings to provide ease of replacement.
b. A

8

markinl

Propeller warning stripe and signs a 3-inch wide in.will be maintained with installed adjacent to signia white border
c.

durability and resistance to fading. Tests indicate that the tape does not fade' in one year of use, whereas day-glo paint tends' to fade in about four it months. Tape has limited application because hides cracks and corrosion. Tape can be applied only as mown ~ the illustrations.

and on each side thereof.

paint system markings will not be applièd to antiglare, fabric, radome, or plastic areas.
d. Fluorescent

6-15. MATERIALS, PAINT.

6-17 APPLICATION OF FLUORESCENT PAINT.
.

a. Fluorescent red-orange paint, shade No. 633, Military Specification MIL-P21600, will be applied in conformance with

Military Specification MIL~P-21698.
This is a three-part system consisting of a reflecting white undercoat, Military Specification MIL-:-P-6884, an intermediate fluorescent pigment coat, and an acrylic clear topcoat to control the transmission of ultraviolet energy.
b.

-

shade No. a. Reduce fluorescent paint, 633, Military Specification MIL-P-21600, to spray consistency by adding three parts of fluorescent paint to two parts xylene, Federal Specification TT-X-916, by volume. measure.

8
.

c. When the brightness of the fluorescent system drops to an unacceptable level, or when the system must be removed for reasons of camouflage, rub lightly with a solvent conforming to Military Specification MIL-R-21~72, diluted 1:1 with mineral

Apply two full wet cross coats of fluorescent paint, allowing 1 hour drying time between coats. The total dry film thickness of the fluorescent coatings will be 2.5 to 3.5 mils.
b.
.

c. Insure that all spray equipment and affected surfaces. to be painted stay clean, as dust and foreign material will affect the brilliance of the fluorescent system.

Change 2

6-5

TB 746-93-2
6-18. APPLICATION GENERAL.
a.

INSTRUCTIONS

-

in an extended service life of the fluorescent paint system.
Note: The clear acrylic topcoat will not be applied over the fluorescent' paint prior ,to complete drying of the fluorescent paint, as the acrylic will be absorbed by wet fluorescent coatings and will not provide the desired protection.

General. The fluorescent paint system will be applied in conformance with Military Specification MIL-P-21698 and in the patterns for each aircraft in Chapter 8.
b.

.

Sþecific.

8
.

(1) Mark areas to be painted and place masking tape where needed.
(2) Apply fluorescent paint system over existing paint coatings. (3) Remove masking tape before applying clea.r sealer overlay to fluorescent paint color.

6-20. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS-SPECIAL
a.

Special Protection for Fluorescent Paint.

(1) General. Fluorescent paints are adversely
affected by aviation gasoline and diester oil lubricant, Military Specification MIL-L-7808 and MIL-L-23699 used in turbine engine aircraft. Spillage over skin of this and other strong solvents such as xylene, toluol, and mineral spirits also degrades fluorescent paint, Military Specification MIL-P-21600. In areas adversely affected by these agents, use the following procedure.

I
,.

(4) Extend clear sealer overlay 6 inches beyond fluorescent paint color, onto the olive drab.
Note: A 3-inch border will. separate fluorescent paint from all insignia and other markings, unless otherwise specified.

16-19. APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COAT. a. Two hours after the second coat of fluorescent paint has been. applied (provided the fluorescent coating is completely dry), remove block masking and apply one full wet cross coat of clear acrylic topcoat, Military Specification MIL-P-21600.
b. Reduce topcoat to spray consistency' by adding one part clear acrylic coating to one part of toluol, Federal Specification TT-T-548, or xylene, Federal Specification TT-X-916, by volume measure (xylene is preferred).

(2) Application of protective coating.
(a) Lightly sand undercoat of area which gives trouble to improve adhesion of
clear lacquer.

8

(b) Spray

a very thin coat of acrylicnitrocellulose lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19537. Allow to dry before applying topcoat. This is done to prevent lifting the undercoat. Use

thinner,

Military Specification

MIL-T-19544.
(c) Apply. a second coat of acrylicnitrocellulose lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19537.
b.

=

total dry film thickness of the topcoat will be 1.5 to 2.0 mils. Dry film thickness can be determined by preparing test panels and measuring the coatings with a micrometer. The test panels should be prepared concurrently with application of coatings to the aircraft surface.
.

c. The

Exceptions.

(1) Fluorescent paints will not be applied to rudders, ailerons, or other control surfaces
where balance considerations are important, unless otherwise specified herein.

d. The purpose of the topcoat is. twofold.

It provides a protective covering for the fluorescent paint to increase soil and solvent resistance, provides a topcoat which filters out the harmful ultraviolet rays of the sun that cause premature fading of the fluorescent paint. Application of the coating to the proper film thickness will result

(2) Deicer boots, tires, rubber, antiglare surfaces, radomes, fabric, and transparent plastic surfaces will not be painted.

8
.

(3) Fluorescent paints will not be applied to training aircraft painted international orange. (Refer to paragraph 5-3.)

6-6

Change 2

T8 746-93-2

.

(4) Fluorescent paint will not be applied to a maximum surfaces expected to reach 2000 F (such as exhaust temperature of manifolds), areas subject to abrasion, or
highly stressed areas.
c.

(3) Apply fluorescent paint and clear acrylic topcoat in accordance with paragraph
6-17.

8
"

Repair faded areas

as follows:

16-21. MAINTENANCE.
with Fluorescent coating system will be cleaned Specification Military

(1) Clean area by removing all grease, oil, and
foreign
materials,
using

cleaning com-

cleaning compound, MIL-C-25769.

6-22. REPAIR PROCEDURES.

MIL-C-25769. Grease and hard to remove stains may be removed by lightly rubbing affected surface with aluminum wool saturated with quantity of cleaning com-

pound, Military

Specification

Repair chipped or flaked (incl uding intermediate white follows:
a.

paint
base

coatings coat) as

MIL-C-25769. Rinse area with ample
quantities of clean water to remove all traces of cleaning compound.

pound,

Military Specification

(1) Taper paint edges surrounding area to be 200 or repaired to a feather edge using The sanding finer grit abrasive paper.
a operation will be improved, and provide by using a solution of 2 smoother finish, percent soap and 98 percent water.

(2) Thoroughly dry area to be repainted by removing all water deposits. (Drying will be aided by wiping the area with a clean lint-free cloth.) Drying time may be reduced by using dry compressed air.
(3) Apply fluorescent. paint and clear acrylic topcoat as prescribed in paragraph 6-17.

8
b.

(2) Remove loose paint and foreign material from area to be refinished. (3) Surface treat and
paint area to be refinished in accordance with procedures

outlined in Military Specification
MIL-P-21698.
Repair chipped or flaked paint coatings (not including intermediate white base coat) as follows:

10 square d. Touch up small areas (less than inches) with a 1-inch camel hair paint brush. Sprayequipment should be used to paint larger
type
areas.
being Note: Use care to prevent paint coatings from heavily in the overlap area around the repair. applied too further reWhen this occurs, small rivulets may form and required. pair will be

(1) Clean area by removing loose paint and foreign material, using a lint-free cloth saturated in toluol, Federal Specification

TT-T-548, or lacquer thinner, Federal Specification TT-T-266. (Toluol is preferred. )

(2) Taper edges of paint surrounding area to
be repaired.

Approximately 6 months after initial applicais permistion of the fluorescent paint system, it cross coat of clear acrylic sible to apply one wet apply topcoat. Clean the area as wescribed and accordance with existing overlay coating in
e.

instructions.

Section

COATINGS VII. PROTECTIVE
Top and bottom trailing edge of wing slats. Only required on slats which are still activated. edge of outboard vertical fins c. Lower leading below around leading edge to first row of rivets,
b.

8
.

6-23. COROGARD.
(see figure 8-34, Requirement for OV -1 aircraft detail F and Figure 8-34A)

stabilizer intersection.
Leading edge of inboard wing from nacelle to fuselage.
a.

and left side d. Leading edge of air scoop top of fuselage.
Change 2

6-7/(6-8 blank)

.

8
P'

8

"

..

8
.

T8 741-83-2

.

CHAPTER

7

LETTERING

AND

MARKING

8

Section I.
7-1. CAMOUFLAGE MARKINGS.
a. The camouflage markings will lusterless black lettering and markings on less olive drab background. Markings
I

MARKINGS: GENERAL
g. Camouflage is the standard paint scheme.. Bright danaer markings on tail rotor blades, main rotor blades, and propeller blades are optional for CONUS. However, aircraft in combat ueu may have the danger marlMgs painted out with lusterless olive drab, or lusterless black lacquer when authorized by the Mejor Army Field Commander.

consist of
a

luster-

may be

reduced in size to suit combat operations.

.

,

Standard markings will be in lusterless black lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Specification MIL-L-l9538, on a background of lusterless olive drab lacquer, shade No. X34087.
b.

h. Unle88 otherwise specified, uøe l/2-inch high Arabic numerals and capitalletten for marldngs.

Center identification lettering UNITED c. STATES ARMY as nearly as possible on each side of fuselage. Use 6-inch vertical block letters. Letter dimensions, positions, and locations for each aircraft will be in accordance with instructions in
. .

8

Chapter 8.

I

d. Place identification lettering U.S. ARMY or ARMY o~ each side of fuselage when identification lettering UNITED STATES ARMY does not fit on

Maintain various detail markinp for the cabin, fuøel8ge, plumbing systems, fabric control surfaces; and the like. In the case of recovering or repainting, the activity performing the work will replace all markings. Use gloss yellow markings on olive drab surfaces, and gloss black mukinga on aluminized, international oranae, or white painted
i.

surfaces.

allotted space.

Ule lacquer for markings on. lacquerfinished surfaces, and enamel for markingB on enamel-finished surfaces.

.

"

Reduce caution, emergency outer markings, safety, and other miicellaneous markings in number and size to the essential minimum accept. able for combat operations. Paint out yellow background behind red arrows on tins and tail booms with lusterless olive drab paint. Tail rotor warning markings for the blades are spelled out for camouto Chapter flage and noncamouf1a8e aircraft. Refer Section nl, paragraphs 6-8c and 6-9b. 6,
e.
..

. j. OutJine comers of emergency exits II1CI rescue 1 inch wide exit area with. right.angle comer banda and 3 inches long at each 181- Paint cOnw' marks with lusterless yellow lacquer, shade No. 33538, Military Specification MIL-L-l9538.
Caution: Cutting of fuel, oil, hydraulic, or OSJIeD Unes, or electrical wiring under cruh conditione may Nlult in a fire or _plO8ion, or increase the ...erity of an ed8tiDl fire. Such poIIibUitiea will be taken into conaidentiOD when emUf8ncy eacape are.. are being chosen for identifIcation markinp.

.

,. Replace glolsy decals with lusterless black stencil markings ~here possible.

8
.
.

Section II.

INSIGNIA: GENERAL
Ule decals conforming to paragraph 6-5 in . A lieu of paint, if approved by VSCOM.
b.

7-2. COATING MATERIALS.
a. Apply insignia with approved lacquers or enamels as are. applicable and compatible with the existing finishes.

Enamels will conform to Federal Specifica-. II tion TT-E-489.
c.

Change 2

7-'

TB 746-93-2
Section III.

NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA (FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT)
b. Remove masking tape as soon as practicable, but, in any case, not later than 2 hours after taping, in order to avoid staining the painted surface.

.

7-3. GENERAL.
a. The National Star .Insignia will not be applied to camouflaged aircraft. The National Star Insignia, of the design shoWh in figure 8-1, will be placed on other Army aircraft where required as part of an authorized paint scheme illustrated in Chapter 8.

8

7-6. FIXED WING AIRCRAFT.
a. Fuselage Insignia Installation.

The insignia will portray an insigniawhite, five-pointed star located within an insignia-blue circumscribed circle. This is referred to as the basic blue circle. An insignia-white rectangle will be located on each side of the star. The top edge of the rectangles will form a straight line with the upper edges of the horizontally opposed star points. An insignia-red horizontal stripe will be centered in each end of the rectangle. The basic blue circle will outline the entire insignia.
b.

(1) Location.
(a) When specified, the National Star Insignia will be applied on each side ,of the fuselage, midway between the. wing trailing edge and the leading edge of the stabilizer. The insignia may be moved forward or aft the minim urn distance required to avoid covering transparent material or areas exposed to extreme heat which would scorch or otherwise damage the insignia. The insignia may extend over doors and emergency exits, but will not extend over window areas or other such openings which will change the design of the insignia. Symmetry will be maintained when applying the .insignia on each side of the fuselage.

dimensions of the insigniaiwill determined by the diameter of the basic blue circle, which is standardized in multiples of 5 inches.
be

c. The

8

7-4. COLORS.
a. Gloss colors for insignia will conform to applicable shade numbers of Federal Standard 595. Insignia red will conform to shade No. 11136. Insignia blue will conform to shade No. 15044. Insignia white will conform to shade No. 17875.

(b) The insignia will be so applied that in the normal flight attitude of the aircraft, the top point of the star paints upward on fuselage surfaces. (c) Approval of an alternate location for the fuselage insignia will be coordinated with A VSCOM. (2) Dimensions (table 8-4 and fig. 8-2). The insignia will be nearest to, but will not exc.eed 75 percent of the fuselage height at the paint of application. The diameter of the basic blue circle will not exceed 50 inches nor be less than 20 inches (excluding border).

Corresponding lusterless colors will also conform to applicable shade numbers in Federal Standard 595.

b.

7-5. APPLICATIONS.
off area and apply National Insignia over finish topcoat. Avoid any method that. causes ridges in the application of insignia and markings.

Star

a. Mask

8
.

7-2

Change 2

T8 746-93-2

.

b.

Wing Insignia Installation.

(1) Location.

8

(a) The National Star Insignia will be applied on the upper surface. of the left wing and on. the lower surface of the right wing.
(b) Each insignia will be positioned at a point inboard from each wing tip equal to 1/3 the distance fròm the wing tip to the wing fuselage mating point. The border of the insignia will be tangent to the aileron cutout. In the case of swept wing or delta wing aircraft, the blue border will touch a lin.e drawn parallel to the trailing edge of the winK. 6 inches forward of the most forward point of the elevon.
.

which is nearest to, but does not exceed, 75 percent of the distance between the wing leading edge and the aileron cutout at the point of application.

(3) Hot areas. The National Star Insignia and the identification marking U.S. ARMY will not be applied to heat resistant finishes.

7-7. HELICOPTER PLANE.
a. Location.

AND

CONVERTI-

(c) The

National

Star

Insignia may

8
.

be moved inboard the minimum distance necessary when space is not available for the minimum size specified or to avoid obstructions, such as wing floats, struts, and

other externally installed equipment that interfere with discernment of the insignia. However, symmetry will be maintained with the U.S. ARMY identification markings.

(1) Four National Star Insignia will be applied on the aircraft fuselage. The insignia will be located so that it will be visible' from each side, from above, and from below. Due to various design configurations, the insignia will be located as near the center of the aircraft as is practical so as to provide maximum discernment. Such locations will be standardized on like model and series helicopters. The insignia may be moved the minimum distance required to avoid high heat areas. The insignia may extend over doors and emergency exits but will not be applied over windows or other. such openings which would change the design of the insignia. (2) The National Star Insignia will be applied on vertical surfaces so that in normal flight attitude, the top point of the star points upward. On horizontal surfaces, the top point of the star will point forward in the direction of flight. (3) If the main, fuselage section is not large enough to accommodate the minimum size specified, the star insignia may be placed on such other parts of, the fuselage as will permit its being readily seen.
(4) If space limitations and configurations permit, additional insignia will be applied to the nose of helicopters to provide more positive air-to-air. identification.

(d) The wing insignia will. be so applied that in normal flight attitude, the top point of the star points forward, and a. line from. the center of the insignia through the top star point is parallel to the direction of flight.

(2) Dimensions (table 8-4 and fig. 8-2.) (a) The National Star Insignia selected. for the wing will not exceed a maximum diameter of 60 inches, nor minimum of 20 inches (excluding border.).

8
.

(b) Standard sizes for basic blue cirdiameters will be in multiples of 5 inches between these limits.

.cle

(c) The diameter of the basic blue circle will be the standard size

7-3

T8
b.

746..93..2

Dimensions of Fuselage Insignia.

(1) The dimensions of the insignia will be determined by the diameter. of the basic blue circle. The insignia will not exceed 50 inches in diameter, nor be less than 10 inches. The selected insignia size will be nearest to, but not .exceed, 75 perSection IV.
7 8.
-

cent of the fuselage height at the pOint of application. Symmetr.y should be. maintained when applying the insignia on each side of the fuselage.

.

(2) If the above size is impractical for application, the most practical standard diameter will be selected.

8

MEDICAL INSIGNIA
Stock Number will be 5/16 inch high with 1/4-inch space between lines. (See fig. 8-:-8.) Markings will be applied using red lacquer, shade No. 11136, Federal Specification TT-L32, for the red. cross, and black, shade No. 17038, for the lettering.

AIRCRAFT.
.

a. Those Army aircraft assigned to the Army Medical Service for use as ambulance aircraft will be marked with a red cross

centered on

a

white field.

b. The red cross will be painted insignia red; shade No. 11136, Military Specification MIL-L-19537, with..a white background conforming to shade No. 17875.

c. This insignia will be placed .and maintained in four positions so that it .can be seen from either side, from the ground, and from the air. The location of these markings will depend upon the fuselage surface available, and will be ofa size consistent with the space available on the fuselage and the size of the aircraft.

(2) If the kit is enclosed in a. cover or installed in a bracket or holder which hinders the visib1l1 ty of the marking on the kit, an additional red cross will be placed on such cover, bracket, or holder. If this is not practicable, the red cross will be placed on the structural part of the aircraft near the cover, bracket, or holder.
(3) If background areas on which the red cross is to be painted will impair visibility of the cross, a solid white square equal to or slightly larger than the overall dimensions of the red cross may first be painted in that area to provide a contrasting background. Use white lacquer, shade No. 17875, Federal Specification TT-

8

7-9. AmCRAFT LITTERS.
a.

FIRST

AID

KITS AND

First Aid Kits.
. .

(1) When painting identification markings on aircraft first aid kits, the red cross will be composed of five 1/2inch squares arranged in a symmetrical cross. The lettering will be 1/2 inch high and the Federal
Section V.

L-32.

b. Litters. Paint red cross markings on litters using appropriate colors of lacquer, Federal Specification TT-L-32.

COMMAND AND ORGANIZATIONAL INSIGNIA
be applied to Army aircraft. Applications of organizational insignia ,will be the responsibility of the using organization. Depot maintenance fac1l1ties will not replace organizational insignia or markings when the aircraft is refinished during IROAN operations.

7-10. GENERAL. Organizational insignia may be applied to Army aircraft with approval of .the organizational commander. Only insignia which h:a.s been approved by Headquarters, Department of the Army for the organization to which the aircraft is assigned will
.

8
.

7..4

T8 746-93-2

.

17.11.
.

SPECIFIC.

8

Iluch

Location. The organizational insignia will be located in accordance with Chapter 8, or will be confined to that portion of the vertical 'stabilizer above the radio call identification marking, exclud. inø the rudder, and will be applied on both sidel, or each outboard side as applicable, on fixed wing aircraft. On helicopters, the insignia will be applied to each side of the fuselage, aft of the radio call numbers. However, on some aircraft, adequate space may not be available in the exact location. In cases,. ilÌsignia or marking should be posithe tioned as near as possible to the specified location.
ø.

b. Dimensions. The insignia will not exceed 75 percent of the height of the al.., located portion of the vertical stabilizer, nor will it exceed 50 percent of height of helicopter fuselage at point of application. Similar aircraft in the sam.e organization will have the same size insignia.

c. Letters. Command or organizational identification lettering will not exceed twothirds the size of the identification lettering U. S. ARMY.

Section VI.
7,;,

IDENTIFICATION LETTERING
dimensions will be taken when the allotted space does not allow for the dimensions prescribed herein. (See fig. 8-3.)

12. GENERAL.

Unless otherwise specified, a. Style. identification lettering will be presented ,in vertical block letters. All letters should be of the same block design.

8

b.

Dimensions.

Aircraft identification c. Uniformity. lettering will be standardized and uniformly maintained on similar type aircr~t in
each organization.
d. Restriction. The Army identification lettering and the National Star Insignia will not be altered in location, dimension, or configuration from the specifications reflected herein to .accommodate any major command and organizational insignia or marking.
e. Color. For non-camouflaged aircraft, lettering will be gloss white, shade No. 17875, on olive drab surfaces on fuselage, yellow on vertical fin, rudder and wings, and gloss black, shade No. 17038" on white, aluminized, international orange, or fluorescent painted surfaces.

(1) For. non-camouflaged aircraft, the height and location of lettering may vary on aircraft of different size and model in accordance with the size of the basic blue circle and space available, but the size and location of this marking will be the same on all aircraft of the same model. (2) For non-camouflaged aircraft, letters will be' of uniform size, with the letters separated from. the numerals with a dash. Depending on the fuselage surface available, letters will be the largest size practicable; however, in no case will they be smaller than 8 by 12 inches, or larger than 32 by 48 inches. The width, of the ,letters will be two- thirds the height of the letters and the width of the stroke will be one-sixth the height of the letters. Width of the letters M and W will be three-fourths the height of the letter. The height of identification. lettering near the star will be the diameter of the basic blue circle. Exception to these

8
.

f. Materials. (1) The material (lacquer or enamel) used for the markings will be the same as that used to finish the surface to be marked. If the' surface is bare, enamel is recommended.
(2) Gloll enamel,
Federal Specification Military SpecifiCh8nge 2

TT-E-489 or

glO88 lacquer,

I

7-5

T8 746-93-2
cation MIL-L-19537, over primer coating, Military Specification MIL-P-7962, will be
used.

7-13. FIXED WING CAMOUFLAG ED).

AIRCRAFT (NON-

a. Fuselage. The identification fuselage marking for all Department of the Army
and

Army National

consist .of ARMY in vertical block type lettering, placed on each side of the fuselage. An exception may be made in the case of U-8 and U-9 airplanes painted in the gloss OD and white paint scheme. ARMY may be omitted at the option of the local Major Army Field Commander.
b.

Guard aircraft will

(3) Dimensions. The height of this marking will be the same height as the basic blue circle in the National Star Insignia on the opposite wing of the aircraft. Width .of letters will be two-thirds the height of the letters; width of strokes and spaces will be one-sixth the height of the letters. The top of the letters will be toward the leading edge of the wing.

.

8

(4) NG. Markings NG will not be applied on aircraft wings.
7'"14.

HELICOPTER

(NON-CAMOU-

FLAGED.)
Wing. a. General. The identification lettering fuselage of all Department of the Army, Army National Guard, and United States Army Reserve helicopters will consist of the letters .ARMY placed on each side of the fuselage, except for OH-23, which will have U. S. Army.
on the

(1) Identification. .The identification lettering on wings of all Department of the Army, Army National Guard, and United States Reserve aircraft will consist of U.S. ARMY in vertical, block-type lettering of uniform size. (2) Location. This marking will be centrally placed. on the lower surface of the left wing and upper surface of right wing as shown in the appro-

pria te illustrations.
Section VII.
7 -15.

Specific Application. The ARMY markings will be placed on each side of the fuselage of helicopters as shown in appropriate illustrations.
b.

8

WARNING STRIPES AND SIGNS
word DANGER will be applied perpendicular to the word PROPELLER on each side of. the warning stripe, with an arrow pointing from the word DANGER toward the stripe. Letters. in the word DANGER will be 2 inches. high and the arrows will be 4 inches long. The word DANGER will be 2 inches high and the arrows will be 4 inches long. The word DANGER and the arrows will be in glossy insignia-red, shade No. 11136. This marking applies to all multi engine aircraft.
b. Interior. Openings used as exits within 6. feet of the propeller disc will have an insignia-red warning stripe 3 inches wide painted on their inside surface. Stripes will extend from the center of the fuselage or the top of the opening, whichever is higher, to the lowest extremity of the

WARNING
.

PROPELLER AND ROTOR BLADE (NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT)

a. Exterior. That area of the fuselage which is behind the plane of the propeller path will be marked with a glossy insigniared stripe 3 inches wide, extending completely around the fuselage, except through antiglare areas and when it does not interfere. with standard ARMY markings or insignia. A 3-inch space will be maintained between the ends of the propeller warning stripe and any standard Army marking or insignia. The word PROPELLER, reading vertically from top to bottom, will be superimposed in this stripe in glossy insignia-white letters 2 inches high, placed at sufficiently frequent intervals to indicate the dangerous areas. The
.

8
.

7-6

TB 748-93.2

.

8

The word PROPELLER, reading from top to bottom, will be superimposed on the stripes in glossy insignia-white letters 2 inches high, placed at sufficiently frequent intervals to indicate the dangerous areas. The word DANGER in glossy insignia-red will be applied perpendicular to and centered with respect to the word PROPELLER ,on each side of the stripe, with an insignia-red arrow pointing toward the stripe. Letters will be 2 inches high and arrows 4 inches
opening.

long.
c.

vertically

Tail rotor markings (camouflage and

non-camouflage.)
(1) Tail

rotor blades. 6-8c and 6-9b.

See

paragraph

(2) Tail rotor warning sign (camouflage). Refer to Chapter 7, Section I, paragraph 7-1d.

Section VIII.

RADIO CALL NUMBERS AND PREFIXES (4) All radio call panels installed with aircraft, including helicopters, will be revised to reflect the five radio call numerals applied on the aircraft, and the six numerals if aircraft are over 10 years old.
(5) Radio call numbers will be applied on both sides or on each outboard side, as applicable, of vertical stabilizer and rudder assembly, except that on helicopters they will be applied to sides of fuselage or vertical fin.

7-16. RADIO CALL NUMBERS.
a. General.

8

(1) Radio call numbers for Army aircraft will consist of five numerals. Radio call numbers will be derived from the aircraft serial number. Vertical block-type Arabic numerals will be used when applying radio call numbers. (2) First numeral of the contract year and the hyphen in the aircraft serial number will not be used in radio call numbers. If five numerals are not available in the aircraft serial number, zeros will be used to produce the required five numerals. Should more than five numerals be available, the last five numerals of the aircraft serial number will be
used.

Example; For

serial number 59-5434, use 95434; for serial number 59653472, use 53472; for serial number 59-7, use 90007; for serial number 60-7, use 00007.

8
.

(3) Since numbers once assigned may reach an age of 10 years or more, there is a possibility that two sets of radio call numbers could be identical. To prevent this, the symbol "0-" will precede derived numbers of more than 10 years of age.

Example; For serial number 50-7, use 0-00007.

(6) Radio call numbers on camouflaged aircraft will be 6 inches high. If space is not available for this standard size, the size will be of largest size which can be applied and compatible with existing space. For noncamouflaged aircraft only, the suggested minimum size for space occupied by one call number or designator is 8 inches high by 12 inches wide. If space is not available for this standard size, the size will be of largest size which can be applied and compatible with existing space. Alternate numerical size will be established by the width equaling two-thirds the height, and the stroke and, space will equal one-sixth the height. Vertical block-type numerals will be used for radio call numbers. b. Decals. Decalcomanias conforming to paragraph 6- 5 may be used in lieu of paint when applying and maintaining radio call numbers on the aircraft.

7-7

TB 746.93.2

C.

tional Guard will have compound pre-, fix in black lusterless letters consisting of the state abbreviation (table 8-6) followed by a dash and letter "NG" in the space normally occupied "US Army" above the radio call
a

Prefix-National. Guard.

Army Na-

numbers.

Identification

will

be

applied

on

vertical fin of fixed wing aircraft and above or adjacent to call numbers on helicopters depending on space available. Letters will be 6 inches high in black lusterless color shade 37038. Where space is not available, the "NG" and state abbreviation will be reduced to 2/3 its size to accommodate space available.

.

8

Section IX.

SERIAL

NUMBER AND FUEL SPECIFICATION 7-18. SIZE OF MARKINGS.
The letters and numerals for: U.S. ARMY (Model Designation) and U. S. A. SERIAL NUMBER will be 7/8 plus or minus 1/8 inch.

7-17. FUSELAGE.
The individual aircraft serial number, model, and type data, will be applied to all Army aircraft in accordance with aircraft detail markings.
MARKINGS

Section X.

FOR EMERGENCY ENTRY OR EXIT

(NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT)
7-19. GENERAL.
Markings for emergency entry or exit from aircraft will be orange-yellow, shade No. 13538, on olive drab surfaces. Gloss black color will be used on light backgrounds. If lacquer is used, it

conform to Military Specification MIL-L-19537, and if enamel is used it will conI form to Federal Specification TT-E.489. For

will

camouflaged aircraft see paragraph 7-1. Markings

for emergency entry or exit currently marked in red will be retained until repainting is necessary.

7-20. SECONDARY OPENINGS.
Secondary openings, such as auxiliary exits, windows, and navigator's domes are usually. smaller than primary openings, making entrance or exit more difficult. If the structure immediately surrounding secondary openings is free from heavy structural members (such as bulkheads and main longitudinal members), oxygen, fuel, and oil lines, and battery leads, it will be marked with a broken band in the colors specified in paragraph 7-19. The band will be placed at the extreme boundary of the above described area, both inside and outside of the fuselage. Segments of

inch long, and approximately 12 inches apart. Where, the band. will be covered by. soundproofing (or lining), the soundproofing (or lining) will also be marked. CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE will be marked or stenciled inside of, parallel with, and adjacent to, the broken band identifying th'e area on the outside of the aircraft where forced entry can be made for rescue purposes. CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY EXIT will be marked on a similar location inside the aircraft. Letters will be 1 inch high. If the letters (on the skin) by soundproofing (or lining), are covered the' letters will also be, marked on that part of the soundproofing (or lining) that covers that area.

the' broken. band will be 1/2 inch wide,
1

8

7-21. RELOCATION.
Each aircraft will be visually inspected for areas which may be cut through for rescue when entrance or exit cannot be made in any other manner. Visual inspection must be used, as relocation and reinstallation of equipment and furnishings may have been made which would not be indicated on the installation drawing of the aircraft. These areas should be as close to normal stations of personnel as

8
.

7-8

Change 2

TB 746-83.2

,

.

8

possible, except that they wUI not be placed at spots where personal injury to occupants probably would result from forced entry. Corner markings will be painted or stenciled on the inside and outside of the fuselage, marking the limits of these areas. The horizontal ,and vertical bars of the corner markings will be 3 inches long and 1 inch wide. CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE will be painted or stenciled in the center of the four corner markings on the outside of the aircraft and CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY EXIT will be placed in a similar location inside the aircraft. ,Letters will be 1 inch high. Soundproofing also will be painted if it covers markings or words. These markings need not be placed on aircraft so constructed that openings could not b~ cut with safety.
Caution: Do not use a knife or metal blade on aircraft during application procedure.

d. Small handles or leven used to actuate doors or hatches shall be identified by alternate orange-yellow and black stripes, 1/8 inch in width, painted on the background of the panel. Altemate orange-yellow and black stripes, 1/8 to 1/4 inch in width, shall be applied directly onto large levers or exit controls. Background striping shall be applied at a. 45-degree angle from the vertical, rotated clockwise. Handles and small levers shall be striped with alternate colored rinp. The striping shall not interfere with other types of markings or codings. Suitable descriptive wolding, readily visible, will be marked or stenciled on the door or structure of the aircraft, whichever is nearer to the emergency release, to identify and explain its 1 inch operation. This wolding preferably will be 1/2 inch high. high, and will be not less than Standard English terminology will be used, such
as
,

PULL, PUSH, TURN, or SLIDE.
e. Exits

7-22. ESCAPE

PANELS

-

INTERNAL

which are adequate for air, ground, and ditching escape shall have the words EMERGENCY EXIT centered in the most visible location on the inside of the door or hatch.
f. Exits which are not adequate for all three phases of escape shall ,be marked EMERGENCY EXIT, followed by words AIR, GROUND, or DITCHING USE ONLY, as applicable.

8

MARKINGS.
a. Markings for identification of escape hatches, doors, and exits on the, inside of aircraft will be marked orange-yellow, shade No. 13538.
þ. An orange-yellow band will mark the complete periphery of the, escape exit on olive drab background. A gloss black band will be used on light background. The band will have a minimum width of 1 inch and a maximum width of 2 inches, divided equally, if possible and practicable, between the mounting of the door and the escape door itself. When the soundproofing (or lining) will cover the identification marking band on the inside of the aircraft, it will also be appropriately mark-

Examþle: GROUND USE ONLY, GROUND AND DITCHING USE ONLY, etc.

EXTERNAL 7-23. ESCAPE PANELS MARKINGS (NON -CAMOUFLAGE).
-

ed.

8
.

The words EMERGENCY EXIT in orange-yellow, will be marked or stenciled on the escape hatch, door, or exit, in the most readily visible location. Letters preferably will be 2 inches high, and will be not less than 1 inch high. If the letters (on the skin) ,are covered by soundproofing (or lining), the letters also will be stenciled on that part of the soundproofing (or lining).
C.

a. Markings identifying escape hatches, doors, and exits ,on the outside of aircraft will be marked gloss yellow on dark surfaces, and gloss black on light surfaces. If enamel is used, it will conform to Federal Specification'TT-E-489; if lacquer is used,. it will conform to Military Specification MIL-L-19587. b. All ,external releases for operation of emergency exit panels will be marked, EXIT RELEASE on the outside of the aircraft to facilitate quick identification. The wording that describes the operation of the exit,release will be standard English terminology, such as PULL, PUSH, TURN, or SLIDE,. Letters preferably will be 2 inches high and will be not less than 1 inch
high.
Change 2

7-9

TB 746-93-2

Section XI.

7-24. GENERAL.

MISCEllANEOUS MARKINGS tained. Aircraft -10 or the -20 manuals
will be used to determine station locations. Station, markings will appear as
indicated in figure 8-7.

.
I

Markings of interior and exterior surfaces, decals, placards, and stencils will be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The material (lacquer or enamel) used applying the background will be the same as that used to finish' the surface. Installation in aircraft cockpits of placards required by TM's or MWO's, will be accomplished by coating the back of the placard with a clear lacquer, varnish, or similar substance. The placard will be further secured by an additional coat of clear lacquer, varnish, or similar substance over the front of the placard. If desired, such placards may be made of photosensitive anodized aluminum, Military Specification MIL-P-15024, Type H, or other. metal, and attached to the surface of the aircraft cockpit by bolts or screws. 7-25. BILINGUAL MARKINGS.
Bilingual markings will be applied to aircraft assigned to remote areas when authorized by the Major Army Field Commander.

7-27. TIRE SLIPPAGE MARKS.
Slippage marks will be applied to the air valve side of all tube type tire and wheel assemblies. Slippage marks will be lusterless red shade No. 31136, 1/2 inch X 2 inch in size and evenly divided between the tire and wheel.
a.

8

b. Tubeless type tire and wheel assemblies do not require slippage marks.

7-28. LIFT POINTS. All lift points will be indicated by an arrow pointing to the lift point. The word LIFT will be marked above the lift point in letters 1/2 inch high. Notations, such as NO LIFT or NO PUSH, should be. applied on areas of aircraft which would
be subject to damage by such action.

7-29. STRUT NUMBERS. All wing struts will be numbered with the part number. The number will be located at the lower end, with the top of the letters and numerals forward.

8

7-26. MARKINGS FOR TANK AREAS AND INTERNAL STATION MARKINGS.
a. Data Markings. Additional data, such as coolant mixture, water, alcohol mixture, oil tank level restrictions, and fuel grade (specified) will be applied near the filler caps in letters 1/2 inch high.

7-30. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
warning will be painted at the points where it is necessary to break electrical connections when removing wings, tail booms, or other assemblies containing hidden wiring. The letters will be of sufficient height ,to provide, a permanent, distinct, and legible marking. Examþle: Caution. Disconnect electrical wiring before removing wings.
A

Fuel Nozzle Groundings. Use electsymbol for ground or earth with notation GROUND HERE. For non-camouflaged aircraft marking, GROUND HERE will be gloss white lettering 1/2 inch on gloss black circle, 3 inches in diameter. For camouflaged aircraft, the marking will ,be 1/2 inch black letters on OD
b.

rical

7-31. WALKWAYS.

background. For U-21 and RU-21 aircraft marking, GROUND HERE will be 1/2 inch OD letters on a black circle, 3 inches in diameter.

All walkways will be differentiated from other external surfaces of the aircraft by a black border 2 inches wide, when possible. The surrounding areas immediately adjacent to the walkways will be marked NO STEP.

8
.

Internal Station and Comþartment Markings. When' applicable, internal station and compartment markings will be rec.

CRAFT SERVICING POINTS.

7-32. NATO SYMBOL MARKINGS OF AIRa. The U.S. Army has ratified
a

NATO

7-10

Change 2

T8 7"'93.2

.

8

Standardization Agreement (STANAG) No. 3109, which promulgates standard aircraft markings. The standard markings will facilitate cross-servicing of NATO aircraft, thereby insuring more effective crossservice operations. NATO symbols will be retained only on aircraft assigned to NATO areas.

For NATO symbols or codes on fuels and lubricants, refer to TB34-9-25.
h.

servicing and precautionary b. The markings of Army aircraft will be in accordance with the symbols shown and described herein.

symbols and colors are .in accordance with international agreements. (See fig. 8-6.) Any changes or recommendations will be processed through departmental standardization offices so that ap~ propriate action may be taken respecting the international agreement concerned.
i. The

7-33. DATA CARDS. Data cards will be pasted in the cockpit in a readily accessible position. If desired, data cards may be suitably mounted on plywood. A transparent material or clear shellac will be applied over the face of the mounted data card.

will be approximately 4 inches in the longest dimension, except where otherwise specified. However, smaller sized symbols may be used if required by the item or area to be marked. (See fig. 8-6).
c. Symbols d. Lettering which supplements the symbols will be in the scale of 1 to 4 in relation to the symbol. (See fig. 8-6).

7-34. AIRCRAFT ERALS.
be displayed on

PLATES

FOR

GEN-

doors or panels to the servicing points will be marked with appropriate servicing symbol or symbols.
e. Access

a. General. If desired, star plates may

will be. mounted on both sides of the

Army aircraft. Star plates

8

f. Marking normally will be in black or white, according to the background, except ground handling and safety points which will be marked in yellow, orange, and red, respectively. However, other colors maybe used in order to give maximum contrast. Aircraft which, by virtue of their operational role, may be subject to atomic flash, will have servicing and safety markings painted in suitable pale colors having a reflectivity of at least 50 percent.
g. Colors will be in accordance with Federal Standard FED-STD-595. The' following basic colors, which are specified with symbol or function, will be used

craft; however, a specific location for mounting the plates is not ,prescribed herein due to the various design characteristics involved.
b. Material and Size. Plates will be,constructed of sheet metal 6 inches high by 9 inches wide.

air-

c. Method of Marking. Grade will be designated by five-pointed white stars 2 inches in diameter, with one point up~ ward, equally spaced on the horizontal center of the line of the. plate. The plates will be painted with gloss red, shade No. 11136,. and the 5-pointed stars will be painted gloss white, shade No. 17875.

unless otherwise indicated:
Non- Camouflaged
Camouflage
37038

7-35. JETTISONABLE COMPONENTS.

Black.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.. ..
..
.

No. 17038 No. 17875 No. 11136

8
.

White. Red.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

37875

.

.

.

.

.

31136
32246

Orange.

.

.

.

.

..

No. 12246
No. 13655 No. 14110

Yellow. Green.
.

.

.

.

.

.

..
.

33538
34110

aircraft Jettisonable Canoþies. a. have the aircraft serial numcanopies will ber stenciled on the outside of the canopy frame, on the left-hand side, 6, inches from forward end, using I-inch high numbers and letters, provided sufficient space is available. If sufficient space, is not available to accommodate l-inch-highnumbers and letters, they will be as large as
space permits. Also, aircraft utilizing cart-

.

.

.

.

..

7-11

T& 7#.93.2

ridge-actuated devices will be marked in accordance with figure 8-34.
b. Ejection Seats. A red equilateral triangle with 9-inch sides and with apex pointing downward, with the word DANGER on each side of the triangle, will .be applied on each side of the fuselage. The words EJECTION SEAT in. white letters will be painted in the triangle. Additional' notations will be optional.

,

.

The lettering of battery location will be ,7/8 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch in 'height. The marking will be black shade No. 37038, on lusterless olive-drab surfaces; and gloss. black, on aluminized, international orange and white-:painted surfaces.
c.
7 -3S.

.

8

AMERICAN FLAG DECALS.

7-36. FLUID LINE IDENTIFICATION.
.

Fluid. lines will be identified as specified in Military Standard MIL-STD-1247.
7-37~ STORAGE BATTERIES.

a. The American flag will be applied to Army aircraft which support relief operations so foreign nationals will recognize that it is the United States which is providing support.

The
placed

notation
.

on

or tail of the aircraft.

the left side of the fuselage' boom as viewed from the rear

"BATTERY, LOCATION "with location given will be

b. Decals of American flag will be placed on' all Army aircraft when used in relief operations outside continental limits of United States for

more accurate identification, unless specifically prohibited by competent authority.
c. Decals should be placed in a horizontal position on each aircraft. Minimum decal size for CH-47 and larger aircraft should be 34 inches x 17 -1/2 inches, and for UH-1 's and smaller aircraft, 17-3/4 inches x 9-3/4 inches.

a. The fore and aft location of the marking will be, approximately in line w1ththe trailing edge of the wing.
b. The vertical location of the marking will be at a point 2 to 3 feet off the ground with the airplane in the wheels-up position ~n_d resting on the ground, or in the .case of airplanes ha ving fixed landing gear, with the landing gear collapsed. When battery is accessible via a panel or door, the notation "BATTERY ACCESS" will be "marked.in block letters not less than 1/2 inch high on battery access door. In the event of interference with, windows, enclosures, etc., the marking will be placed as near the above mentioned location as practicable. Either ,stencils, or a decal.

8

d. The American flag decal is to be positioned on vertical stabilizer of fixed wing aircraft; on aft pylon of CH-47; on cargo door of utility helicopters and on major vertical sheet metal structure on other helicopters.
e. The American flag, when located on aircraft, should be positioned horizontally in such a manner that union (blue field) should be uppermost with the stripes of the flag trailing at

all times.

.

I comania, conforming to paragraph 6-12 may
used to apply the marking.

be

,. Flags printed on pressure-sensitive tapes are to be procured locally.

8
.
7-12
Change 1

TB 748-93-2

.

CHAPTER 8

MISCEllANEOUS TABLES AND IllUSTRATIONS

8
TN 5-618
TM 9-213

Section I.

TABLES

Table 8-1. Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, and AR's

Painting, Repairs and Utilities Painting Instructions for Field Use

TM 61).1600-20<1-25/1

General Aircraft Maintenance Manual

TB 55-9150-200-25 Engine and Transmission oils, fuels, and Additives for Army aircraft

Table 8-Z. Standants

Federal Standard 595

-

8

Military Standard 795 Military Standard 171 Military Standard 808 Military Standard 1247 Military Standard 33739 Military Handbook 132

-

-

-

-

-

-

Colors Colors Finishing of Metal and Wood I Surfaces Finishes. Protective and Codes for finishing Schemes for Ground and, Ground Support Equipment Identification- of Pipe, Hose, and Tube Lines for Aircraft, Missiles, and Space Systems Aircraft Markings, Servicing and Precautioning Protective Finishes
'

Tøb'e 8-3.

Lilt 'of Applicable SpeCi(icøtiOM (BlaHt 10(6)
Federal Stock Number
'

Quanity of
lsaue

Specification

Nomenclature

CCL-74o-1611 L-T-90
L.T-99

Low Refl~ctive lR paint

Tape, Preøøure Sensitive, Type 2
2 Tape, Preø8ure Sensitive, Type 1" W, 72 yd It 3 in.1D Core

801o-Q~-6588 7610-651-9823

' gál can--'-

7610-634-3060
5860-286-6851

MIL-A-4864

Aluminum Wool, Type 2
Chemical Films for Aluminum Alloy Alodine

lib pq4 oz bti 2 Ib can

I

8
.

MIL-C-5641

MIL-Q-7489

Coating System, Rain Erosion Resistant, Class I
Coating, Wash Primer, Pretreatment for Metals, Application of Coating Compound, Metal Pre-

8080-618-8131 8080-811-8723 8080-668-9847 8080-527 -2510

175 Ib dtum Kit (1 pt)

MIL-C-8607

MIL-C-8614

8080-597-0892

5 gal kit

treatment

Change

2

B-1

TB 746-93-2
Table 8-3. List of Applicable Specifications (Sheet 2
Specification

of 6)
Quanityof
Issue

.
1 gal can

Nomenclature
Colors, Interior, Aircraft

Federal Stock Number

MIL-C-8779

8010-616-2208

MIL-C-1l796

Corrosive Preventive Petrolatum; 1st Application

8

Class 1

Class 3

8030-231-2364 8030-231.2363 8030.285-1570

6 lb 5 lb

35 lb

MIL-C-16173

Corrosion Preventive Compound, Solvent Cut Back, Cold Application

Grade 1
Grade 2 Grade 3

8030-231-2345 8030-244-1297

1 gal can
1 gal can

8030.244.1293

5 gal can 5 gal can

Grade 4

8030.526.1605

MIL.C.18767

Cleaning and Polishing Compound, Transparent.Plastic

Type I

7930.634-5340

1 pt botl

MIL.C.25769

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft Surface Alkaline Waterbase Type I

6850.826.0818

5 gal can

I

8

MIL.D-8243

Anti.icing and De.icing Defrosting Fluid

6850-901-0591

Pkg AlA

MIL-D.23003

Deck Covering Compound, Nonslip, Lightweight

MIL.E-5556

Enamel, Camouflage, Quick Dry. lng, Shade No. 37038
Enamel, Heat Resisting, Shade No. 17038

8010-687.3636 8010.597.7857
8010.664-8263

1 qt can 1 gal can
1 qt can

MIL.E.5557

MIL.E.15090

(Ground Equip) Gray, Shade No.

8010.598-6934

1

36231

pt can

MIL.E.46096

Enamel, Lusterless, Solar Heat Reflecting O.D.
Finishes, Coatings, General Specie

8010.914.3081

1 gal can

MIL-F.7179

fication for Protection of Aircraft and Aircraft Parts

10___-

8
25 lb drum

MIL.F.18264

Finishes, Organic, Aircraft, Application and Control of

MIL.G.21380

Grain Abrasive #220

5350.174-6460

.

8-2

Change 2

.

~

TB 748-93.2

.
Specification

Table 8-3. List

3 6) of ,Appliaøble.Speci(icationa (SUet of

Nomenclature
Ground Support, Phosphoric Acid Metal Conditioner
Lacquer, Acrylic-Nitrocellulose Red, Shade No. 11136

Federal Stock Number

Quantity of
Issue

8

MIL-L-10678

MIL-L-19637

White, Shade No. 17876
Clear

Olive Drab, Shade No. X14087 Orange-Yellow, Shade No. 13538,

8010-661-7932 8010-527 -2493 8010-527-1508 8010-847-4968 8010-527-2518

1 gal
1 gal

1 gal
1 qt 1 gal

MIL-L-196S8

Lacquer, Acrylic-Nitrocellulose, Camouflage

f

Qlive Drab. Shade No. X34087 Olive Drab, Shade No. X34087 Black, ~hade No. 37038
Insignia, White

8010-082-24 79 8010-527 -2888 8010-527 -2884 8010-543-2085

1 qt can 1 gal can

I

1 gal
1 gal can

MIL-M-3171

Magnesium alloys "Processes for Pretreatment and Prevention of corrosion on"

8

MIL-P-6808

Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate, For Aircraft

I
8010-526-2523 8010-584-2426 8010-297 -0593
5 gal can

MIL-P-7962
MIL-P-8585

Primer, Lacquer Type Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate

12 oz aerosol can 1 pt can
1 gal can

MIL-P.14105 MIL-P-14276

Paint, Heat Resisting X34087
Paint, Heat Resisting, Aluminum,

8010-616-4009

8010-815-2692

19 gal can

Shade 17178

MIL-P-15024
MIL-P-21600

Type H

-

plates and identification

Fluorescent Paint System, Removable, for Aircraft Application

8010-687-4386

Kit 2-1 gal can

Red Orange No. 633

MIL-P-21698

Fluorescent Paint for Aircraft Process, Application of

MIL-P-23377

Primer Coating, Epoxy Polyamid
Plastic Film for Marking Aircraft

8010:.082-2450

1

gal Kit

8
.

MIL-P-38477

8135-923-0591

MIL-R-n05
MIL-R-25134

Radomes, General Specification For
Remover, Paint, Lacquer, Solvent Type

8010-943-7126 8010-943-7127
8030-275-8117

5 gal can '55 gal

I
8-3

MIL-S-7124

Sealing Compound, Pressure Cabin

Kit

Change 2

........~

TB 746-93-2

Table 8-3. List
Specification

of Applicable Specltkations (Sheet 4 of 6)
Federal Stock Number

.
Quantity of
Issue

Nomenclature
Sealing Compound, Integral Fuel

MIL.S.8802

8030-753-4596

Tank and Fuel Cell Cavities,
Temperatures, Resistant, High

1/2 pt Kit
1 pt Kit

8030.723.2746

8

Adhesion

MIL.S-13518

(Ground Support Equip) Wood Seal. er, Type I Type II
Thinner: Cellulose. Nitrate Dope Blush Retarding Lacquer, Thinner

8030.282.8237
8030-222-0503

1 gal can 1 gal can
1 gal can

MIL.T.6095

8010.162.5289

MIL.T.19544

MIL-T-19588
MIL-W.5050

Thinner, epoxy polyamÍde
Walkway, Coating and Matting Non. slip, Aircraft, application of Chromium Trioxide, Type 2 Technical Grade (chromic acid)

8010.527.2897 6810-286,:0458

5 gal 5 gal can

OOC.303

I

6810-174.1818 6810-201.0907 6810.264.6525

1 lb btl 5 gal can 5 Ib btl

0.E.760
0.P.559

Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol), Denatured Alcohol, and Proprietary Solvent
Potassium Dichromate, Technical Grade

8

0.S.576

Sodium Bicarbonate, Technical Grade
,

6810.264.6618

lib
2 lb botl 5 lb botl

0.S.595

Sodium Dichromate, Dihydrate

6810.148.2000 6810.262.8566
6810.893.8138 6810-664.0387

0.S.801
O. T -620

Sulfuric Acid, Electrolyte
Solvent, Safety (1,1,1, Trichloroethane, Technical Inhibited (me-

15 gal drum
1 gal can

thyl chloroform)
P.C.437
P.C.451 Steam Cleaning Compound
Paper, Cloth, Abrasive Aluminum Oxide, Type I, Grit 320, Class 1,

6850.256.0157

125 lb drum

9"

x

11"

5350.246.0330

P.D.680

Dry Cleaning Solvent, Type I (standard solvent)

6850.264.9038 6850-264.9037

5 gal

e
.

55 gal
50 sh

P.P-101 P.P-105

Paper Abrasive No. 400 Abrasive Paper Flint

5350.224.7201 5350.246.3489

20 sh

8-4

Change 2

:

187--.2

.
Specification

Table 8-8. LiBt

of ApJJliøøble SpeCilicfltiOIl8(SlJHt

6

of 6)
Quantity of
Issue

Nomenclature

Federal Stock Number

8

Tl'-B-838

Butyl Acetate
Alcohol Butyl (normal butanol)
Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Red, Sbade No. 11186 (International 9ranae) Oranp, Sbade No. 12197

6810-222-2742 6810-222-2784

5

pi

can

Tl'-B-846

Tl'-FÅ89
.,.,.",.

6810-281-2685 8010-527-8199
8010-527-8202
8010-297-2092 8010-298-2802 8010-286-7758 8010-527-2058 8010-297 -2096 8010-995-8054

1.al can 5 .al can 1 qt can
1 gal can
1 qt can 1 .al can

Gray, Shade No. 16081 Blue, Sbade No. 16044 Yellow, Shade No. 18588 Black, Shade No. 17088 White, Shade No. 17876 Olive Dub. Shade No. Xl4087

1 qt can 1 gal can 1 .al can 1 gal can

Tl'-E-527
Tl'-E-776
Tl'-L-2O

Lacquer, Camouðap, White 87875

8010-297-0569

5 gal can 1 gal can

Ethylene Glycol, Monobutyl Ether

6810-281-2001

8
Tl'-L-32

Lacquer, Camouðage, Yenow, Shade No. 83588 Gray, Shade No. 36281
Black, Shade No. 87088

Gray, Shade No. 86440 OUve Drab. Shade No. X84087
Lacquer, 01088, Gray, Shade No. 16081

8010.166-3158 8010-515-1568 8010-166-8147 8010-M8-9767 8010-664-6155

1 qt 1 gal 1 qt 1 gal 1 qt can

Gray, Shade No. 16478 Black, Shade No. 17038 Blue, Shade No. 16044 Red, Shade No. 11136 (509) White, Shade No. 17875

Yellow Oranae, Shade No. 18638
Orange International, Shade No.

12197
Olive Drab. Shade Nn Y140A'l Aluminum, Shade No. 17178
-

8010-516.1598 8010-257-6879 8010-598-6158 8010-257-6318 8010-242-6818 8010.251-6608 8010-257-6877 8010-261-6606 8010-248-2838 8010-248-2839 8010-161-7370 8010-261-6601
8010-698-5169

1/2 pt
1 qt 1 qt 1 qt 1 qt

1 qt 1 qt
6 gal 1 qt

19aÌ
1/2 pt
1 gal

8010-Ml-8406
8010-141-2962

1~ 1 gal
1 pt can

8
.

TT-L-60

Lacquer, Red Shade

11186
TT-L-64
Lacquer, Spraying, Acid Resistant for Aluminum Surfaces Around
Storage Batteries

I

8010-290-6168

1.al

TT.M-261

Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK)

6810.281-2786

1 gal

Change 2

M

.

18.746-93-2

Table 8-8. List of Applicab" Speci(køtions (Sheet 6 of 6)
Federal Stock
Specification

.
Quantity of
Issue

Nomenclature

Number

TI'-M-268

Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketòne (MIK)
Naphtha, Aliphatic

6810.286.3785 6810.238.8119

1 gal 1 gal 1 gal
1 qt

8

TI'.N.95

TI'-N.97
TI'-P.54

Naphtha, Petroleum Aromatic
Coating, Compound, Phosphorescent Pigment, Aluminum, Powder and Paste, for paint, Type 2, Class A

6810.223.9067
8010.597 -9770

TI'.P.320

8010.687.4019

1 lb can

I
I

TI'.R.248

Remover, Paint and Lacquer, Solvent Type

TI'.T-266

Thinner,Dope, Lacquer
Cellulose Nitrate

8010.160-5787 8010-160.5788 8010.242.2089 8010.558-7026 8010.246-6116
6810-281-2002

1 gal can 5 gal can 1 gal 5 gal

TI'.T.291

Thinner, Paint Volatile Mineral Spirits (Petroleum Spirits)

55 gal
1 gal 1 gal can 1 gal

TI'.T.548

Toluol
Varnish, Asphalt
Varnish, Spar, Phenolic Resin Aluminum Color

8

TT.V.51 TI'.V.119

8010-299.0214
8010.597.7856

TI'-X.916

Xylene, Technical Grade A
Tape, Masking; (Pressure Sensitive) Type I
Primer, Corogard 14

6810-598-6600

1 gal

UU.T.106

7510.266.6712

I

8010.693.2614

Kit

8
.
8-6
Change 2

TB 746-9312

.

1*

Table 8-4. Dimenstons for NattOT1/ll Instgnta
A
B C

D

R

L

8

9.5
10.0

4.75
5.00 7.50

2.375
2.500

0.80
0.83
1.25

0.59

5.6 5.9 8.8
11.8
14.77

0.63 0.94
1.25
1.56

15.0

3.750 5.000 6.250
7.500 8.750 10.000
11. 250

20.0

10.00
12.50

1.66

25.0
30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0

2.08 2.50
2.92
3.33

15.00 17.50 20.00

1.88

17.6

2.19
2.50
2.81 3.13

20.6
23.5 26.5

22.50 25.00
27.50

3.75

50.0
55.0

12.500 13.750
15.000

4.17 4.58
5.00

29.4
32.3

3.44 3.75

60.0

30.00

.35.3

*Note: 1. All Dimensions in Inches.

8

2. D
R A

=

=

DIAMETER OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE RADIUS OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE 1/2D == 1/2 RADIUS
1/6 RADIUS

C
L

= =

1/8RJ\D!US
1.176 RADIUS

B

=

3.

SEE FIGURE 8-1 & 8-2 NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA.

I.
UTILITY SERIES

Table 8-6. Redesilnation of Aircraft

HELICOPTER SERIES OLD DESIGNATION HU.1B
NEW

DESIGNATION
UH.1B

OLD DESIGNATION

NEW DESIGNATION
U-6A

L.20A
L.2SD

HU.lD
H.13S
H.34C
HC.1B

UH.lD
OH.13S
CH.34C

U.8D RU.8D

RL.23D
L.2SF L.26C

U.8F
U.9C

CH.47A OH.23B
OH.23C

H.23B

8
.

H.2SC

VTOL AND STOL SERIES
OLD DESIGNATION
NEW

H.23D

OH.2SD

DESIGNATION
OV.1A
OV.1B OV.1C

OBSERVATION SERIES OLD DESIGNATION
L.19A NEW DESIGNATION

AO.1A
AO.1B AO.1C

O.lA

Change 2

8.7

TB' 746.93.2

Table 8.6. State Abbreviations

.
MT
NB

Alaska Alabama

Arizona
Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut

AK AL AZ AR
CA
CO

CT

Delaware District of Columbia Florida Georgia

Guam Hawaii

DE DC FL GA GU

Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania

NV NH
NJ

8

NM NY NC ND OH

OK OR
PA PR

HI
ID

Idaho,
Illinois Indiana Iowa
Kansas

IL IN IA
KS

Puerto Rico Rhode Island

RI
SC SD

Kentucky
Louisiana

Maine Maryland
Massachusetts

Michigan

Minnesota
Mississippi

KY LA ME MD MA MI MN
MS MO

South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee Texas

TN

TX
UT VT VA

Utah Vermont
Virginia Virgin Islands Washington West Virginia
Wisconsin

VI
WA

8

Missouri

Wyoming

WV WI WY

8
.
8.8
Change 1

TB74H&2

.
Table 8-7. Designation
HELICOPTER BlRIES

of Army Aircrø(t
OIIEIIVATION SEIIIES
Þ&8IGNATION

-8

DESIGNATION

ING/NE

AH.IG

1D"',3IAlB

POPULAII NAIIE COBRA

ENGINE
CJ.47CJ.I1B

POPULAII NAME

TH-IG
UH.IB UH.IC

18-""alAiI
18-L-IA. IIIIICID

~
IIIOQUOIS

g.IA g.IG To.'A

BIIID DOG

CJ.47CJ.l1B
CJ.47CJ.111

UII-ID UII-IH
UH-IM

1DL.I1/M:ID 18-L-IA. IIIDJC/D 1DL,'3IAIII

To.II

047CJ.l1B

~

~
CAYUSE

YCJ.3A

,..... '3IAIII
1DMII\

,CJ.8.D

OH-IA

~
VTOL AND STOL SIllies

~
Oil-I.
0K-138

OV.IA

BV&33IA
004311-2&A

TDL.7.7A
'J'I3.L.7. 7A

MOHAWK

SIOUX

OV.IB

TH-IST

OV.IC
OV.ID

Oo43I1-2IA

TDL.7, 7A, 1Iò
Tl3-L.JOI

à--..
CJH..28

d,

UTILITY SIlliES IJ.IA
fl.134CJ.81
1I.134CJ.81

~.
omll

~

IIIJ.IA.

~
U-IA
OH-23C

N3HO N3HO
DGl-23C
00II408A

IIAVEN

""-AlWSfA
fl.88l.ANalA

IIU-IA

8

OH-23D

~
SlMINOLI

OH-238

~
CHOCTAW

u.BD

CJ.48CJ.'A,11
CJ.48CJ.IA,11

IIIJ.ID
CH.aIC VH-34C
IJ.8F

R-18884C
R-'1I3N4D

0483.3A

IJ.8I
u.sc
Yu.B

045,A, II
GICJ.48O.IIAI

1fV'!

jD

CJt.47A

T"'L-I. 7
Tlill-L.711/C
TIi6-L.7C,

CJt.471
CJt.47C

-~
CHINOOK

AERO COMMAl\lDllII

-...cal

IJ.10A

~1D8

~4~
COUIIIIR

I1A

#~-:-.:~

"*.-4
.

CHoI4A

T7H-,
m-p.7GI/

CH-I48

~

TAtlH~

IJ.21A/G

f74.a1.1GII
f74.a1.1GII

UTE

1IIJ.2'A
1IIJ.21B

TH-IIA

T74G'-702

H'G3IOII'A

OIAGI----:.r, \.
,

1IIJ.2'C

fM.aI.702
f74.a1.700
P1'IA-28

1IIJ.2'DIl
IJ.21F

~
.

AH-IIA

........81.718

CHEYENNE

TIlA/NEII SIRlES

0H-I8A

1DA-71ID

~-.=
KIOWA

T-411

I~
1047CJ.L

MUÇALaRQ

~
CIICltI.

8
.

~

T-42A

~

Chønge 2

8-8A'

". ,.,.'~

T8 746-93-2

Section II.

I L LUSTRA TIONS

.
Page

LIST OF IllUSTRATIONS
Figure 8- 1 8- 2 8- 3
8- 4 8- 5
. . .

Ti tie
National Star Insignia. Star Template Ii. Wing and Fuselage Marking (Typical) Marking Helicopter Tailboom Marking Helicopter Boom for Trainer NATO Marking Symbols Typical Compartment Markings. First Aid Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markin~s, 0-1 ~ Marking, 0-1 Exterior Markings, 0-1 Marking, 0-lD Stations Diagram, 0-1 Marking, U-6 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-6 Exterior Marking, U-6 Markings, Cabin and Flight Compartment Doors, U-6 Stations Diagram, U-6 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-8D Painting and Markings, U-8D Interior and Exterior Markings, U-8D Stations Diagram, U:8D ... Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-8F Exterior Markings, U-8F '. Stations Diagram, U-8F Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-9 Painting and Markings, U-9 Exterior Markings, U-9 Stations Diagram, U-9 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-1A Exterior Markings, U-1A '. Stations Diagram, U-1A High Visibility Paint Scheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 Interior Markings, U-21 and RU-21 .'. Exterior Markings, U-21 and RU-21 Station Diagram, U-21 and RU.21 High Visibility Paint Scheme, Arctic, Desert and Jungle Pattern, OV-1 Aircraft High Visibility Paint Scheme, OV-! Aircraft Used for Training. Standard Camouflage Paint Scheme, Conspicuity Markings, OV-1 Aircraft.
.
.
.

8

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8- 6 8- 7 8- 8 8- 9 8-10 8-11 8-12

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Kit.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8.13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24
8-25
""-

...................... ......... ........... ....,......
. . .
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

-

8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-32A 8-32B 8-32C 8-32D 8-33 8-33A 8-33B 8-34 8.34A 8-34B 8-34C 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39 8-40 8-41 8-42 8-43
-8-44

............. ..,... ..............
. . .

..
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-10 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-18 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-26 8-26A 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-36 8-37 8-38 8.40 8-41 8.46 8-47 8-48 8-58 8-59 8-60
. .
.

.

8

.

.

.

.

....
. . . .
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

8~61

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-68 8-69 8-70 8-82

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..................... .......................,...,...
.

,

.

.

.

8-82A 8-82E 8-82K 8-82U
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-83 8-84 8-85
8-86"

8.45 8-46 8.47 8-48

Exterior Markings, OV-1 Walkway Area, OV-1 Antenna Markings, OV-1 Aèro 65 Bomb Rack Markings, OV-1 Station Diagram, OV-1 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, OH-6 Exterior Markings, OH.6 Stations Diagram, OH-6 Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted High Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service, OH-13 Marking, OH-13
. . .

..................................... ....................................... ..,.................................. ..................................,., ....................................
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-98 8-99 .8-100 .8-102 .8-105 .8-106 .8-110

8
.8-129 .8-130

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.............
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-88

Change 2

T87*93-2

.

8
Figure

LIST OF IllUSTRATIONS (CONT)
Tit'.
Exterior Marking, OH-13 Stations Diagram, OH.13 Exterior Markings, OH-58A Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility 'Markings, OH-2aB Exterior Markings, olt-2aB Stations Diagram, OH-23B Exterior Markings, OH~23C Stations Diagram, OH-23C Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, OH-2aD Exterior Markings, OH-23D Stations Diagram, OH-23D Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Marki.., CH.U Exterior Markings, CH-34 Interior Markings, CH-34 StatioDl Diagram, CH-34
.

Page
. . .

8-49 8-50
8-51

.

.

.

.

.

.

10

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

-

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8-52 8-53 8-54 8-55 8-56
8-5'1

.8-182 .8-137 .8-138

I

8-58 8-59 8-60 8-61 8.62 8-63 8-64 8-65 8-66
8.-67

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

"""""""""'."""""""" ..
.
. .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

8

8-68 8-69 8-70 8-71 8-72 8-73 8-73A 8-74 8-74A 8-75 8-75A 8-75B 8-76 8-77 8-78 8-79

.................................. ...,........... ................................... ...........
.
.

'.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-160 .8-161 .8-186 .8-167 .8.172 .8-173 .8-174 .8-179 .8-180 .8-181 .8-189 .8-190

8-79A 8-80 8-81
8-82

8-82A 8-83 8-84
8-85 8-86 8-86A 8-86B 8-87 8-88 8-89 8-90 8-91 8-92 8-93 8-94 8-95 8-96

8
.

Deleted Deleted Deleted Hi8h Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Semce, CH-47 Interior Markings, CH-47 Exterior Markings, CH-47 Station Diagram, CH-47 Exterior Markings, CH-54 Interior Markings, CH-54 Universal Pod Exterior Markings, CH-54 Universal Pod Hi8h Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service. Interior Markings, UH-1B and UH-1C Exterior Markings, UH-1B and UH-1C Station Diagram, UH-1B Station Diagram, UH-1C High Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service, UH-1D and UH-1H Interior Markings, UH-1D and UH-1H Exterior Markings, UH-1D and UH-1H Station Diagram, UH-1D and UH-1H Exterior Markings, AH-1G Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, TO-1 High Visibility Markings, TH-13T High Visibility Markings, TH-55 Exterior Markings, T~41B Stations Diagram, T-41B Exterior Markings, T-42 Stations Diagram, T-42 High Visibility Markings, TH-1G High Visibility Markings, OH-6 Used for Training. High Visibility Markings, OH-58 Used for Training. High Visibility Markings, CH-å4 Used for Training. High Visibility Markings, CH-47 Used for Training. High Visibility Markings, CH-54 Used for Training. High Visibility Markings UH-1B Used for Training. Hi8h Visibility Markings, UH-1Dand UH-1H Used for Training.
. .

.................. ....................................
. . . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8.191 .8.192 .8-201 .8-207 .8.208

......
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-214A .8-214D
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

............................. .......... .................................... .............. ........................ ................................... ................................. ....................... ................................
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-215 .8-216 .8-217 .8-220
.8-221 .8-222 .8-227 .8-241 .8-251 .8-252

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-220B
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-240E

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8.250A
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-252A .8-252H
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.8-253 .8-255 .8.256 .8-257 .8-258 .8-259 .8-260 .8-261 .8-162 .8-263

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Change 2

8-9

TB 746-93.2

INSIGNI,A BLUE

TOP STAR POINT

.

8
r----1____-

__1 B

--T

THE RADIUS (R) ().F THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE DETERMINES ALL
REFER TO T ABLE8~4

DIMENSIONS.

Figure 8-1. National ,tar in,i,nia

8
L

L

D

"

--------------------SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION FOR TEMPLATES OR STENCILS
000890

L

8
.

Figure 8-2. Star tem.plcatf

8.10

.

8
.

8

8

.

_B~
.

~C~
~:'o

_D-JI

:ilia
811.'

T 1
A

It
I

-+~
BE AS sPECIFIED IN CHAPTER HEIGHT OF "..' WIDTH OF LETTERS TO8"2/3 THE LETTER HEIGHT TO
c>.o

,
,
. .

j
.

;

..

ø- .WIDTH E=

7, SECTIÒN VI HEIGHT 8ETWEEN LETTERS TO 8E 1/8 THE LETTER STROKE AND HEIGHT THE WIDTH OF THE LETTERS M AND W TO 8E 314 OF. THE I AND NUMERAL TO BE 1/. OF HEIGHT OF

LITTE" sPACE

LETTeR,

,

r
.... m

N

t
.'

.

000891

.

Figure 8-3.

W"UI6Ø11d (w;ßWge mø1'kÚIIfB

(typical)

I
'j.:,
.

.. ..
'~.
.

I L

-.

ò..~",..

~

TB 746.93.2

6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS RED, SHADE NO. 11136

.

2

6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS WHITE,. SHADE NO. 17875.

8
..

--SOI.ID RED (BOTH SIDES), MII.-I.-19538, SHADE NO. 11136
BLACK LETTERS (BOTH SIDES) MIL.L.19538, SHADE NO. 37038

8

~,

OL.IVE DRAB BACKGROUND (AL.L. AROUND) MIL..L..19538, GL.O 55 SHADE NO. X34087

AV010887

Figure 8-4. Marking he,licoptertailboom

8
.

8-12

Change 2

.
.

~...~

8

1

6.IN. BAND OF GLOSS RED,
SHADE NO. 11136

2

6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS WHITE.
SHADE NO. 17875

4

BAND OF GLOSS BLACK WITHiN 6-IN. OF BLADE ROOT. SHADE NO. 17038

,

,

8

r-\

33 'I".

þ.PPRO~

--'

,

\

\
\

\ \

\

\

---SOLID RED (BOTH SIDES),
LACQUER-GLOSS, SHADE NO. 11136

BLACK LETTERS (BOTH SIDES),
LACQUER-GLOSS, SHADE NO. 17038

YELLOW BACKGROUND (ALL AROUND). LACQUER-GLOSS,
SHADE NO. 13S3B
'

8
.

000893

FIgure 8-5.

JlaTletng hBLfcoþtør boom

for tnttnør

8-13

,

FILLING COLOR-BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TO BACKGROUND
1

.
I
I
GAS

REFUELING

FILLED FOUR POINTED STAR
WITH NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER FOR FUEL AND MAXIMUM FILLING PRES. SURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYSTEMS

v
-

2

OXYGEN (BREATHING)i
TW 0 HORIZONTALLY FILLED RECTANGLES WITH NOTATION OF FILL. ING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND ME TRIC SYSTEMS. FOR LIQUID SYSTEMS THE WORD "LIQUID" SHA LL BE USED INSTEAD OF "GAS" AND THE CAPACITY IN LIT ERS SHALL BE ADDED

I
I

8
'I

NATO CODE NO. MAX FILLING PRESSURE PSI Kg/Cm2
-

FILLING PRESSURE
~

---.:.... Kg/Cm2.

PSI

3

ROCKET FUELS

FILLED FOUR POINTED STAR
IN CRESCENT WITH NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER FOR ROCKET FUEL AND MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS. TEMS
-

~
NATO CODE NO. MAX FILLING PRESSURE PSI Kg/Cm2
-

4

ANTIDE TONANT OR THRUST AUGMENTATION FIL LED.cJiEVRON WITH NOTATIO N OF IIIATO CODE NUMBER AND PERt;ENTAGES
;

V
METHANOL
WATER

NATO

CODE NO. (METHANOL CODE NO. 5-747)

,,-

,,---.:.

~

5

ROCKET OXIDIZERS

FILLED CRESCENT WITH
.

NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER FOR ROCKET OXIDIZER AND MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS.. TEMS
-

)
NATO CODE NO. MAX FILLING PRESSURE

6

AIR CON DITIONING
DOT PATTERN

000
0

PSI- Kg/Cm2

7

ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL

FILLED SQUARE WITH NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER
FOR ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL AND MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYSTEMS

0
NATO CODE NO. MAX FILLING PRESSURE

8

INERTIN G SYSTEM
.

FIL LED SQUARE WITH A QUA RTER ARC REMOVED FROM EAC H CORNER, WITH TYPE OF GAS USED AND PRESSURE IN ENG LISH AND METRIC SYSTEMS
-

0
NITROGEN

8

-PSI
9

-Kg/Cm2
10

Kg/Cm2 -PSI

HYDRAULIC FI.UID

FILLED CIRCLE WITH NOT ATION OF NATO CODE; NUMBER. FOR HYDRAULIC FLUID AND
MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS-

0
-

FIRE EX TINGUISHING SYSTEM

AF ILL ED DIAMOND WITH NOT AT ION SHOWING NATO
COD E NUMBER

<>
NATO
CODE NO.

TEMS'

NATO CODE NO. MAX FILLING PRESSURE PSI Kg/Cm2
-

11

DEICING

12

FILLED TRIANGLE WITH
NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER FOR DEICING FLUID

:6
~
~
NATO CODE NO. WATER COOLANT

EXTERN AL ELECTRICAL CONNEC TIONS
WIT H THREE EQUALLY' SPACED HORIZONTAL BARS ON RIGHT HAND SIDe WITH

~"SERVICING
..

~

AF ILLED VERTICAL BAR

STARTING ETC

NATO CODE NO.

.

NOT ATIONS TO INDICATE CHA RACTERISTICS AND PUR POSE
14

28V OR 115V DC 115/200V, 400 CYCLES

13

COOLANT
TWO FILLED HORIZONTAL S's WITH NOTATION OF NATO CODE NUMBER FOR COOLANT AND PERCENT AGE COMPO-

GROUND INGOR EARTH I NG RECEPTACLE

,

SITION IF NeCESSARY

AF ILL ED INVERTED "T" WITH TWO PARALLEL BARS UND ERNEATH WHICH DIM INISH IN SIZE

J1
c::J
D
GROUND (EARTH) HERE

000895

-" -"
1

8
.

Figure 8-6.

NA TO mtJrlttng symbols (shee t

of 4)

8-14

..
15

FILLING (CONT)
COLOR-BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING 1'0
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

IACKGROUND

8
17

OF MAXIMUM CHARGING .PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYSTEMS

FILLED X WITH NOTATION

~
MAX CHARGING PRESSURE KglCm2 PSI
-

16

PNEUMATIC STARTER CONNECTION
A FILLED "X" CIRCUMSCRIBED BY A FILLED RING WITH NOTA-

TION OF MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYSTEM

~
-

MAX OPERATING PRESSURE

FUEL TANK WATER DRAIN OFF

PSI

~

Kg/Cm2

8J
GROUND HAN.DUNG

..

COLOR-YELLOW OR ORANGE OUTLINE SYMBOLS IN BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TO lACK GROUND
18

JACKING POINT

YELLOW FILLED SQUARE WITH TWO SLANTING LEGS
ON BOTTOM SIDE

R
~

19

TOWING

ORANGE FILLED RING

NOTE:

OPTIONAL WHERE TOWING POINT IS OBVIOUS AND SUITABLE LOCATION FOR SYMBOL IS NOT AVAILABLE

(Q)

20

SLINGING OR HOISTING POINTS

21

TAIL SUPPORT
ORANGE CIRCLE AROUND THE POINT OF SUPPORT

8
22

YELLOW FILLED HOOK ON A HORIZONTAL LINE

MOORING OR PICKETING

23

LOCKING OF DROP TANK
ORANGE FILLED STAR

YELLOW FILLED ANCHOR

jt
iANGEr ~~~~ ~~
<>~
2S

0 @
A "

HAZARD COLOR-RED OUTLINE SYMBOLS IN ILACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TOIACKGROUND
24

EXPLOIIVEACTUATED DEVICES
RED FILLED EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE WITH 9.IN. SIDES AND WiTH APEX POINTING DOWNWARD WITH THE WORD "DANGER" ON EACH SIDE OF TRIANGLE

AIRBORNE POWER PLANT INLET AND/OR EXHAUST COLOR-CODE

RED

BLACK

1118

-

,,,~ (~,t::)
,

MARK BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE

,

8
.

26

WALKWAYS

SURROUNDED BY AN ORANGE BORDER WITH RED FRINGE OUTSIDE
000896

d
FIgure 8-6.

y
27

REFRIGERANT REPLENISHMENT
TWO RED FILLED TRIANGLES WITH APEXES JOINED ON

~
8-15

HORIZONTAL CENTER LINE

NATO mariMg

S3IJftIJoIs

(sheet, of 4)

HAZARD (CO NT)
COLOR-RED

.
MARKING METHOD
PAINTED RED AND WHITE AND

FUNCTION
28 LOCKING OF CONTROLS AND UNDERCARRIAGE

PART TO BE .MARKED
UPRIGHTS AND CROSSBARS

FITTED A RED PENNANT
POSITION ÐF UPRIGHTS AND CROSSBARS

8
.;

PAINTED IN RED

29

PITOT TUBE COVERING

COVER

PAINTED IN RED

30

CAMERA GUN COVERING

CAMERA GUN CAP

PAINTED IN RED

31

JET ENGINE COVERING

TAMPIONS

PAINTED IN RED

32

ROCKET CONTROL

ELECTRIC PLUG

WHITE

RED~
RED AND WHITE PENNANT

33

ANTIFIRING CONTROL

~

SHUNT

RED PENNANT WITH BLACK SKULL AND CROSS BONES

34

PROHIBITION OF ACCESS

WEAKER PARTS OF AIRCRAFT

BORDER BAND AND CROSS OF ST. ANDREWS IN RED

MAINTENANCE
COLOR-ORANGE.
35

INSPECTION OF

36

DEICING CIRCUIT

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TEST

8

37
.

INSPECTION OF

38 NITROGEN TANK SYSTEM TEST

ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION

.39

INSPECTION OF FUEL FIL TER

~, .~ w
Figure 8-6.

40

CABIN PRESSURE TEST

42
41
.

INSPECTION OF STATIC

INSPECTION OF BATTERY

CONNECTION

43

IGNITION PLUG FOR STARTING JET ENGINE

.::h

.'
i

;.-

000897

~.

8
.

NA TO mar,klng symbols (sheet

3

of 4)

8-16

.

ARMAMENT AND AMMUNTION
COLOR-GREEN
PART TO BE MARKED

8

FUNCTION
44
GUN

SYMBOL

4S

FIRING

SHUNT FOR CUTTING OUT FIRING SAFETY CONTROL

---

)

/Lf\
2?

CARTRIDGE CONTAINER

e=
c:

46

FEEDING OF GUNS

CARTRIDGE CASE

] ]

L INKS CONTAINER

47

ROCKETS CONTROL

SELECTION PLUG

8
48
BOMB RACKS

C

ATTACHMENT POINT FOR HOIST

NOTE:
LETTERING WHICH SUPPLEMENTS
THE SYMBOLS SHALL BE IN THE SCALE 1 TO 4 IN RELATION TO THE SYMBOL

8
000898

~LETTERING
~
~1-1/2IN. MAX~ DIA


q
6

DIMENSIONS 'to.OS IN.
DIA
2 INCHES 4 INCHES

DIA/4
1/2 INCH
1 INCH

I

.

Figure 8-6.

NATO mtJrIdng symbols (sheet 4 of 4)

8-17

.

8
.. STA 111 STA 127
"

000902

COMPARTMENT
Figure 8-7.

C

Tyþtcal comþartment markings

8

5 EQUAL 1/2 IN. SQUARES

FIRST AID KIT

-+

AIRPLANE
6545-919-66~O
~
000903
-

8
Figure 8-8.

First aitllett

8-18

.

.

e
ST A 190.00

TOP VIEW

8
,

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS
1. APP.LY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO SHADED AREAS

2. NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE LOWER COWL ASSEMBLY INCLUDING THE ACCESS DOORS AND NOSE CAP
3. FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE BEGINNING AT A CIRCUMFERENTIAL LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTER LINE AT STATION 1"'.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE END OF THE FUSELAGE

4. FIN. APPLY A HORIZONTAL BAND AROUND THE FIN EXTENDING UPWARD TO THE TIP OF THE VERTICAL FIN
5. WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE WINGS BEGINNING AT A LINE 0.50 IN. OUTBOARD Of STATION 190.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE WING TIPS. AILERONS WILL NOT BE PAINTED

6. STABILIZER. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE STABILIZERS

ANTIGLARE

8
.
CIOO9IW

STA UW.OO

liGHT SIDE VIEW
Figure '-9.
A7CUc ØIftl JuntrIø NnJIce tJIIdltf6llvlal",UIy

mø*"6B. 0-1.

8-19

.

8
FUSELAGE MARKINGS

~ lUJo~~t~~VJ~il~HT
I-- 3/N.
12/N. WIDTH
SPACE

TOP VIEW

31N. STROKE

LETTERING

AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS
,)"

1. WING NATIONAL INSIGNIA. CENTRALL Y LOCATED ON WINGS, 64 IN. INBD FROM WING TIP. PLACED ON TOP OF LH WING; BOTTOM OFRH WIN9. DIAMETER OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 30 IN. SEE FIGURE 1.'1 FOR MAKEUP OF NATIONAL INSIGÑiÁ
,

8

2. WING IDENTIF,ICATION LETTERING. CENTRALLY LOCATED ON WINGS BETWEEN LEADING AND TRAILING EDGES AND BETWEEN WING TIP AND FUSELAGE 3. FUSELAGE NATIONAL INSIGNIA. THE DIAMETER OF THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 20 IN. AND ITS CENTER IS LOCATED AT A POINT 14 IN. FWD OF STA ,110.00 AND 8 IN. BELOW THE UPPER LONGITUDINAL ROW OF FUSELAGE RIVETS. SEE FIGURE 8.1 F9R MAKEUP OF NATIONAL INSIGNIA
MOST FWD PART OF LETTER "U" IS'12 4. FUSELAGE IDENTIFICATION LETTERING. LH SIDE MOST FWD PART OF LETTER IN. AFT OF VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA 110.00. RH SIDE "Y" IS 121N. AFT OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA 110.00. LETTER TOPS ARE EVEN WITH THE UPPER LONGITUDINAL ROW OF RIVETS ON BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE.
-

,

5. VERTICAL FIN IDENTIFICATION'LETTERING IS 7.5 IN. HIGH, 5 IN. WIDE. VERTICAL FIN RADIO CALL NUMBERS ARE 12 IN. HIGH, 8 IN. WIDE. CHAPTER 7, SECTION VIII FOR RADIO CALL NUMBER AND PREFIX)
,

STA 110.00
121N.

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

8
Figure 8-10.
Marking, 0-1

000905

8-20

.

.

TB 746.93.2

.

;:;

8
"'-+1'

~
III III C
lit
~

%

0
lie

.ii)
.... 0
.....

....

~
PI
-

=:

~
@g

.c:

~

@b

~

~

6
:>

.....

.

þ

~ f
;;

8

z
0

i

"-

lie. ,0 I: u. ..21
.....

~
.....

cO 2!

~
c

ë
~

...

III C
a

~

~
@>>

8
.
Change 1

I
8.21

'P

N N

.-4 l1:li
..... ~

...
.

0
21

-0 W
.

n

B

h)

:I .a .

~. G.

-

0

5.*=

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW OF WING

STA.190.00

I
Figure 8-11. Exterior markings, 0-1 (sheet 2

TOP VIEW OF ELEVATOR

000907

of 5)

.

8

8

e

.

.
CODE
NO.

DIRECTI ONS

WORDING

-

I

1/2- J[ 2-in. lusterless red sli ppaae mark 00 each wheel/fairing and tire. tdain Ian ding gear whee Is and tail wheel Tail wheel tire pressure (00 t ail wheel spring)
Left and right side of fuse lag e and underside of each wing (four places) FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AI RCRAFT ONLY
1.

2

TP
35

'3

STRUT

.

FITTING

4

Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue circle is 20 in. (See figure 8-10)
(National Star Insignia)

..

2. Wings. .,The dia of the bas ic blue circle is 30 iÐ; (See fi,ure a-l~)
FOR MON~CÄMOUFLAGE AI RCRAFT ONLY
5

I.
.

s:

Fuselage. Letters to be 18 in. high 12 in. wide s: 3 in. strok e. (See figure 8-10)

U.S. ARMY

2. Wings. Letters to be 30 i n. high J[ 20 in. wide J[ 5 in. stroke. (See fi,ure .8110) FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGÈ AI RCRAFT ONLY
6

8

Letterin, 7-1/2 in. hip; 5 in widë. Numbers 12 in. high: 8 in. wide. Refer to Chapter 7, section vm, for radio call D umbers and prefix'
.

U.S. ARMY (Radio Call Numbers)

7

1/2-in. lusterless black lette rs 1/2-in. below receptacle cov er
11 in. below cowl hood, lowe r edge

FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATED INSIDE
POWER CAUTION 24V ONLY

8

9

DRAIN

FUEL DAILY
10
2

in. above bracket, left and right side of fuselage

STEP
U.S. ARMY O-IA (O-IE, TO-lA, OR

II
12

Lettering

1

in. high, left side

TO-ID as 'reqd)
OIL

U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial No.)
Inner aft portioo of left hood. In such a position to be readable from ground with open hood

t.lIL-L-2285I TYPE II ABOVE ()e TYPE m BELOW ()e

13

8
.

Left and right. 'side of fuseleg e, arrow 1/2 J[ 1-1/2 in. Left and ri,ht side of fuselage Arrow (/8 x 1 ia.
.

STATIC SOURCE
,

~

14
15

JACK

J

POINT

Leading edge of wing struts

STEP

OOOtIll

FIgure

'-II.

B%terlOT marirtlWS, 0-1 (BIIeet 3 of 5)

8-23

CODE NO.
16

.
DIRECTIONS
Two places, rotated 45 degrees under side of main landing gear struts
On strut 12 in. inbd of step cleat. Strut part number. Top of letters facing fwd

WORDING
USE JACI\

PAD HERE
0620100-6 (R.S.) 0620100-5 (L.S.) Check,the P Manuals for correct part number; record number before paint removal.

17

8

18

6.25 in. fwd of fuel filler cap. Top of letters facing aft. Top of wing
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

FUEL
MIL-G-5572

19

Gloss white letters on 3-in dia gloss black circle. Top of wing

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Delete black background, letters "GROUND

..

HERE" in lusterl.ss black
20
21

1/2-in. high, top leading edge of stabilizer, two places

NO

LIFT

in.outbd of wing fairing, two places. Bottom of wing. Top of letters facing outbd
1/2-in. high, bottom inbd 'wing
Bottom trailing edge of wing, left and right wing with two arrows 1/8 x 1 in.

2

CAUTION: DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING WINGS

22
23

DRAIN FUEL DAILY
QUICK DISCONNECT

8

J
24

J

Antiglare area. Fwd of the windshield. Fluorescent paint will not be over antiglare

-

25

Tire pressur'e (both main landing gear springs)
'.

T.P.
30 PSI

26

Both sides of r..\.Ider and fin Top side of elevator Top side of elevator trim tab Top side Qf elevator tips
Wing loading, near bo~b electric outlet, both wings, bottom side

NO PUSH

27

250 LB MAX DROP LOAD PER WING MAX. CAPACITY THIS COMPARTMENT 200 LB NO BAGGAGE OR CARGO ALLOWED IN THIS COM-

,

28

Inside of cockpit, under left window, TO-1D aircraft, AR 95-16 (Not reqd for exterior painting)

29

Inside of fuselage, aft of rear passenger seat on AR 95-16 (Not reqd side of aircraft, left side for exterior painting)
-

PARTMENT

8
.

000909

Figure 8-11.

Exterior ma rkings, 0-1 (sheet

4

of 5)

8-24

T8

746.93.2
-

.

CODE NO.
30

.

DIRECTIONS
Outside 00 cabin do or. Below door handle with 1/2-io. 9o-de.ree at row

WORDING

'-D

8

TURN

31

Propellers. During a iecraft painting, the propeller will be giv en a light application of black lusterless p aint, shade No. 37038. The decal or informa don stencil on the blade will not be marred. A 4-in yellow tip will be 'de of the blade only placed on the fwd S1
\JIheel dust covers, w hen installed, will be painted the same co lor as the aircraft

32

33

Four places on top a f cabin at lifting eye. Word to be inbd of th e eye

LIFT

34

Left and right side

0

f fuselage 118

x

1

in.

LIFT

I

FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT.ONLY
35

8
36

The top surface of the wings from station 190.00 outboard, and the top surface of the horizontal stabilizer from the lea ding edge first row of rivets aft to the trailing edge will be painted international orange

FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT ONLY
The top surface of th e wing from wing root to out. board edge of inboard wing panel and from the leading edge top row of rivets aft to the leading edge of flaps will be painted lusterless white
-

FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT ONLY
37

(Not Shown) Authori zed placement of unit insignia is on either or bo th sides of nose cowling
Left side under forwar d bar of National Insignia.

38

I-in. letters

BATTERY LOCATION BETWEEN FRONT RUDDER PEDALS

I

8
000910

Figure 8-11. Exterior,markings, 0-1 (.heet 5

of 5)

.
Chan ge 1

8-26

TB 746-93.2

.

8

000911

NO BAGGAGE OR CARGO ALLOWED IN THIS COM. PARTMENT.

MAX CAPACITY THIS

COMPARTMENT.
200 LB

Figure 8-12. Marking,O-lD

8

..

8
8-26

.

T8 746-93.2

.

8
'.'111'"

ST A 23.625 ST A 32.5 ST A

ST A

~.375 4.750

ST A 57.125

STA 71.375
ST A 85.625

ST A 100.00
ST A 118.00

..
STATION LINE
.

RIB OR BULKHEAD

OtANNEL

~
STA 30.00
STA

EXCEPT WHERE NOTED,
FUSELAGE STATION LINES ARE LOCATED AS SHOWN ABOVE

8
.

STA 7.00 ST A 14.375

AFT SeCTION

84..

ST A 228.687

STA 205.812
STA 174.00
ST A 142.00

ST A 110.00 STA 98.50
ST A 79.00

STA61.31
STA 47.50
ST A 23.437
-

(MEASURED TO Ci LANDING GEAR MOUNT!NC" 80l T)

NOTE:
000912 MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT: 36 FT-W X 26 FT-LG X 8 FT-HGT

8
.
.

Fi,.,,. 8-18.

StøtiOI'lll

diapun, 0-1

8-26A1(8-26B blank)

Chan ge 1

-'

.

e
~

;.

8

..

48

.

,

T~746-93.2

.

--e

lUJJ~.~~~W
FUSELAGE MARKINGS

W1GH
TOP VIEW

8
.

LEnERINO AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS

RiGHTSIDE
1.

LEFT SIDE
1.

NATIONAL INSIGNIA. BASIC BLUE CIRCLE 20 IN. IN DIAMETER CENTERED AT A POINT 22." IN. AFT OF STATION 49.00 AND 4-" IN. BeLOW THE MIDDLE ROW OF LONGITUDINAL FUSELAGE 'RIVETS
THE LOWER LEFT HAND CORNER OF LET. TER 'A' IS AT STATION 173.20. TOPS OF UTTERS ARE IIN. ABOVE MIDDLE ROW OF ,LONGITUDINAL FUSEI.AGE RIVETS.

NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS RIGHT IIDE

.~2. ....

2. THE UPPER RIGHT HAND CORN8R OF LEniln" 18 AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT FUllLAGEITATION 173.20, I IN. ABOVE LONGITUDINAL CENTERLINE

STA 49.00

STA 00.00

DATUM

STA 173.20

8
.

RIGHT SIDE VIEW
000913

Figure 8-14" Markin, U-6

'Change 1

8.27

T8746.93/2

I

.
U.S.AR
STA 218.00

e
-f'"

STA 176.20

TOP VIEW'
HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

.r

1.

NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE BOTTOM RING COWLING. COAT THE FRONTAL SECTION OF THE TOP RING COWLING EXTENDING; BACK TO A LINE 0.150 INCH AFT OF THE FIRST ROW OF RIVETS AND UP TO THE ANTIGLARE MARKING.

2.

FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE AND TAIL CONE. BEGINNING AT A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTER LINE AT STATION 176.20 AND EXTENDING TO THE TAIL. LIGHT.

8

3.

FIN. APPLY

A

BAND AROUND THE VERTICAL FIN.
. .

4. WINGS. APPLY

BAND AROUND THE WINGS BEGINNING AT A LINE 0.&0 INCH OUTBOARD OF STATION 218.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE TIPS. AIL1ERONS WILL. NOT BE PAINTED.
A A

6. STABILIZERS. APPLY

BAND AROUND THE STABILizeRS.

8. PIIIOP SPINNER. DO NOT APPL Y FLUORESCENT PAINT TO THE PROP SPINNERS.

ANTIGLARE

;..

RIGHT s.JDE VIEW
,

000914

8
.

Figure 8-15. Artie and jungle service and high viBibility markings, U-6

8-28

.

Change 1

v--

.

8
'."".

íò'

~
...

I
~

:. III ;
III D
-

I

.

8

~

z

e

;;

I
cD

... .:.

!

8
..'

=

.

,

I

8-29

CD

I

\
DETAIL A

!

000

2

1

-I
0

OJ

~
0I
èS
I

~

0

&

...

000916

@
Figure 8-16.

LEFT SIDE VIEW

Exterior mo:rleing U-6 (sheet Z of 8)

.
f

8

8

8

.

.

I aauDltJ

ZE1I

I
ill

8
... 0
<
...

..

E

;;

f
.

".

...

8

J
,

I'

I;
J
~

f
...

~
~

...

-.

QIt.

III

~

Ie

CIO

8
.

þ ~
n

m m

0
m ....

.

;=
CD

l;-E6-9tl 8.1

U;-8

..

1 86uDq:)

8
0

.

.0

:::i

8
~

-;;

'"
0
:3!

... ... 0

~
~
<!O ....

3t
<

rn

:IE

!'I

~
~
:3.
c ...

:!
Q

~.
~
~
(\ (II
...
C
1:.\:>,

*

8

....

'-

00

~

c

8
.
,

Z-E6-9.-l 9J.

----'

j

.

CODE
NO.

DIRECTIONS

WORDING U.S. ARMY MODEL U~A U.S.A. SERIAL NO (insen serial no.)

8

{^1.
2.

Left side fanrard of cockpit. U.S. Army Model and U.s.A. Serial NO. in I-in. letters
On propeners; 1/2-in. letters ODtop camber of both blades 10 iDe &081 edse of hub. Blades will be siven a liaht application of lusterless black sbade 3703S.

Dw.. 6101-A'-IS
Serial NO.

4-iD. yenow tip8 on fwd. side only

MAX. 240 AT 42.0 MIN. 10.50 AT 42.0 INDEX 24 NO
PUSH

3.'

Left and ript aft side of rudder 4 in. up holD bottom of rudder
Inside fuel filler door, when dom is opeD, wbite letters on red do<<

t.

FUEL
115/145

./
5.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

~OUND

Left side of fuse lase above fuel filler do<<. Fuel nozzle srouod 3oOin. black circle, white letters. Also em top of each winS at filler caps
,

(
-

0
HERE
-

FOR CAMOUFLAGe: AIRCRAFT
Delete. black backøround,' letters "GROUND HERE" in lUsterless black

.

8

./6.
7.
..Is.
9.

Left side of fuse1ase, fwd of cabin step, near bottom of do<<. 1/4-io. letters
T

USE CABIN FLOOR FOR LAT. IE LONG. LEVELING

Fwd ~ windabield. ~black antislare

.-iot)
24 VOLTS (above)

Fwd olbattery door at extern,al power receptacle do<<, below door

í

At static\ pressure port, lusterless black letters and a lusterless black rins I-in. dia. X 1/8-ia. width to encircle the static pressure hole. Words to be above and below the circle
Both sides of fuselase, with arrow below word at lift bole. 1/2-ia. letters, arrow 3/8-ia. X I-in. (black)
Lef&.aide of fuse lase,

Keep Clean
'"

(below)

Static. Pressure Port

10.

UFT

J
I

.,

11.

3/8-

X

2-ia. arrow

JACK PAD

12.
13. 14.
.

Left side of fuse lase
On both maia laadins sear struts, outbd side of struts near whee I On both cabia do<<s with double headed arrow fwd of do<< handle. Arrow width 1/4-ia. (1/2-in. letters) Handle shown as reference poiat

INFLATE TIRE TO 35 LB
INFLATE. TIRE TO 25 LB
Haadle
,

8
.

(R,f)

~
0/8)

DgJ

RELEASE

TURN
000919

.,,"
.'

FlpTe 8-16.

~

mø,.,. U.,

(8Iwf1t 6

8-33

v

.

8
CODE NO.
15.

DIRECTIONS
On both cockpit doors,fwd of bandIes, with a curved arrow (Single headed) pointing downward. 1/2-in. letters, 1/4- X 3-in. arrow Handle shown as reference point ."

WORDING
Handle

EXIT

(Ref

~
A

RELEASE SLIDE

16.

1/4-in. letters on right side of tail cone, aft of
inspection plate

INFLATE STRUT TO

3-1/4-IN.

MEASURE FOR MAX LOAD AND 4-1/4-IN. FOR MIN. LOAD. MEASURE FROM TOP EDGE OF CYLINDER TO BOTTOM SIDE OF UPPER A TT ACHING ARMS
T
R

17.

1/2-in. letters with a 1/4- X I-in. line above and below word. Word to be spelled vertically. To be at a point aft of the jack point, both sides of fuselage

E

S T
L E

18.

On both main wheels and tail wheel, 2- X 1/2-in. lusterless red slippage mark, to extend over wheel and tire

'

8
WARNING DISCONNECT TAIL LIGHT WIRE BEFORE REMOVING TAIL CONE.

19.

Right side of tail cone fwd of inspection door, 1/2-in. letters

20.

Left cockpit door near bottom. 1/2-in. lusterless black letters
Wing tip fuel servic.e spec located outboard of filler neck. Both wing tip tanks. To be read facing center of aircraft, letters

FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCA TED INSIDE

21.

FUEL
MIL-G-5572 115/145 WITH TCP

lusterless black.

J

22.

Leading edge of stabilizer three places top and bottom side, to be read facing aft I-in. letters
Top and bottom side of tips of elevator, I-in. letters, to be read facing inbd
Bottom side of inbd end of wings, both sides, I-in. letters. Arrow pointing toward center of aircraft. 3/8- X 4-in. arrow

NO LIFT

j
~

23.

DO NOT PUSH HERE

-

24.

CAUTION DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING
WING

4

25.

Jack points to be painted lusterless black bottom sides of both main landing gear struts and tail jack
point
"

8
.

.

000920

Figure 8-16.

Exterior marleing.U-6 (sheet

6

of 8)

8-34

J
CODE NO.

T8 7 46 93
.

.

2

DIRECTIONS
Upper side, trailing edge, near fuselage, left and
r.ight wing struts. Strut part number

WORDING

.

26.

NOTE: Record PIN of strut before stripping aircraft.
Left Strut: C2W545A or
C2W469A or C2W685A

8
27.

Right Strut: C2W546A or
C2W470A or C2W6S6A

The propeller spinner shall be painted the same color as the aircraft FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT OHL Y

28.

Tail markings and radio call.numbers shall

be 6 X 9

.in. on both sides FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY
29.

The letters U.S. ARMY on the left wing shall be placed approx in the center of the wing with the tip of the wiog strut'" situated betweeo the letters Sand A. Ex. U.S. ... ARMY, where'" indicates tip of wiog strut

.

30

The c~fing strip/stone guard on the leading edge of the horizontal stabilizer shall oot be damaged, marred or destroyed duriog repaintiog. It shall be cemented thoroughly in places after painting FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

8
.

31.
32.

Natioaallosigoia
is
a

Wiog. The star on the wing 30 in. basic blue circle
-

-----

Do not paint cockpit and cabin door handles FOR CAMOÙFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
The top surface of the wing tip tanks from station 218.50 outboard, and the top surface of the horizontal stabilizer from the leading edge first. row
.

33.

1

of rivets aft to the trailing edge will be painted international orange
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY

.

34.

The top surface of wing from wing root to outboard edge of inboard wing panel and from leading edge of flaps will be painted lusterless white

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
35.

8
.

(Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit insig. nia is on either or both sides of nose cowling
~

36.

On outside of battery door left side of fuselage (1 in. letters)

BATIERY ACCESS

000921

Figure 8-16. Exterior markings. U-6 (.heet 7 of 8)
.

Change 1

.

8-36

.

TB 746.93.2

.

.
CODE NO.
37.

DIRECTIONS
On inside of battery door, ~ in. red letters. Lettering to be upright with black acid resistant paint.

WORDING
WARNING WHEN ADDING WATER TO

BATTERY'oDO NOT FILL HIGHER THAN 3/16" ABOVE PLATES. OVERFILLING WILL CAUSE LEAKAGE Be
CORROSION.

8

Figure 8-16. Exterior markin, U-6 (sheet 8 Of 8)

NOTES:
1.

8
1111.HIGH,

ALL LETTERS TO BE 1 OTHERWISE SPECI FI ED

UNLESS

2. MÞrRKINGS AND LETTERING TO BE A GLOSS YELLOW, SHADE NO. 13538 WIDTH OF DIRECTION ARROW TO BE APPROX 0.20 IN.

1/2-IN. YELLOW BAND AROUND DOORS

JETTISON REAR DOOR
.

T
-

-

PULL

"

5.1/2 IN.
EMERGENCY
-

EXIT

T
3-1/4 IN.

I

Lt"o
DETAIL OF JETTISON HANDLE BETWEEN FLIGHT COMPARTMENT AND CABIN DOORS

2~N.

ARROW BELOW LABEL (POINTING DOWNWARDS.) 000922

8
.

Figure 8-17. Markin,s, cabin and flight compartment doors, U-6

8-38

8..

8 8
8

I

aaEã

:=i5!iiI

w~'" :;;S"'~
5TA -41.58
I

:iþ
-STA2.t6.oo
<

~

r

m

'"

o,.Q x;:lSii
I I
I
U

-

-

'" m

,.
m

0

'"
Þ
~

~

-T----r-T- TU -STA 231.50'" 0

,.
'"

m

STA -16.00

%

I -~----L--I

218.00
en en
r

'"

Z ~

~
STA 0.0

." Þ
2IU.OO
Þ Þ
~

STA 0.0

-

;IØ)Io
Þ Þ

I

I

." '"

~~~~
c:
s:

~

STA 8.00

STA

189.94I I I

191.00

I I
::~~;;! g 8 g

STA 26.83

f
177.SO

-STA i----}- -STA -~---~-- -STA I -L----I--- -STA +---t--- -STA
164.00 lSO.50
I

STA 49.00 5T A 63.30

I

II
,
-

I
-

...
I

,
-

!III
-

I
63.GO

---.5TA
--~
52.00
41.00
30.00

jig ~III
--I.: I

STA 136.00

.
123.50
I

--t---'TI

137.00

--+
---II

STA
-

121.42T
-

n,L---1-"'I
I

-STA -STA
----"-STA
110.00

-STA -STA ---~
-5TA -STA
19.00

STA

..00-

-------------

STA 76.00

STA 90.00
STA llM.oo'
.STA 118.00

i
-~ I
-

---t -STA

f
-r--.,.~n- -STA96.50 I I I -t----~-- -StA83.oo I
.

DATlIII LINE

9= 0.
I
I

I _~___I__- ~STA69.so I

---- ------ ---."-". ---

STA 132.00

ITA

1.t6.oo
ST A 160.00

STA5UO-

--+---1"-- -STA56.oo I -+----~-- -STAG.50 I I
_L___L_-I -II I
29.00
I -r---+-I
I

STA 173.20

~n
STA 15.SO
STA 0
I

.,

-STA

STA 186.40

m

ÞZ
'"
~

2~
m. Þ '"
... 'G
þ

~~ ~m

STAO

-

IUi
." Þ '" '"

i

z

STA 228.80

,- ....

~

GD

I

Co\)

.....

~

~-

~ ~
~

z

~

~

...

~

~
!II

~
g

TB
. /

746-93-2

.

8
USA

R~:;:~:::Y:::::::::>~~!!1!
M
m:tjj!'

..

.,

TOP VIEW

HIGH VISIBiliTY MARKING

S

1. NOSE. COA T THE ENTIRE PLASTIC CONE

8

2.

FUSELAGE. APPL Y A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE AND DORSAL FIN AFT OF STATION 275.00

3. FIN. PAINT THE ENTIRE VERTICAL FIN AS SHOWN. DO NOT PAINT DEICER BOOTS OR RUDDER 4. WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE OUTBOARD WING. AREA SHOULD BEGIN AT STA 249.70 AND EXTEND OUTBOARD TO TiP. MAINTAIN A 3.INCH BOARD AROUND STAR AND U. S. ARMY LETTERING. DO NOT PAINT THE AILERONS OR DEICER BOOTS 5. STABILIZER. APPL Y A BAND AROUND THE ENTIRE STABILIZER. DO NOT COAT THE ELEVATORS OR DEICER BOOTS

6. PROP SPINNER. DO NOT APPLY FLUORESCENT PAINT TO PROP SPINNER
7.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHAPED AREAS

RIGHT SIDE VIEW
000924

I
STA 275.00

8
.

Figure 8-19.

Arctic and jungle service and high visibility markings, U-BD. (sheet 1 of 2)

8-38

.

8
~
lUl~D&~~W

&~~W
I
,

FUSELAGE MARKINGS

~3

IN. SPACE 3 IN. STROKE: 12 IN. WIDE

8
RIGHT SIDE
1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. THE DIAMETER OF THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 20 IN. AND ITS CENTER IS LOCATED AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA

TOP VIEW LETTERING AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS
LEFT SIDE
1.

NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS RIGHT SIDE

2. THE MOST AFT PART OF LETTER "Vn
IS ON VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT ST A 198.00.

173.25 AND THE CONTINUATION OF THE BOTTOM ROW OF RIVETS ATTACHING THE FUSELAGE SKIN PLATING BETWEEN ST A 211.00 AND 281.00

3. BOTTOMS OF LETTERS. SAME AS RIGHT SIDE

2.

THE MOST AFT PART OF LETTER 88A"
IS ON VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA 198.00

~

3. THE BOTTOMS OF THE LETTERS ARE 6 IN. BELOW AND PARALLEL TO BOTTOM ROW OF RIVETS ATTACHING THE FUSELAGE SKIN PLATING BETWEEN STATIONS 211.00 AND 281.00

ST A 173.25

8
.
000925
ST A 198.00

Ftgure 8-19.

Arcttc and jungLe service and U-BD. (sheet Z of Z)

h1gh

vtsibtlity marllings,

8-39

GO

NOTES:
ST A 95.662

I

8
WHITE TIP

1.

U-a AIRCRAFT WILL BE PAINTED AND MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH
OLIVE DRAB
HORIZONTAL FIN
SEE NOTE 3

I-I2f

DETAIL B

2. GLOSS WHITE STRIP, 0.50 IN. WIDE ~ GLOSS BLACK STRIP "1.50 IN. WIDE 4. NOTATIONS ÓN WHITE PORTIONS ARE IN RED; ON OLIVE DRAB PORTIONS IN YELLOW 5. NO PROPELLER "DANGER" MARK ON FUSE!.AGE REQUIRED ON COMMAND AlC 6. ENGINE NACELLE IS OLIVE DRAB WITH BLACK ANTIGLARE PANELS 10 IN. BASIC BLUE CIRCLE 7. FUSELAGE AND WING NATIONAL INSIGNIA 8. NOSE GEAR WHEEL WELL COVERS ARE OLIVE DRAB 9. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SEE NOTE 2
-

::::" J DTA'bEENOTE3 ~
~-SEENOTE2
L3(Jo
PLATE

'KEY REFERENCE IS CORNER OF
"

1.00-,

:::j~.5O
")1
I

WHITE TIP

WHITE TIP

~25 .=: -.""'\'\/~.
:

í\:~

,I
-0

I
I

I

...
_J
I

2

OLIVE DRAB WING
\ \

-,{I,",. ", ,".&"",~",,j
I
.

::.i
~

SEE NOTE 3

---'
5.50.
1.50

1.00

~

STA 7175

DETAIL C

g

ST A 44.875

~
UPPER PORTION OF FUSELAGE IS WHITE

<C

l-

on

BOTTOM PORTION OF FUSELAGE IS OLIVE DRAB

-RivËT<i."

STA 20.00

... ~

SEE DETAIL A
<C

0 0

EENOTE2
SEE NOTE 3
.

$l
on

l-

<C

lon
ENTIRE PLASTIC TAiL-CONE IS WHITE

SPINNER

000926

WHITE

~.

FiguTe 8-ZO.

Pai1Iti1Ig tJ1IIJ marieings, U-BD

8

8

.

.
BOTTOM VIEW

8
[J

7

8

~

8
.
~7

11

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Ff/lIn'e 8-BJ.

bdtn10rtUld

~

ma,....""., U-BD (shøet

J

of 5)

8-41

TOP VIEW

.'.
8

8

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

8
Interior and exterior markings, U-8D (sheet 3 of 5)

Figure 8-31.
000928

8-42

.

..
8
,
-

CODE NO.
I

DIRECTIONS
Right and left side of fuselage fwd of star. Below discharge outlet. I /4.in. yellow letters
Outbd side of each nacelle on rectangular door.

WORDING
ST A TIC AIR

KEEP CLEAN
ACCESS FOR FIRE

2

1/2-in. yellow lette rs
3

EXTINGUISHER
Right side of fusel age. Aft of baggage compaument door. Two phi lips head screws. 1/4-in. yellow letters

LEVEL POINT
HOIST

4

Right and left top 0 f inbd wing. liNn. yellow letters. Top of fuse lage at nose. 1/2-in. black letters
Right side, bottom of fuselage. Aft of nose wheel door. 1/2-in. yellow letters. To be read when door is. hangi ng open

5
.

STOW

ENGINE PREHEAT DUCTS ENGINE PRE HEAT
NO PUSH

6

Inbd side of left an d right engine cowling, (round door), I/Nn yellow letters
.

7

8

Three places on tra iling edge of aileron and flap area. Top and bottom trailing edge of each elevator. Eac h side of tail cone and rudder. l/2-in. yellow lette rs on OD or black letters on white
Right side of fusel age, aft of cabin door. 1/2-in. red letters on white background
Outbd side of both nacelles. Below wings, above exhaust stac k. 1/2-in. yellow letters

8

FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE
CAUTION: DISCONNECT EL ECTRICAL AND PLUMBING BEFORE REMOVING WING

9

10

Near right rear window. I-in. black letters

CUT HERE FOR
EMERGENCY
U.S. ARMYJØ1!t

11

Left side of fusela ge, fwd of leading edge of wing. I-in. yellow letters
Under right cabin d oor handle on OD. I-in. yellow letters

L-;BIi

U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(insert serial no.)

12
~

EXIT. RELEASE TURN

13
.

Fwd of outbd wing fuel tank filler caps, left and right wing. To p of letters facing aft. 1/2-in. white letter s
Outbd side of inbd fuel tank filler caps. Left and right. Top of I etters facing wing tips. 1/2-in. white lette rs

FUEL MIL-G-5572
115/145

WITH TCP FUEL
MIL-G-5572 115/145

14

8
.

WITHTCP
15

Top le~ding edge of left inbd wing, fwd of fuel filler cap. Top of I etters facing fwd. 1/2-in. yellow letters

PROP
AN TI-IC ER

TANK

000929

FIgu1"9 8-Z1.

Interior and a:terlor marlBtnp, U-BD (sheet

3

of 5)

8-43

CODE NO.
16

DIRECTIONS
Outbd side of lower left nacelle on access plate. I/2-in. yellow letters
\..1-

-

WORDING

.

EXTERNAL
POWER

17

'" VOL T
TIE DOWN
JACK PAD

Outbd side or bottom of wings, at rings, and both sides of tail skid. 1/2-in. yellow letters

8

18

Outbd side on bottom, inbd wings and bottom of left side of fuselage aft on nose wheel door. 1/2-in. yellow letters. Jack points to be painted yellow
Outbd side of outbd fuel filler caps on wing and two places top side of each nacelle. 1/2in. white letters on 3-in. black circle

19

"

20

Top of left and right wings ànd inbd flaps around walkways. I-in. yellow letters Top of left and right nacelle on access to oil tanks. 1/2-in. yellow letters

NO

STEP

21

OIL MIL-L-2285I TYPE II
Above 600F

TYPE III. FROM 50 to 600F MIL-L-15016 GRADE 3050 BELOW 50F
22

Right side of fuselage at key opening aft of lùggage compartment door. I/4-in. yellow letters with curved yellow line

CABIN STEP

8

UP
23

DOWN

2-in. broken black border around all walkways Around rescue cUf"Out area top right quarter of fuselage

24

25

On baggage .compartment door right side of fuselage aft of cabin door. II2-in yellow

MAX CAP THIS COMP
300 LB

letters
26 On fwd access door right side of fuselage fwd of wing. I/2-in. yellow letters on OD

NO BAGGAGE OR CARGO ALLOWED IN THIS COMP

27

fuselage at nearest point of propeller arc. Band to extend from top comer of fuselage to bottom of nose wheel doors on white and OD aircraft. On CONUS marked aircraft, the 3-in. red band will begin under the -1-1/2 in. black fuselage stripe and extend to bottom of nose landing
gear door

A 3-in. red band centered on

/

8
.

000930

FIgure 8-81.

Interior and exterior marlrings, U-BD (sheet

4

0/5)

8-44

.

CODE NO.
28

DIRECTIONS
2-iD. white letters, proportionally spaced on the red band So the word will extend on the side of fuselage only. Do not extend to underside of fuselage or nose landing gear door

WORDING
P R 0

8
29

P E L
L

E'
R

Left and right side of fuselage on fwd and aft side
of 3-in. red band. Arrows to be placed centrally on fuselage. Tip of arrow pointing towards red band. Width of arrow shaft is 1 in. Width of arrow head is 2 in. and length of arrow is 4 in. kerow will be yellow. Black on white aircraft only

30

Left and right side of fuselage, adjacent to 4-in. black on arrow. 2-in. yellow letters on OD
-

DANGER

.'. ~-L
2

Jl-4IN'-i
IN.

1m.

T

white
31

Paint nose towing limit pointer on nose landing
gear red
On top front edge of shelf behind rear seat.

,

32

8

MAX SHELF CAPA01Y
70

I/2-in. yellow letters
33

LB

Inside on LH panel below pilots window

MAX Cap COMP C
600 LB

34

Inside on LH panel above rear seat arm rest
1. Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue ciic1e is 24-3/4 in. Center of star on vertical dvet line (Sta 248) with top of bar parallel to and 2 in. below 1/2 in. white fuselage stripe

MAX Clip COMP B 600 LB (National Star Insignia)

35

-:

2. Wings. The dia of the basic blue circle is 24-3/4 in. Tip of bar shall be 2 in. &om 1/2 in. white strip on end of wings and 6-1/2 in. aft of leading edge main spar.
36

Fuselase. Letters to be 22 in. hiSh x 15 in. wide (Letter M 16-1/2 in. wide) x 3-3/4 in. stroke

U.S. ARMY

37

Letterins 6 in. high; 4 in. wide. Numbers 8 in. high; 5-1/2 in. wide
.

U.~. ARMY (Radio Call Numbers)
BA TTERY ACCESS

38

8
.

Outboard side of each nacelle OIl battery access ~ in. Black letters (U-BD (L-23D) Model door,
on! y).

39

Left side of fuselage, aft
'surface 1 inch

<< window, on OD (U-8D (L-23D) Model letters

only).
000931

BÅTTERY LOCATION OuTBOARD SIDE OF EAæ NACE LLE ABOVE WING- LEADING EDGE
-,,'.-.

FflruTfl

'-II.

IrtlerloTtIIItl ~

6 mørilûp, U-BD (8hstIt of 6)

å..cs

......~'~

..-..~

00 I

~

en
STA 37.375 ST A 36.625 STA 30.50 STA 17.5 ST A 8.625 STA 10.625 ST A 3.375 ST A 379.5
STA 7.25 ST A 24.00 ST A 37.375 ST A 48.625

ST A 64.0625 STA 90.75 ST A 98.308 STA 98.75 ST A 95.662 ST A 84.75 ST A 73.875 ST A 63.00 ST A 54.0625 ST A 45.125 ST A 36.1875 ST A 28.75 ST A 21.3125 ST A 13.875

..

NOTE:

MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE

AIRCRAFT: 51 FT W X -33 FT LG X 14 FT H

Figure 8-22.

Station diagmm, U-BD

000932

.

8

8

8

.

.

8

ARCTIC-JUNGLE MARKINGS

8

1. INDICATES AREAS TO BE PAINTED

WITH HIGH VISIBiliTY PAINT

WHITE TOP BLACK STRIP OLIVE, DRAB BOTTOM

8
.
000933

CONUS MARKINGS
F1gure 8-Z3.

U-8F Arctic anti jUngte Service ana high vtstbility mannngs,

8-47

.

8

000934

F1guYe 8-114.

E%tertor marlrtngs, U-8F (sheet 1 of 10)

><

8

8
8-48

.

.

e
lUl~aé.\~W
.

8
BOTTOM VIEW

8
000935

LEFT SIDE

VIIW
U-U' (8IwtIt , 0/10)-

.

F1gurø

'-IU.

E%tørlor møJtiW8.

8-48

.

e

WHITE

WHITE

SEE DETAIL C-C

SEE DETAIL C-C

TOP VIEW

8
WHITE

.....

SEE

'"
<
~

-0

DETAIL
D.D

'"

SEE

DETAIL
B-B

;

LEFT SIDE

VIEW

8
.

000936

8-50

Figure 8-24.

Exterior marletngs, U-8F (sheet

3

of 10)

.

8

I

15.1/2 IN.
I

1/2 IN. WHITE 1-1/2 IN. BLACK

1-1/2 IN. BLACK 3-3/4 IN.--j

LEADING EDGE MAIN SPAR

I

WHITE TIP

H-2 L__,

r --,'6-112 IN.
IN.
"

I,
I
,

<T~[YJI \ ~ 3-3/4 IN.-1
22 IN.

r~~.1 r~~.

t-

II
I

LEADING EDGE MAIN SPAR
WHITE TIP

I--

3-3/4...j
IN.

I--

I
I

OLIVE DRAB WING

WING
DETAIL A-A
WHITE TIP
8 IN.

I

1-1/2 IN.

I

6 IN. 23 IN.

FI

1/2~.

8

'T
WHITE

WHITE

TIP

OLIVE DRAB

-If-

1/2 IN. WHITE

8
1/2 iN. WHITE

HORIZONT AL STABILIZER>

,",!.EI
-I f--l-1/l
U-8F (sheet 4 of 10)
IN. BLACK

TAIL DETAIL C-C

.

f-

1.1/2 IN. BLACK

PROP SPINNER DETAIL D-D
E%tørlOT marlnngs,

000937

Figure 8-H.

8-51

.

8
26IN.,
UP
.

T
26 IN.
WL.

120.00

L. /
SEE

: '---.. :"""0'
,.
.

.".~N.

.. -I

.

[

LFWD

61N.

D~L.A

1 IN.

STA 228.75

000938

~1
I

;.~
10 IN.

8

F-3IN.--/
DETAIL A

Ftgu7fl 8-84.

Eztenor ma,."""... U-BF (sheet

5

of 10)

8
.
.8-52

.

TB 746-93-2

8

10

8

TOP VIEW

.

8
000939

,.,.,.,.

'-114.

BJ:tørtor

ma,.".., U-'F (sheøt B 0/10)

8-53

GO

I

~

-r-

DANGER

WHITE 1/2 IN.

24

Figure 8-24.

Exterior markings, U-8F (~heet

7

of 10)

000940

~'~

8

8

8

.

.

CODE NO.
1

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

e

Left and right side of fuselage near tail below discharge outlet. I/2-in. yellow letters
Outbd side of each nacelle on rectangular door.

STATIC AIR KEEP CLEAN
ACCESS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHING

2

I/2-in. yellow letters
3

Outbd side of left nacelle under leading edge of wing on access plate. 1/2-in. yellow letters
Outbd side of each nacelle under wing above

EXTERNAL
POWER
24

VOLT

4

exhaust. 1/2-in. yellow letters
5

CAUTION: DL.C;;CONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING AND PLUMßING BEFORE REMOVING WING

Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/2-in. yellow letters on OD or black letters on white Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/2-in.
red letters on white

LEVEL POINT
FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE

6

7

Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/4-in. yellow letters on OD or black letters on white
Fwd left side of fuselage under cockpit window. I-in. yellow letters

LEVEL POINT
U.S. ARMY U-8F U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial no.)

8

9

e

Left and right side of fuselage near tic down skid and under side of each wing near tip. F our places. 1 /2-in. ye II ow letters
Top trailing edge of ailerons and flaps. Six places. I/2-in. yellow letters Top of flaps and wings, left and right side. Aft stencils to be read facing fwd. Fwd stencils to be read facing aft. Six places. I/2-in. yellow letters
Outbd side of outbd fuel filler caps on wing and two places top side of each nacelle. l/2-in. white letters on 3-in. black circle

TIE DOWN

10

NO PUSH

11

NO STEP

12

13

Fwd side of fuel filler caps. Top of letters facing aft. Four places. l/2-in. white letters
Top of each nacelle. 1/2-in.yellow letters. I-in. yellow band around access door

FUEL
MIL-G-5572 115/145

14

OIL
MIL-L-22851 TYPE II ABOVE 600F

8
.
000941

TYPE III

+

50 to 600F

MIL-L-15016 GRADE 3050 BELOW 50F
E:r:terlOT """""'rIgS, U-8F (sheet 8

FIgure 8-84.

of 10)

8-55

CODE NO.
15

.
DIRECTIONS
Top of wing inbd of nacelle and on top of section. 1/2-in. yellow letters
n

WORDING
ose

HOIST
JACK PAD

16

Bottom side of fuselage and inbd wing. Three places. I/2-in. yellow letters. Paint jack pad

8

yellow
17
1.

Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue circle is 20 in. Star is centered on horizontal strip with tip of fwd star bar at sta. 267
Wing. The dia of the basic blue circle is 22 in. Center of star 80 in. from tip of wing.

(National Star Insignia)

2.

18

Wings. Letters to be 22 in. high X I2-in. wide (Letter M I6-in. wide.) X 3-3/4-in. stroke

U. S. ARMY

19

Leading edge of left nose landing gear door I/2-in. letters
Center on inbd main landing gear doors. 1/2 -in. letters

TIRE PRESSURE
35 PSI

20

TIRE PRESSURE
40 PSI

21

Tire slippage marks on tire and wheel rim, nose and main landing gear
A 3-in. red band around fuselage. The center of the band to be centered on the travel of the propeller tip. On arctic and jungle aircraft, the red band will start at the antiglare and go around the fuselage up to the antiglare on the opposite side

22

8

On CONUS aircraft, the red band will go from the underside of the black stripe under the aircraft to die underside of the black stripe on the opposite side

-t I23

3 IN.

2-in. white letters, proportionally spaced on the red band so the word will extend on the side of fuselage only." Do not extend to underside of fuse lage or nose landing gear door

P
R

0 P
E

L
L

E R
000942

8
.

Figure 8-B4.

Exterior mørlrings, U-BF (sheet

9

of 10)

8-56

.

.

CODE NO.
24

DIRECTIONS
Left and ript side of fuselage on fwd and aft side of 3-in. red band. Arrows to be placed centrally on fuse1ase. Tip of arrow pointins towards red band. Width of arrow shaft is I-in. Width of arrow head is 2-in. and lensth of arrow is 4-io. Arrow will be I yellow on OD Black on white aircraft Left and ript side of fuse lase, adjacent to 4-in. arrow. 2-in. yellow letters on OD or black
letters on white

WORDING

8

J I.
2

IN.

f
DANGER

~

4

IN.--t

1

IN.

25

26

(Not shown) Paint fuel drain lines red and oil drain lines yellow.
Antislare areas. Fwd of the cockpit area OIl the fuselase. Fwd most part of curve on top of fuse lase will be in line with fwd side of the nose equipment compartment door.
Antis1are will also be applied to the upper 1/4 inbd area of the engine nacelle area but shall not extend aft of the ensine cowl door assembly.

27

28

8

ElDersency cut out area. I-in. wide markinss 26 in. Area located at fuse lase STA 228.75 and WL 120. Red stripes on white fuselase, yellow stripes on OD fuse lase

29

Ript

side of fuselage within cut out area. Bottom of letters 10-in. below top of cut out lines. I-in. black letters on white or yellow letters OIl OD.

CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY
RESCUE

30

Lettering 6-in. high. Numbers 8-in. high

U. S. ARMY (Radio Call Numbers)

31

Left side of fuselage aft of cabin door (U-8F (L-23F) Model only)
Top of left nacelle (U-8F (L-23F) Model only).

BATTERY LOCATION TOP OF LEFT NACELLE

32

BATIERY ACCESS

.Flgure 8-84.

10 of 10) Exterlor ""'**'P, U-BF (Meet

8
.
000943

8-57

aD

I

STA 380.000

U'I

aD

FUS. STATION 160.000 MAIN SPAR

STA 277.236

ST A 273.736
ST A 143.000

STA 228.750

STA 211.924

ST A 352.000
ST A 340.000

STA 319.000
ST A 298.000

ST A 277.000 ST A 255.500

FS 36.815

STA 84.000

NOTE:

MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT: 46 FT W x 34 FT LG x 15 FT H

Figure 8-85.

000944

Stations diagmm U-8F

.

8

8

8

.

.

e

NOTE:
HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS.

TOP VIEW

8

.

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8
.

WL

Z-40-

0

UD o~
-

ST A 252.00

000945

Ftpre

8-86.

Arctic ønd jungle senJlcø ønd hWh visibility

"un1ri11gs,

U-9.

8-59

.

8
WINGS,

HORIZONTAL STABiliZER,
AND TOP PORTIONS OF FUSELAGE WHITE

.

NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA LOCATE AS SHOWN ON UPPER SURFACE OF LEFT WING AND LOWER SURFACE OF RIGHT WING

LETTERS ON TOP OF RIGHT WING TO BE CENTRALLY LOCATED. SAME LETTERS CENTRALLY LOCATED OUTBD OF NACELLE ON UNDER SIDE OF LEFT WING. LETTERS GLOSS BLACK

TOP VIEW

8
BLOCK LETTERS AND NUMBERS MIDWAY BETWEEN TOP AND WHITE STRIPE

1/2-IN. OLIVE DRAB STRIPE 1I2.IN. WHITE STRIPE

OLIVE DRAB

G.. OF NATIONAL STAR TO BE INLINE

WITH G.. OF BATTERY DOOR LATCH AND IN PERFECT HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT WITWPAINT STRIPE BELOW. NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA ON RIGHT SIDE OF FUSE. LAGE EXACT OPPOSITE LOCATION.

LEFT SIDE
000946

VIEW
LOWER PORTION OF FUSELAGE

OLIVE DRAB

8
.

Figure 8-87.

Painting aM mør1ring, U-9.

8-60

T8 7".93.2

"

.

8

..

8
TOP,VIEW

SLIDES FOR

BATTERY

8
.
OOOM7

DO NOT I"AINT"

.

LEFT SIDE VIEW
Figure 8-28. Exterior markings, U-9 (elaeet 1

of 1)

~ange 1

.

.

ø.&1

TB 746.93.2

.

8

BOTTOM VIEW

8

000948

Figure 8-28. Exterior markings U-9 (sheet 2

of 7)

8
.

8-62

.

8
!

~

FRONT VIEW

8

1.1/2 IN.

----rc:
~

C]
DETAIL
A

LEFT SIDE

VIEW

8
000949

.

Ftgure 8-88.

3 7) E%te7iOT marldngs, U-9 (sheet of

8-63

.
ACCESS DOOR FOR HEATING AND VENTING (REF)

8
DETAIL B
"

~

DETAIL C

D
II I II
27.1/2 IN.

II II
INBD SIDE OF LEFT NACELLE

II-

DOOR

REF

8

ENGINE

EXHAUST

AUGMENTER

TUBE

DO NOT PAINT AUGMENTER TUBE OR WHEEL WE LL. PAl NT ONLY THE AREA SHOWN.

i

DETAIL D
"

000950

Ftgure 8-88.

Exterior markings, U-9 (sheet 4 of 7)

8
.

8-64

.

8
.

UNITED STATES ARMY LETTERS 2.112 IN. HIGH CENTERED IN WHITE BAND ON OUTBD SIDE 01' EACH NACELLE. STARTING IN LINE WITH LEADING EDGE OF WING. GLOSS BLACK LETTERS
112 IN. WHITE

5T~H
\12 IN. OLIVE DRAB STRIPE
LEAVE AUGMENTER TUIES UNPAINTED

...

SIDE VIEW LEFT WINO AND NACELLES
00095 \

DIY AIL E

Ffsrøe

8

I-a.

.ÞferloT

6 ",.,.",.. u-. (shøøt

of 1)

f

~

rr:
'.!

0
)\~

~'

8
.
I..

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS

WORDING


2

I/2-in.

and right top wings. Top of lerters facing aft

red lerters at outbd fuel filler caps. Left

.

FUEL
115/145

I/2-in. red lerters at inbd fuel filler cap. Right top inbd wing. Top of letters facing aft
1/2-in. letters, yellow on black background, at oil filler caps. ,At both engines, top of wing

FUEL IIS/14S

8
.,

3

OIL
MIL-L-22851t TYPE II ABOVE 600F TYPE III SOF to 600F MIL-L-15016 GRADE 3050 BELOW SOF

4

1/2-in. yellow lerters on blue background. Top of left nacelle
1/2-in. yellow letters. Nose cap and aft side of
each nacelle

HYDRAULIC FLUID
MIL-H-S606 NO PUSH
24 VOLTS DC

5

6
7

1/2-in. red letters, above battery access door
1/2-in. yellow letters. One word above port and one word below. Left and right side of fuselage. A 1/4-in. red band with a 3-in. ID circle around the port. Band is a broken circle

""

~AT~
0

SOUR;:I \:0
8

1/2-in. black lerters, both sides of tail cone 1/2-in. black letters, both sides of fuselage
4-in. yellow tips, both sides of propeller. Do not paint propeller black

NO PUSH
MOOR

9
10

8

II
12

1/ 4-in.
*

*1. U-9B

red lerters, both main landing gear struts 4 S PSI 2. U-9C and U-9D/RU-9D 50 PSI
30 PSI 35 PSI

*

PSI
*

1/4-in. red letters, right side of nose gear strut

*1. U-9B * 2. U-9C and U-9D/RU-9D
13

PSI TOW

14

1/2-in. red letters, both sides of nose gear strut 1/2-in. red letters, bottom of both wings at
jack pads 2-io. red stripe on all wheels and tires. Slippage marks
X

ATTACH JACK PAD

..'>!.

IS
16

1/2-

~

Left side of fuselage under cockpit window. U.S. ARMY MODEL and U.S.A. SERIAL NO. to be I-in. letters. The remainder of the stencil is 1/2-in. letters. Yellow on olive drab; black on white
On outside of cabin door. 1/2-in. red letters on

U.S. ARMY MODEL U-9* U.S.A. SERIAL NO. ##-#### *(Applicable modeí)

.

17

white background
000952

i -FÏRË EXTINQnSHER i

8
.

L______----'
Figure 8-28.

INSIDE

Exterior markings, U-9 (sheet

6

of 7)

8-66

.

T8 746-93.2

.

CODE NO.
18

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
N 0 S T
E

8
19

Top fwd inbd end of horizontal stabilizer. Lettering to be 1 in. black, vertically positioned with tops of letters facing aft

N
0

S T E P

P

tAFT

1/2-in. letters with 1/2-in. lines, yellow on olive drab black on fluorescent
Propeller warning stripe. 2-in. white letters centered in 3-in. wide red band
WL Z

TOW LIMIT
<ì. OF
P R 0 P
E L

20

PROPELLER TRACK

=-7.00-

-WL

Z

=-

10.00

~

.

~

L

E
c'-

WL Z
21

=-55.50 ,!-WL 3
:..j
f--

Propeller warning, both sides of fuselage; 2-in. high yellow letters. Arrow as long as word DANGER
Antiglare fwd of cockpit windshield follow the line of the flush rivets. Extend the curve forward to a point at the front end of the access door. Return the same symmetrical curve back on the opposite side

Z=- 52.50 IN. DANGER
I

WL Z

=':"38.00~=*
12 in.

8

22

23

2-1/2 in. black letters with two 6- x 1!2-in. Arrows on white band. The letter "T" will start at a point just aft of the accessory section cowling and lead to the rear

1/2 in.

~

EXIT

T ....1

24
~

of the basic blue circle 15 in. (See figure 8.27) is
1. Fuselage. The dia

(National Star Insignia)

2. Wing. The dia of the basic blue circle is 15 in. (See figure 8.27)
~

25

W'mg. Letters 15 in. high

x

lOin. wide

x

2-1/2 in.

U.S. ARMY

stroke and space (See figure 8-27)

26

8
27

Vertical Stabilizer. Letters 7.1/2 in. high; 5 in. wide. Numbers 7-1/2 in. high. 5 in. wide; (See figure 8-27)

U.S. ARMY (Radio Call Number)

I-in. red letters on battery access door

BAITERY
.

I
Change 1

.

000964

Figure 8.28. Exterior markings. U.9 (sheet 7

of 7) 8-67

~
<> <>

i
~
N
.

-I Þ
-1-1 þþ þþ
I

'"

'" '" -1-1

"''''
-

.

...
....

'" '"
t::
ë",

.&.1

NN NN I
.

ß

.. <>~
Õ
0
<>

... 00
.

..0 w
.

I I
STA -32.50

00

I
-STA Z=O-STA 54.75
60.05 71.00 STA STA STA STA STA 46.52

STA 257.000 STA 238.320
STA 219.660

N

STA -20.00 STA -4;00 STA 5.50

STA-12.00STA

12.50-

STA 201.000
ST A 182.320

STA 23.50 STA 37.00
STA 52.67 STA 71.00 STA

STA45.34STA6O.0581.00
90.06

0

ST A 163.660

ST A 145.000 ST A 127.000

~
STA 118.690
.

76.00STA ST A 100.00 94.00ST A 109.310
STA 85.40

I: ti

128.500STA 76.50

ST A 98.000 ST A 83.360 STA 70.015 STA 54.0

Co a:o

!O
I"IJ

B'
::t. 0

STA STA 134 836 STA 140.000STA 149.980 STA STA 165.154 STA 180.000 FWD--, STA 180.000 AFT

160.000-

STA 198.000

STA 24.0

::s .

Q.
STA 234.000
STA 252.000

STA 216.000

f
;i
ç::

STA 272.600

CO

~~Z
STA 292.600 STA 312.820
STA 335.560 STA 363.180

,,~O -I~
:ie~
~

!!'

)()>
"'111

...:;a

"þ -;t:;a
,-111

STA 355.400

(;)0 -:;a
",111

)(~

,,0 -1-1 5:1:
-10

'0

tii

'" '" -1
Þ

111

Þ

"'-I -Iþ
~ Õ

;ij
n :;a

CD

)><> <>
.....

þ
"

0.0 '" <>

::I

.

8

8

8
.
Of

.

T87.u..f3.2
.

.

8
[UJc~c&~~)f
STA
't!

295.50

FUSELAGE MARKINGS

.

TOP VIEW

&~
I ~
!-tr-4IN. SPACE
"'4 IN. STROKE
WIDI
16 IN.

r
G
:E

æ
~

':"
.

8

STA 00.00

STA 175.00

DATUM

STA 31.00

LEFT SIDE VIEW

LETTERING
RIGHT SIDE
!!.

AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS
LEFT SIDE
.

1.

NATIONAL INSIGNIA. DIA OF WIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 3S IN.

1. MOST FORWARD PART OF

LETTER "A"

AT STA 175.00

2. MOST FORWARD PART OF LETTER AT STA 178.00

"Y"
"A"

2. MOST REARWARD PART OF

LETTER "Y"

AT ST A 253.00

3. MOST REARWARD PART OF LETTER

AT ST A 256.00

3. TOP OF LETTERING ON ROW OF RIVETS 4 IN. BELOW CABIN WINDOWS

4. TOPS OF LETTERS WILL BE ON THE ROW OF RIVETS 4 IN. BELOW CABIN
WINDOWS

4. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS ON RIGHT SIDE
5.

8
.

5. THE CENTER OF THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE WILL BE A ST A 309.00. AND ON THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS OF THE AIRCRAFT (ROW OF RIVETS IN LINE WITH DOOR HANDLE.) 6.

HiGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE ADDED TO SHADED AREAS.

HIGH VlSlÎILITY PAINT WILL BE
ADDED TO SHADED AREAS.
.

000956

Fìpre 8-30. Arctic and junøe .eruice ønd hi'" uUibilily "",,lei,.,. U-IA

..

"
,

co

...'
at
....

0

.. 0'.:0

w

n

.

N

::r-

:J

D'

co

CD

...
....

J.
-

....

~
UNITED 81

lE8 ARMY.

61N.

f

STA 351.00

B. STA 267.00

11.,;;r

.....

CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT LEFT SIDE VIEW

000957

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 1

of 12)

.

8

"

8
..

8

.

.
,.

8
8
.(

..

8

.

9
54

4
-

0.
NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC;:RAFT

~

....

LEn SIDE VIEW

n

::r a

::J

CI

CD

-

000962

.-1 ØI
~
2

'...

-

co .

~.0
W
.

....

...a

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings. U.1A (,heet

of 12)

h)

-CD ~
,

.....
CD

N

....

:r

13

,t is
.

~

"":r'

n'

.

CI ::I "..a

CD

~

B- STA 267 -DO

61N.

..1.-"
WIl'ii'~1ID ~'ii'b\'ii'I!:~

r

~~

~,
STA 351.00

~ ~

CAMOuFLAGE AIRCRAFT RIGHT SIDE VIEW

000958

3 Figure 8-31. Exterior markiRJlS, U-1A (sheet

of 12)

.

8

..

8

8
'1( w

.

TI 7""93.2

.

8
..

f!

~

"' .... ~
...
....

1
~

1
~
~
....

8
..
.

II.

B!
,ë; III... ~a

1
.1
~
....
...;

.f

6 I~'"

~

~

t

~

8
.
i
Chan.. 1
I

8.13

18

746.93.2

LEFT
þ

.

8

..

or

000959

8
LEFT

~,
1!

NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRA.F.T
000964

BOTTOM

VIEW.. ........

.,.

8
.

~gure 8.31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 5 of 12)

8.74

.

Change 1

T874'.93.2

.

8
112 IN.
r

'=

8

TOP VIEW

~
c:c

S:'::,5O

'VI

DETAIL C
~

SEE DETAIL C

8
.
000960

6 Figure 8-31. Exterior mørkin,.. U-1A (Meet of 12)
.

I
Change 1
.

8-76

qo
all

CD

.....

-t.
"

....

.t
w
.

'Q

n :r-

.

IQ .

:I

h)

-

ru
..'''''
I

j-n---i
I

T
35 IN,

_1

BOTTOM VIEW

NOTE:
LOWER EDGE OF LETTERS TO BE 3 IN, FROM AFT EDGE OF WINGSKIN PANEL

AT SHROUD.

00096t

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 7

of 12)

.

8

..

8
'I

8
"

.

T8

746.93-2

.

CODE NO.
I

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
U.S. ARMY U-lA U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (Insert

Left side of fuselage, fwd of cockpit door
Upper side of top augmenter tubes, left aad ritbt sides. Upper side of both main laadins sear struts, top of fuselage and win8 as sbown~

urial No.)

8

2

NO STEP

1/2-incb letters
2-in. solid black stripe ruoning from fwd to aft walkway marker words "NO STEP". I 1/2-io. arrow poindnø outboard will be beyond black stripe
3
t'

Under left aød risbt cockpit door aad left side of fuselase, aft of cockpit door at three steps to
top of aircraft

STEP

4
'!:':

Above taDk cap, left side of fuselaøe

OIL MlL-L-22851

TYPE
5

11

ABOVE 300

Uaderside, inboard end of eacb win8 strUt. Part nuaber of eacb strut
FOR MOM-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

C3W100-5LH

C3"loo-6RH

6

Left side of fusela8e, above center fuel filler cap. 3-in. black circle with wbite letters
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Delete black backørouod, letters "GROUND HERE" in lusterless black

8
7

Left aød riøbt side of fuselage 1/4-in. letters
Uader left cabin door. 1/4-in. letters

FLOAT PICKUP
USE SEAT RAIL FLOOR FOR LAT." LONG.

8

LEVEUNG
9

Left aad riøbt cabin doors under baadles. 1/2-in.'
letters

EXIT
RELEASE TURN

10
~

Left side of fuulage below center fuel filler cap. 1/4-in. lusterless black letters (three
places)

FUEL
MIL-G-5572

115/145

11

Left aad ri.bt side of. fuselaøe at liftinø bole with arrows 1/2- K I-in. 1/2-in. black letters Left aad riøbt side of vertical fin fwd of leading eqe of borizont~l stabilizer.

UFT

J
(

12

TAKE-oFF SETTING STABIUZER TRIM

13

8
.

Left aad rlabt side of verdcal fin on leading edge of stabilizer. Black band 1/8 K 2-in. long

14
000965

Left side of fuselage on the access plate

RUDDER QUADRANT

(ølaeet 8 Figure 8-31. lØteriOl' JPIlJ1'kinIB,U.IA

of 12)
Change 1

I
8-77

T8 746.93.2
CODE NO.
15

DIRECTIONS
Left and right side of fuselage at tail jack points
Left and right side of fuselage on access plates
JACK

WORDING

.

POINT
16

RUDDER TRIM JACK

8

17

Left side of fuselage under ~tabilizer on access plates Left side of dorsal fin
Right side of fuselage on access plate Right side of fuselage on access plate Right side of fuselage, above tail wheel

STABILIZER
ACTUATOR
HOIST EYE INSIDE

18

19

ELEVATOR QUADRANT

~

20
21

TAIL WHEEL
ANCHOR
~

INFLA TE TIRE TO 36 LBS. (Landplane)

INFLATE TIRE TO
22

41 LBS. (Skip lane)

Right side of fuselage on access plate

TAILWHEEL STEERING MOTOR

23

Slippage marks on wheel rim and tires. A Red band 1/2 x 2.in. Tail and main wheels

24

Right side of fuselage, aft of cockpit door, above auxiliary power receptacle
Right side of fuselage, below augmenter tubes. 1/2-in. letters
Bottom of fuselage, center of aircraft on cover between main landing gear braces
On inbd side of both jacking arms and main landing gear

24 VOLTS

25

DRAIN DAILY

8

26

FUEL SELECTOR VALVE INSIDE
JACK
WARNING

27

28

Bottom side of wings near leading edge at wing butt. Top of letters facing fwd, I/2-in. letters, arrow pointing inbd. 1/2 x 3-in. black arrow Bottom of both wings on access plates'
Bott()m of both wings, fwd of top of wing struts

DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING
WINGS

29

FLAP BELLCRANK

......

"

30
31

TIE
DOWN

Bottom of both wings, outbd on access plates
Bottom of each wing, two places

FLAP BELLCRANK
FLAP CONNECTING ROD STEADY BRACKET
NO PUSH

32

33
000966

Leading edge of stabilizer as shown in Detail C, I-in. letters

8
.

I
8-78

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 9

of 12)

Change 1

'

,.'

TB74e.93-2

.

CODE

NO.
34

DIRECTIONS
facing Top of each wing at wing butt to be read Top of wing tip. I-in. letters. Two lines.
letters facing outbd

WORDING
C AUTION DISCONNECT CONTROL C ABLES, FLAP PUSH ROD, F UEL VENT PIPE BEFORE

8
3S

REMOVING WING.
W AU{

On top of fuselage and both wings as shown. facing aft on fuse. I-in. letters. Top of letters lage, outbd. on wings

36
37
'!

Top of fuselage left and right side

S UNGING POINTS U SE SPREADER B AR

Top center of fuselage

WHEN HOISTING
38

~

Lower end of main landing gear struts, left and right
Broken border, black, 2 x 6.in. with 2-in. space. Solid black line across outbd end between fwd and aft broken border

I NFLATE TIRE T 0 28 LBS

39

-

40
41

Left and right aft side of rudder
light coat of Coat the propeller blades with a on fwd side lusterless black. 4-in. yellow tip of blade. Antiglare area fwd of the windshield. Width of antiglare on fwd edge of cowling is 29 in.

N 0 PUSH

8

42

around contour of cowling

43

Augmenter tubes will be removed for aircraft stripping. They will not be reinstalled until after the aircraft is repainted. The augmenter tubes red l.in. are not painted with exceptions of the NO STEP. Refer to code no. 2
Letters centered on longitudinal axis of aircraft (row of rivets in line with door handle).
Jack points on main landing gear and tail, paint lusterless black

44
..
.

UNITED STATES ARMY

I

4S

-

46

(NOT SHOWN) Walkway material will be
applied to three protruding tubular steps on left side of aircraft aft of cabin door

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

8
.

47
000967

is 3S in. Wing. The dia of the basié blue circle

(National Star

Insignia)

12) Figure 8-31. Exterior markings. U-1A, (.heet 10 of

Change 2

8-79

T8 746.93.2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

WORDING

.

48

Wing Lettering. Lettering will be 35 in. high 23 in. wide x 5.75 in. stroke

x

U.S. ARMY

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

8

49

Tail markings and radio call numbers will be 7.5 in. x II in.

50

Walkway area top of alrcraft. The top of each wing and fuselage is marked in black broken bordered areas to designate the safe walk area

DO NOT INSTALL WALKWAY MATERIAL ON WING AND FUSELAGE WALKWAY AREAS
!'

Wings. The wing walk area is 18-in. wide and extends from the wing butt outbd to a distance

of 112.in. in from the wing tip. The fwd walkway border is 5-in. aft of the leading edge of the wing or 12-in. fwd of a point in line with the fwd fuselage lifting eye. The aft wing walk border is 18.in. aft of the fwd border or 6.in. aft of the lifting eye. The lifting eye may be used as a reference point. The wing walkway area will not extend inbd beyond the butt
\\IÌD&

8

Fuselage. The fuselage

used:

the wing areas., these are marked off with black broken borders. The following dimensions will be

of two separate 6-in. wide walk areas across the top of the fuselage over bulkhead areas. Uke

walkway areas consist

Fwd Walk Area. Using the fwd lifting eyes as a reference point the fwd walkway will extend 3 in. forward and 3-in. aft. Code No. 35 be inserted
will
in the center of this walk area.
<.

Mt

Walk Area. The fwd border of the aft walk

area will be 29-1/2-in. aft of the trailing front walk area. The aft border of the aft walkway area will be 6 in. to the rear. Code No. 35 will be inserted in the center of U1is walk area.

000968

I
8-80
Change 1

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U.1A (sheet 11 of 12)

8
.

TI
.

.

74&-9,3.2

.

CODE
NO.

DIREC TIONS
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY

WORDING

8

51

Tbe top surface of the win g tips and the top surface of ~ horizontal stab Wzer will be painted international orange

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY
52
~

The top surface of the win g from wins root outboard to spoiler. and from leading edp top row of rheta aft to leading edae of flaps wiJl be painted lusterless white
.

't

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY
53

.

'

(Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit inaiania is on either or both sides of nose cowlina
Left Øde of fuselage aft of cargo door. l-in. letters

54

BATTERY LOCATION COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD RIGHT-HAND SIDE

8

55

Riabt hand side of fuselage 1/2-in. letters

BATTERY DRAIN

010117

~

8
Fi/lU re 8-81. Exterior mGrkin,.. U-1A (Meet 12

of 12)

.

Change 1

8-,n

co Co

N

s;"'/.>

CD

-t

-It

~ c9-p.

'1~ ~"',p
"

,.. 0-

....
.:0

S..o

S..o

"',p

"',p

w

"

~

STA 136.2

FORWARD SPAR

NOTE:

MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT: 58 FT-W X 42 FT-LG X 13 FT-HGT

000969

Figure 8-32. Stations dÜJgram.

U-IA

.

8

8
..

8

.

TB 746-93-2

.

DETAIL

C

8

DETAIL B

WHITE

DETAIL

A

J
WHITE INSIGNIA

C:>

~

~

DIAMETER 20.0 IN. LEFT SIDE VIEW

8

.

t=WHITE

<2]
.ffl'
DETAIL
A
"

0.5 (WHITE) 1.5 (BLACK)

AVOt0896

8
.

Figure 8-32A.

High lJisibility paint øcheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 ("'eet 1 of 4)

Change

2

8-82A

CIO

.. t1
DETAIL
D

-I ID ~
9'

~

g
WHITE

N

.. N
LElTER HEIGHT 22.00 LElTE R WIDTH 12.00 WIDTH OF "M" 16.00
OLIVE DRAB
STROKE
~
.

.. :I

3.75 LElTER SPACING 3.75 WORD SPACING 12.00 COLOR YELLOW WHITE:
DUPLICATE ON LOWER SURFACE OF LEFT WING
.

INSIGNIA DIAMETER 22.0 IN.

OLIVE DRAB

A~~\1a~~r(ñ1

0

LEADING EDGE, MAIN SPAR

NOSE CONE (RADOME) TO BE LEFT AS IS. DO NOT PAINT

TOP VIEW'

ANTI-GLARE AREAS (LOCATE ON INBOARD UPPER 1/4TH OF LH & RH NACELLES & ON NOSE FWD OF COCKPIT AS SHOWN)

A

V01 0897

Figure 8-32A. High visibility paint scheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 2 of 4)

.

8

8
..

8
..

.

TB748-83-2

.

8
~

WHITE

BLACK

3.6

+
WHITE 0.6 OLIVE DRAB
~

1.5

DETAIL B
~.O

.

3.0

6.0
3.0 0.6 (WHITE)

8

ftlt,
1.6

HORIZ. BASE LINE (REF)
w

15.0

8
.

DETAIL AV010888

C

FilUre 8-3U. HiøIa uieiIÞility psittt

-""',

CONUS, U-JI tIII4 RlJ..3J (8laeet 3 of 4)

Change 2

8-82C

TB 746.93-2

.

8
-

9.0

-

OL.IVE

0.5-1
1.5

WHITE
BL.ACK

DRAB

"

.

DETAil

D

UPPER AND L.OWER SURFACES

8

0'5-1=t:t!
WHITE
1.5

:'-Igi
15.5
.

I r

BL.ACK

DETAil

E

AV010899

Figure 8-32A. High visibility paint scheme, CONUS, U.21 and RU.21 (sheet 4 of 4)

8
.

8.82D

Change 2

.

TB

74fA.2

.
STA 401.00

8
1
STA30.00

.DIC UNi'fED STATES ARMY
'"

43
LEFT SIDE VIEW

8

WL 188.00

STA 296 I

15. 7

8

-ÜÑ"'õm:~i~oo
IN.
"

STA 63.00

STAToo

10
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

9

8
.

AV010888

Figure 8-32B. Interior mørkirlll8. U-Jl and RU.21 (sheet 1

of 5)
Change 2

8-82E

TB 746-93-2

.

8
00
0
0

...

..

TOP VIEW

8
0.147 DIA 4 HOLES 0.140

7.00
3.5

0.31 (TYPICAL)

.~
L
\-ATC,",

0.26

R

(TYPiCAL)

3.69

c
2.00

~
A

~
(t

CAUTION HOOK SECONDARY LATCH ON CABLE BEFORE TAKEOFF

2.00 1.00

.\
I.

0.62

~A

8
.

AV010889

9.00 DETAIL A

Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U.21 and RU.21 (sheet 2

of 6)

8-82F

Change 2

TB 748-93.2

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS.
Locate placard top edge

WORDING
CARG.O DOOR LATCH INSIDE
PULL LATCH HANDLE OUT AND DOWN TO UNLOCK CAUTION: LATCH PIN UP AND COVER LDÇKED

of door forward of STA 228.75

8
2
Locate placard over center of door shaft. Background yellow. Cover placard with 0.12 in. acrylic plastic sheet 3.70 in. by 9.0 in., bevel edges of plastic sheet 450 (See detail A)

FólHÜGHT

"

3

Locate placard bottom edge of door forward of STA

228.75
~

CARGO DQQR LATCH INSIDE

PUU

I..AIÇ1:!. tlP-NJ:).!,,!- OUT AND UP TO UNLOCK

cAYJlON:~átÇH~~Ñ
DOWN AND COVER LOCKED'i=öifi=i.ïÖHT

4

Locate placards forward of cargo door. Top placard is aligned with bottom of window frame, bottom placard is directly below top placard and above floor (approx.)

~~~@~~
(f(Q)~ ffi\~(Crn~~
1r(Q)

8
5

(ÇM@@
[}=3 ~ ~

[þ)(Q)(Q) ~
Paint inside of right fuselage skin and face of upholstery panel at the same location as the exterior markings, STA 298.0, WL 120.0 to WL 146.0. Marking will be yellow, shade No. 13538

~rn

--:j'0 1":-'3.0

I

1-

STA 298.0

r
18
~

.

lIì 811
.,
.

~

i
L
-

lspAC
IN.
120.0

r:~UAL

IN._t8\-+

1IN.80.-II-

..1-3 -I

WL-

8
.

AV010880
F;øure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sIN.t 3

of 6)
Change

2

8-82G

TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.
6

DIRECTIONS
Locate decal in center of emergency exit markings (code 11 in. from top edge of markings. Black letters on yellow background

WORDING

.
T
2.50
TN..

No.5) and

CUT HERE FOR

EMERGENCY EXIT

8

i

I
7

.

13.50

,

I

Locate EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE placard aft of
escape hatch and below handle, right side fuselage

EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE

...

23/8

!'

OPEN COVER PUSH BUTTON AND PULL HANDLE

21N.

-I

8 9

Center decal above escape latch and on STA 228.75

EMERGENCY EXIT
STATIC AIR LINE DRAIN

8
-

Right side of aircraft on static air line drain door

10

Right side of aircraft cockpit aft of ST A 122.0 and Ö.75 in. forward of inertia reel harness lock on inboard surface of window escutcheon
Locate placard on fuselage floor, centered on STA 130.0 and left edge of placard 6.2 in. left of aircraft centerline. Placard is metal etched on anodized red background

CO. PI LOT SEAT MUST BE IN FORWARD POSITION DURING TAKE OFF & LANDING

11
.

I,

5.00

I ~

.1.

LANDING GEAR EMERGENCY EXTENSION

<t~
{i}

PULL UP HANDLE AND C:>(f1 TURN CLOCKWISE TO LOCK 2. REMOVE LEVER FROM SECURING CLIP AND PUMP

]
8
.

AV010891

Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 4

of 5)

8.82H

Change 2

TB 748-93-2

.

CODE

NO.
12

DIRECTIONS
Locate decal on aft side of spar cover and 11 in. to right of aircraft centerline
Center decals in tiedown fittings as shown, top of letters forward. Lettering is black

WORDING

8

MAXIMUM LOAD PER TIEDOWN: 200 LB.

13

t

i

;
.,.

D

I

~

II

1.82 IN.
F. S. 145.0

-I ~

I

I

0.28 IN.

T
F .S. 146.0

8

F.S. 146.0

F.S. 163.8
F .S. 185.4

F.S.179.8

F .8. 181..6 F.S. 199.7 F .S. 200.8

F.S.218.7
F .1. 21 e.e
F

F.I.239.2
.S. 239.9 F.S.240.2

"

8
.

AV010892

6 Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (aheet

of 6)
Change
2

8-82J

TB 746.93.2

STA 401.00

.

8

11

11

LEFT SIDE VIEW

WL 188.00

8

23

~EAM

J

21

I~) ~24
AV010893
.

RIGHT SIDE ViEW

8
of 9)

Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings. U-21 and R U-21 (sheet 1

8-82K

Change 2

.

TB

7.83-2

.

8

34

\

33

8

TOP VIEW

35

35

~

~

8
.

FRONT VIEW AV010894

Figure 8-3JC. E:JCterlormørkingø, U-Jl ønd RU-Jl (8laeet J

0(9)

ChIRgl

2

8-82L

TB 746..83.2

.

8

1&

r-' 'D.I-GO

t.J

37

:J

o~u.

((,~
D
.

38

8

40

5

BOTTOM VIEW. LEFT SIDE

AV010896 Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 3

of 9)

8
.

8-82M

Change 2

TB 746-93.2

.

CODE
D
1

TIONS

WORDING

8
2

Left side of fuselage on entrance air step door, adajcent to handle, 1/2.in. letters and arrow. Unes are 1/8 in. wide, arrowhead 3/8 in. wide

I

LOCK

I -K

3.35R

RADIO CALL NUMBERS Left and right side of vertical stabilizer, 6 in. lusterless black numerals, STA 401.00, WL 188.00
Both sides of ventral fin, center top trailing edge of each aileron, also center on nose cone.

3
.

NO PUSH'

8

8
.

Figure 8-32C.

4 of 9) Exterior I'IUIrkings, U-21 and BU-21 (øheet

Change 2

8-82N

T8 746.93.2
CODE
NO.
4

DIRECTIONS
Aircraft data plate located on left side of aircraft under horizontal stabilizer

WORDING
AIRCRAFT FIXED-WING
FSN
. .

.
E::::I
~

SERIAL NO.

REG. NO.. c::=:J MODE L NO. c:::::I c::::::I CONTRACT NO.
c::::=I

8

INSPECTED c::::=I
0

c::I

U.S.

5

Left and right side of aft fuselage and bottom center of each outboard wing panel. Black 1/2 in. letters. Top of letters up or towards spar
Left and right side of fuselage below static port, 1/2 in. black letters. Do not paint static port

TI E DOVIIN

6

STATIC AIR KEEP CLEAN

7

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Left and right side of fuselage, 6 in. black letters. Center between aft edge of cabin door and line even with front of horizontal stabilizer. Top of letters on WL 120.00

UNITED STATES ARMY

8

Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, 1/2 in. black letters
Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, 1/2 in. black letters

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
INSIDE
BATTERY LOCATION TOP OF RIGHT HAND WING STUB

9

8

10

Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, 1/2 in. black letters

LEVEL POINT

11

TIRE SLIPPAGE MARKS SEE PARAGRAPH 7-27
Left and right side of fuselage on each outboard main gear door, 1/2 in. black letters

12

NORMAL PRESSURE 46-50 P.S.I.

13

Left and right side of fuselage under wing and on outboard side of each nacelle above main landing gear doors. Black 1/2 in. letters

CAUTION: DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING AND PLUMBING BEFORE REMOVING WING

AV010901
Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 5

of 9)

8
.

8.82P

Change 2

T8 748-93.2

.

CODE NO.
14

DIRECTIONS
Left side of fuselage under cockpit window, 1 in. black letters and numerals. Enter complete model and aircraft serial number.

WORDING
U.S. ARMY *U.2IA * U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (*Indent correct model and serial numbers)

8
IS

Left and riøht side of aircraft on inboard and out. board sides of forward engine cowling. Black 1/8 in. lines and arrow, 1/2 in. black letters, 8 places

16

left of fuselage jack pads located on bottom of centerline. Two

Aft end of

nose wheel well and

JACK PAD

\,.
..

wing stub near rear spar and inboard of each engine nacelle. Black 1/2 in. letters
17

Locate on inboard side. of left nose gear door, 1/2 in. black letters

NORMAL TIRE PRESSURE SO-55 P.S.I. VERY SOFT FmLD TAKEOFF 30.32 P.s.1.

18

FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint yellow emergency rescue markings on right side of fuselage at ST A 296.0,

8
19

WL 120.0 FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint lusterless yellow shade

1 IN.

tr.-

28
.

IN.---i

"T

.28 IN.

2IN.~JST A 296.0

L.

-

..11 WL120

Right side of fuselage, centered within emergency rescue markings (code No. 18), I in. letters, same color shade as markings

CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY EXIT

20

FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint landing gear struts and wheels olive drab

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint lusterless olive drab
'"

21

Locate on outboard side of nose wheel strut. Black 1/2 in. letters, arrow 1 in. long, 1/4 in. shaft and 1/2 in. head

J A C K

8
.

~
AV010902

FílUre 8-33C. Ext"nor mark".,.. U.2l and

BU.Il (IIN"t

6

of 9)
Change 2

8-82Q

18 746.93-2
CODE NO.
22

DIRECTIONS
Locate on inside of left and right cowling doors. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Yellow 1/2 in. letters. FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters.

WORDING

.

LUBE OIL

MIL-L-23699 ABOVE -25OF MIL-L-7808 BELOW -25OF

8

23

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint 3 in. red band, from underside of black stripe on left side of fuselage to black stripe on opposite side inline with propeller plane. Locate PROPELLER placard over red band on both sides of fuselage

--131N.1P R

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint 3 in. lusterless black stripe, centered on propeller plane. Top of stripe starts at upper corner of fuselage, 4 in. down from skin seam to bottom of nose gear doors. Forward edge of black stripe is approximately 18 1/2 in. aft of nose cone.

0 P E L L E R

24

Left and right side of forward fuselage, fore and aft of RED/BLACK stripe (code No. 23). Word DANGER is 131/2 in. down from top of stripe and is 1 1/4 in. away from edge of stripe. Black 2 in. letters,
arrow points toward stripe and is 4 in. long with 1 in. shaft and 1 1/2 in. arrowhead

DANGER
~

25

Outboard of left and right engine nacelles on 1/2 in. letters, top of letters toward spar
access doors. Black

PU-545

8
LIFT

INVERTER

26

Top of nose section, forward of antiglare paint. Left and right center wing stub forward of spar and inboard of nacelles. Black 1/2 in. letters with arrow. Top of letters towards spar

-I

I-- 1/4 IN.

-,
1 IN.

27

Top right inboard 'wing stub on access cover. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of letters toward spar Top of left and right wing center stub, inboard of nacelles. Right wing 3 places, left wing 4 places,

BATTERY
ACCESS

28

1/2 in. black letters

NO STEP

A

V01 0903

Figure8-32C. Exterior markings. U-21 and RU-21 (sheet

7

of 9)

8
.

8.82R

Change 2

-

u-

TB 746-93-2

.

CODE NO.
29

DIRECTION S
Locate decal over grounding poin t on top outboard section of each wing, top of each engine nacelle forward of fuel fIller caps. Black 3 in. circle outline with 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places

WORDING

8
30

.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC RAFT
Left and right wings and on top of each nacelle around fuel filler cap. Alignment mark to be placed as shown to extend 1 in. 0 ver filler cap. Color of band and alignment mar k red, 4 places FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAF T Band and alignment marks lusted ess black

11N.

.

8
31

Left and right wings, inboard of fiuel filler caps (code No. 30). Black 1/2 in. lette rs, top of letters
towards spar, 2 places

128 Gallons Capacity

MIL.T.5624(JP-4) AVIATION KEROSENE CAUTION: NACELLE TANKS MUST BE FULL BEFORE FILUNG THIS TANK
57 Gallons Capacity

32

Top of each engine nacelle, outboard of fuel filler cap. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of I etters facing inboard, 2 places

MIL-T -5624(JP-4) A VIA TION KEROSENE

.

33

Antiglare areas. Paint inboard up per 1/4 of the left and right nacelles and nose area fiorward of cockpit windshield to STA 53.0

~

34

Top of right outboard wing panel on access door. YeHow 1/2 in. letters top of letter s towards spar. FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAF T Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC RAFT

ACCESS

CN 405/ASN COMPENSATOR T-611/ASN INDUCTION COMPASS CAUTION: USE NON-MAGNETIC
SCREWS IN COMPASS

8
.

AV010904

Figure 8-32C.

E:lCterl'or markings,

U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 8

of 9)
Change 2

8-828

TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.
35

DIRECTIONS
Propellers shall not be stripped but will be lightly oversprayed with lusterless black. Do not cover index

WORDING

.

mark on rear of blade, or serial numbers and data on front of blades. Yellow tip is 4-in. wide on front of blade only.

8
TOW

36

Front of nose gear strut. Protect during paint stripping. TOW, 1/2-in. letters, remainder 1/4-in. with arrows and stripes

I.
=

TURN LIMITS

REACHED WHEN BLACK LINES ALIGN
DO NOT EXCEED

~
=

CAUTION: DÒ NOT TOW WITH RUDDER LOCK INSTALLED

37

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Bottom of left and right center wing stub on access door. Yellow 1/2 in. letters, top

REMOVE FOR
ACCESS TO

ARC-51

of letters towards spar FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters
38

Bottom of left and right outboard engine nacelles. Black 1/2 in. letters

OIL COOLER DRAIN
(Left Wing)
A.C.

8
EXTERNAL
POWER

39

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Bottom of left and right outboard wing panels. Locate 1 in. forward of power receptacle door. Yellow 1/2 in. letters, top of letters
towards spar

(Right Wing)

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters
40
Bottom of right wing, outboard of engine nacelle and forward of spar. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of letters towards spar
SEE

EXTERNAL
POWER 24 VOLTS

OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR INVERTER OPERATION
NCAD"'* WPI-P2-L3-Date WP-MIL-C-8514 P-MIL-P-7962

41

Left side of fuselage under model designator (code No. 14) Black 1/4 in. letters

UContractor will insert their code.
AV0109015

L-MIL-L-19538

Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 9

of 9)

8
.

8.821

Change 2

88 8
STAI440~'21:f: ~:=
-STA 66.62

8

~::::: :;:~.~~
STA 7.26 .STA 8.87
1 1

~!~:::: ~ 7'
STA STA STA STA
.

STA 23.67

~

STA ~:18 STA~7.37 STA 48.62 28.75 45 12 54'06 73.87 STA 89.75 STA 98.75

If~ ~:~
STA63.00
STA 84.75 STA 95.68

9

I

N

CD

~

WL

100'-

c

-

~

CD N

m

<

-I ~
Cj')

St

.

010203

:J

:!:

Figure 8-32D. Station diøgram, U-21 and RU-21

I ~

.

8

8

8
.

TB 748-93-2

.

8

STA40

D

WHITE, SHADE NO. 17875
11136

RED 11,::::;::1 SHADE NO 'w:.::

-

BLACK, SHADE NO. 37038

8

STA 370

TOP VIEW

a

D

8
.

AV 010911

Figure 8-33. High uÏ8ibility paint acheme, arctic, desert and jungle pattern,

aV-l aircraft
Change 2

8-83

TB 746.93.2

.

8

STA 40

c:::J
ImTITIII
:

OL.IVE DRAB

(L.USTERL.ESSI

FL.UORESCENT RED ORANGE SHADE NO. 633
WHITE, SHADE NO. 378.75
BL.ACK, SHADE NO. 37038

..uD
-

STA 370

TOP VIEW

8
18" CENTERED

62

AV010910 Figure 8-33A. High lJisibility paint scheme,

aV-l

aircraft used for training

8
.

8-84

Change 2

/~

T8 748-93.2

.

8

~~1

~~-l

D
8
FIRST ROW OF RIVETS

D .

LUSTERLESS OLIVE DRAB

-

INTERNATIONAL ORANGE SHADE 12197. MIL.L.19637
I LUSTERLESS WHITE. SHADE 37876. MIL-L-19638

8
.

DIll
AV010808

Fiøure 8-38B.

8tundø1d cømoufløle point scheme, co"",ic:uil3' mørki"...

av.,

øJn:røft

a...

2

8-86

/

Q) . Q) Ø)

-I m
....

n
11

Ø) <Ø
w

..

=r

II)

N

ca CD

::I

12 13

N

30

28

32
Figure 8-34.

AV010912

Exterior markings, OV-1 (sheet

1

of 12)

.

8

8

8

.

,

.

TB

7_93.2

.

8

EXHAUST AREA DO NOT PAINT

I
SEE DETAIL E

SEE DETAIL E

EXHAUST AREA DO NOT PAINT

34
33
33

8

TOP VIEW

8
.

AV010913

Figure 8-34. Exterior marking" OV-l ("'eet 2

of 12)
Change 2

8-87

TB 7480.93.2

.

8

"

42
27
42

27

8
41

40
,

.

40

BOTTOM VIEW

AV010914

8
Figure 8-34. Exterior markin,s, OV-l (sheet 3

of 12)

8-88

Change 2

.

TB 74&8&2

.

DETAIL A

WS 53.375

8

49

27

OIL LUBRICATION HOLE (REF)

50

VIEW LOOKING AFT, LlPT MAIN LANDING GIAR

51

VIEW A

52'~
VIEW LOOKING INID, LEFT MAIN LANDING GIAR

8
11M.

11

27

1/4 IN.

..

45

51

52

FRONT VIEW
NOSE GEAR

8
.

OETAIL
LEFT SIDE VIEW NOSE GEAR
.

B

PipN 8-34.

4 B:tterior mariti",.. OV.J (8INet

of 12)

ChaIWt

2

...

TB 746.93.2
I 1/4 IN......1/4 IN. ARROW

61/2

X

.
HANDLE 1/4 IN.
.

-. .~ J.

1/4 IN. PUSH
1 X

PUll

8

1/4-IN. ARROW
3/16 IN.

3/8 IN.

lEFT SIDE VIEW

.

1

IN.

DETAil

C

UP
.

t
.

I
II

AFT FACE ""WINDSHIElD BOW

~. (
\..
HATCH
IN A

)1
JI\
\\

/

~
;

SECU-RE..:!,..1I4INo Tlf.'\11
..-,r
LETTERS

21/2 \\ \
\
"
\\

8

POSITION

LOCKED~3/16IN. LETTERS
DECAL.... RED LETTERS ON WHITE BACKGROUND

~i~~~FNG
ENGINES

-DETAIL
AV 012122
D

:

WL. 74.26

~

~'LO~
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD LEFT HAND SIDE SHOWN. RIGHT HAND SIDE OPPOSITE

8
of 12)

8.90

Change 2

Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OVal (sheet 5

.

TB 748.93.2

.
<æm

8

,

1l:~...

~

FINISH BOTH .' SlOES AND. BOTTOM SKIN IN THIS AREA

L- 8ìA
8ìA

:r
132

122

.

1t
t27
I
18

1

(APP::OXI\ 131/4"

LH'

T

7+'

1-17 -17 1/8(APPROXI

-I

'J=/4
'"
~ ~

1/8 (APPROX)

LOOKING DOWN LH NACE LLE SHOWN. RH OPPOSITE

EPOXY POLYAMIDE PRIMER MIL-P-23377. CAMOUFLAGE ACRYLIC BLACK LACQUER. MI L.L.81362 SHADE 37038

8

DETAIL

E

<.,

":i,
.'..:.

-""I/o"

"J,

;

~?_, ...

,',

",',"'"' f'-'f' J,;(("'~I"
.

;".,,',',',O ''''~,.'
i~
'

V

"

.

V';

d..

~,

COROGARD. 14 PRIMER

8
.

DETAIL
AV010921

F

6 Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, aV-1 (sheet of 12)

Change 2

8-91

T8 746-93-2
CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
Left and right side of center fin, 1/2 in. letters, 3 or 4 places (as required).

WORDING

.

CAUTION, USE NON-MAGNETIC
SCREWS

C?J

Tail fin. Radio call numbers are on the outboard side of outboard tail fms. Bottom of 8 in. numbers is 8 in. above bottom of tail fin.

(00000)

8

3

Left and right side of fuselage, 6 in. black letters 4 in. below door.
Flare pods if used, 1/4 in. letters, 2 places.

UNITED STATES ARMY
OPEN FAIRING FOR ACCESS TO REAR ATTACHMENT SCREWS

4

5

Located on flare pods (if used), 1/4 in. letters and arrow tip. (4 places)

<J:g~~:i~~N~IN
PHILLIPS 113 BLADE
.

6

Located on flare pods (if used), 1/4 in. black letters and arrow tip. (4 places)

POD ATTACHEMNT SCREW-USE 7-1/2 (MIN) PHILLIPS 13 BLADE

[>

7

A 2 in. black band encircling each nacelle in plane of rotation of engine turbine. Band is 8

in.

aft of nacelle antiglare area.

r@

Right side of fuselage, 1 in. letters, black circle and symbol as indicated.

GROUND (EARTH) 2 Inch Diameter

9

Outboard side of right nacelle. Inboard side of left nacelle. Letters 1/2 in. olive drab shade No. X34087, 2 places.
Right side of aircraft under louvered opening, above hydraulic test access door. Letters 1/2 in.

OIL FILLER INSIDE MIL-L-23699 ABOVE 320C MIL-L.7808 BELOW 320C

-.,
-

8

HERE

10

HEAT EXCHANGER EXHAUST KEEP CLEAR
Do Not
Paint This Area

<9
12

Both sides of fuselage. Letters are 1/2 in. and centered on station 63.50, WL 54.00

STATIC PORT

Dia

1/2 In. Wide, 7 In.

Both sides of fuselage, 1/4 in. letters. See Detail D

SECURE HATCH IN A LOCKED POSITION BEFORE STARTING ENGINES

13

Both sides of fuselage, 5/32 in. letters. See Detail D

HATCH HOLD OPEN SOCKET

AV 012123

Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OV-l (sheet 7 of 12)

8
.

8-92

Change 2

TB

'..2

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of fuselage, Exit release. (See detaü C) Each side of fuselage, left side shown.

WORDING

8

D (~ @

131N.

RESCUE
.

...t... 2 IN.

T

16
"

Antiglare area fwd of windshield on fuaelage. Upper half of each engine nacelle. Use MIL-L-19538 lusterless acrylic nitroceluer luloae I
-

G

Both sides of fuselage, 9 in. black equBateral triangle, letter size as shown.

EJECTION SEAT DANGER

"'-3/4 IN.

<:::~

8
18 Right side of forward fuselage 1/2 in. letters. (Two places) Cap is 1.5 or 3.0 gal, depending on configuration.

~~
FILL WITH WINDSHIELD WASHER WATER OR ALCOHOL TT-I.735 (ISOPROPYL), (METHYL) 0-M-232
-

CAP 1.5 GAL.

/19

Max tow warning arrow. On outboard side of each nose wheel door, I in. aft of leading edge of door. (See detail B)

20

Left and right side of fuselage. Fwd and aft of propeller warning stripe. Olive drab shade X34087
on black background.

,

DANGER*f' ~ 4IN.2

T

IN.

:DANGER"
-i4IN.
8

8
.

AV 012124 Figure 8.34.
E%terlor """''''''''''

OV.l (IIa..t

of 12)
Change 2

&93

18 746-93-2
CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
Propeller warning is located inside on both nose wheel doors.

WORDING

.
Red
on red stripes

I whiteon beckground Tla111 White
1 IN.

63/4

I r J,
A

8

I i ~

IN.

T .. I-B
E

J... 11/4IN.

Propeller warning is located outside on both nose wheel doors. Olive drab shade X34087 on black

3

IN.-I
0 p

background.

11/4IN.-I.: W~1IN.
A R E
.

22

A 3 in. black stripe encircling fuselage and down nose wheel doors. Black stripe starts at fuselage station 89.5 and extends 3 in. aft.

23

Outbd side of each nacelle fwd of push-in door. Letters are fwd of door with arrow pointing toward door.
access panels, outboard side each nacelle, and flare pods (if used). Letters will be 1/2 in. black 3 or 5 places.

EXTINGUISHER NOZZLE RECEPTACLE
PUNCH IN

.

,fj

Left aft equipment

of

8

Right Sidioffuselage top and letters.

ffuselage,I/2in.

MIL-T.S624 (JP-4)

26

Left and right side of fuselage on equipment access door 2 in. black letters.
Each tie down point on aircraft, 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places (See detail A and B)

BEWARE JET BLAST

f27\

V

TIE DOWN

28

Left side of fuselage, forward of wing leading edge. Top of letters will be in line with bottom of wing. First two lines are 1 in. letters with 1 in. spacing between lines. All other letters are 1/2 in. with 1/2 in. spacing between lines.

U.S. ARMY OV.l (A, B, C or D as required) U.S.A. SERIAL NO. 00000

SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH MIL-T-S624 GRADE JP-4 AVIATION FUEL. IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO TB 55-9150-200-25 FOR

EMERGENCY ACTION
29

Left side of fuselage on access panel, 1/2 in.
letters.

EMERGENCY BATTERY ACCESS

AV 012125
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OVal (sheet 9

of12)

8
.

8-94

Change 2

f8 748.93.2

.

CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
COMPASS MAG DET
WP-MIL-C-8S14 P-MIL-P-7962

8

()
31

Left side of center fin, 1/2 in. letters.
Aircraft fmish identification is 1 in. letters located on left side fuselage below aircraft identification.

L-MIL-L-19S37

/-,

(!j
(:))
"

Left side of fuselage below cockpit window, 1/2 in.
letters_:

OXYGEN FILLER-FILL WITH OXYGEN, MIL-O-27210, TYPE I, CHARGE TO 1800 P .S.I. PER BOTI'LE

Top trailing edge of wing control and flap surfaces, 1/2 in. letters. 12 places Top of each nacelle, forward of exhaust port. Top ofletters facing aft, 1/2 in. olive drab

NO PUSH
WARNING
-

/( 34\ \

\j
:1

NO STEP IN SHROUD OR SURROUNDING AREA

.

(2'

Top of wings, fuselage, nacelles and stabilizer. All places at side of black walkway stripe marked "NS" will have "NO STEP" applied in 1/2 in. letters, 34 required. Forward of nacelle on prop tanks, Replace

NO STEP
FILL WITH MIL-H-S606 ONLY

if

8

1/2 in. letters.
Top of fuselage. Top of letters facing forward, aft of warning stripe. Letter size is 1/2 in. olive drab except "WARNING" and "KEEP CLEAR" are
1 in.

,7!!J
'-

--

WARNING
PNEUMATIC EMERGENCY
CANOPY JETTISON
-

KEEP CLEAR

(2Þ

Locate on fuel access door, I in. letters

FUEL
HOIST POINT

@

Top of fuselage. Each side of fuselage on aft access door. Inside of nacelle

\~/ ,-,,' /3
-..
..

two

places bottom of fuselage, forward of relief tube drain, 1/2 in. black letters, 2 places

REUEF TUBE OUTLET
.

Area around and immediately aft of each relief tube drain will be painted with black, MIL-C-7439B, elastromeric material. The area will be 7 in. long, 1.-3/4 in. wide

~

t
2-3/4 IN.

7 IN.

/~

--IT

Bottom of fuselage and under side of each wing

JACK POINT

8
.

AV 012128
Figure 8-34. Exterior marking.. OV-1 (meet 10

of 12)
Change 2

8-96

TB 746-93-2
CODE
NO.

DIRECTIONS
Two places on nose gear linkage 3/8 in. letters, black on white background (See detail B).

WORDING

.

~mINB'~
TIRE PRESSURE
65 PSI
T

8

of nose gear oleo strut above shimmy damper casting, 1/2 in. yellow letters (See detail B)
Across front

On each side of nose gear strut. Vertical letters with arrow pointing forward toward towing eye. Arrow and 1/2 in. letters are yellow (See detail B)

0 W H E R
E
.

Q
(See detail A)
On actuator rod near top of both main landing gear struts. Black 3/16 in. letters on white background

OIL HERE

(/7
V
/

Two places on each main gear, one place on nose gear. Opposite NAS 516 Lub fittings, 1/4 in. letters (See detail A)
Paint side brace latch on the heavy outline (shaded area) with one coat of acrylic white and final finish ~ i #111, OV-1C aircraft. (See detail A, view A.)
On forward side of each main landing gear strut. Letters will be 1/2 in. yellow and vertical on each gear (See detail A)

FILL WITH
MIL-M-5606

ONLY

8
"'OV-1A, B, C -90PSI OV-1D -100PSI

c---

049

T I R E
P R E

S S
U R E

90 PSI'"
AV 012127
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings,

aV-l

(sheet 11

of 12)

8
.

8-96

Change 2

187.æ.2

.

CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
Each main gear, letters are 1/2 in. yellow. Arrows (See detail A) are yellow and markers are red

WORDING
JACK POINT ACCESS. DEPRESS SPRINGS BEHIND RED ARROWS

8

/~ v
SI

Paint wheell the same color as the fu8eIaøe (See detaD A and B)

S2

Tire slippage marks. (See detail A and B and Paragraph 7.27)
Corogard, Refer to paragraph 6-23, and see figure 8.34, detail F.

S3
"-:-

AV 012128
~

Figure 8-84. Bsærlor markl"l" OV-J (tIae.t 12

of 12)

8

"-

...

8
.
Change 2

8-97

TB 746-93-2

.

8
NOTE:

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

2" BLACK BORDER ONLY
NON SKID WALKWAY MATERIAL TYPE II

8

25.00

35.5"

TOP

VIEW. WALKWAY AREA

NOTE

WALKWAY MATERIAL TOP OF WING AND FLAP AS SHOWN. USING MIL-W.S044, TYPE I.
ARCTIC JUNGLE AIRCRAFT ONLY WILL HAVE TYPE II WALKWAY MATERIAL ON AFT WALKWAY AREA AND TYPE I ON FWD AREA.
DO NOT APPLY WALKWAY MATERIAL TO TOP OF NACELLE OR STABILIZER. AV010908

Figure 8-34A.

Walkway area, OV-l aircraft

8
.

8-98

Change 2

TB

7*93.2

.

8
~

DO
ANTENNA LOCATION & FINISH
I
-

FINISH CODE RAIN EROSION COATING MIL-c.7439 TYPE R. S-THE SAME FINISH AS THE AIRCRAFT B1 LUSTER BLACK SHADE 37038

~

~

(J!!1

R

".BI
1"-\

AU'
--4.

8
IR ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLED)
A

\-

\C

3/4"

VHF OR UHFNHF ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLED)
B

IFF ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLED)

S
R

UHF ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLED)
D

8
.

OV.1 B AI RCRAFT ON L Y SLAR ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLEDI RIGHT SIDE ONLY STENCIL TWO COATS OF GLOSS INSIGNIA WHITE PAINT 17876 (TYPE III- CAMOUFLAGE, TYPE IGLOSSI PER STD 596. PAINT SHALL CONFORM TO MIL-C-22750, TYPE III, DO NOT PRIME.
E

AV 010922

Figure 8-34B. Antenna marking., OV-l aircrøft

Change

2

8-99

TB 148-93.2

5

.

8

6

CODE'
NO.
1

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
' '

Stencil 1/2.in. letters

RACK ELECTRICAL HOISTING ACCESS'

,

,

2

Stencil 1/2-in. letters

RACK LATCHING SAFETY PIN ACCESS

.

3

Stencil 1/2-in. letters

RACK ELECTRICAL HOISTING ACCESS
.
,

8

4

Stencill/2-in. letters
I

RACK LATCHING SAFETY PIN

EJECTION ACCESS
5

Stencil 1/2-in. letters

TANK CONNECTION ACCESS, STOW CONNECTORS A])APTERS WHEN NOT IN USE
. ,

'.

6

Stencil 1/4.in. letters

.

ALIGN RED MARKS BEFORE PULLING PIN

AV010917
,"'igure 8.34C. Aero

65 bomb rack marking, OV.l aircraft

8
.

8-100

Change 2

TI

7........2

.

8

R'rft.8 I IU.ftlM12 _ðI..I&Nð

3. INSTALL LOADING HOOK 11IA82011IOI 4. LeING ."TA'LE HOI818 ITORE SO LUGS RACK UNTIL
&.

2.

I. COCK RACK RlLlAII. RAI. ALLIWAY 'RACE PAIII.

=~=~~~~DN
HOLI.

RA-

UNLOCKED

LOCKeD

MANUAL

INSERT SAFETY PIN III1AIIMD38IIN SAFITY

e. TIGHT&t.I MAY .RACI DlCALOMANIAI 7. RlMOVI HOIST At.ID LOADING HOOK

.. 'Æ0ffl::'~ MODIL PRI..R

_I

-OrSAFETY HOLE
I I

IN I..RGENCY

,~
RILIAII

.. R.MOVI SAPITY PIN PRIOR TO PLIGHT.

MAY 'RAClIN8T~~~l~~""'n
or

MAY 8IIAt:II BOLT8 161TURN8. PULL MAY 8IIAt:II OUT AND TURN 1800
TO VERTICAL UP POSITION. LOCATE POSITIONING PIN IN lLOT Pl8tMAY 'RACE IN ANDTIGHTIN INTlfllllAL WRENCHING SOLTI

ROCKET

RlCiPTACLI

IIMlMlNCY "TTI8ÒN~

8
AðeIU!T LOAð.NO .lðU.N~

I. ROTATE MAY SRACIS,VIRTICALLY "UP" POImON PIR INBTRUCTIOII8IDECAL.
DOMANIA.I 2. PLACE ROCKET CONTACTS IN "UP" POSITION 3. IllMOW EMIR JETTlIION CLIPI1lA-2-32I. LAUNCHER. .. INITALL ROCKET TO ROCKET &. LOIIIIIR .PPROPIATE CONTACT. .. PWQ ROCKET FIRING PIGTAIL INTO ROCKET RICE~ACLE.

AY.RAClINIT'!.UCTIONI
flllAY BRACE BOLT ell TlJRNI PULL Y BRACE OUT AND TlJRN 180 TO VERTICAL UP POIITION LOCATE POSITIONING 'IN IN SLOT PI8t Y BRACE IN AND TIGHTEN INTIRNAL WfIINCHING BOLTS.
.

('"

ROCKET

ReCEPTACLE

AlllllNGI 'TAIL

IEMIAGENCY.ETT18ON

t

8
.

,
0

AV010818 Figure 8-84D.

Aero 16 bomb rock marldll'" OV-I øircraft.

Change

2

8-101

ço
STA

0 N

...a

STA
STA 160.5
STA
STA 141.6

-I
STA 166.5
STA 153.9
w

180171.1133STA 130.1 STA 118.9

011

..... ~

0-

150.5STA 141.5
ST A 40.8 STA 70.6

.:0

STA STA 126
STA 146
STA 102

Ñ.
CENTER FIN WL

CENTER RUDDER WL
STA 186.3

STA232 STA291
STA 382
STA 411

STA262
STA320
STA 357

STA 442

STA 12.8

STA51
STA 158.6
I

STAI122 I

397 STA(48 STA/306 STAI366/ STA, I ST~426ISTA~58.4 STA(3 STA/277

I

STA 0.0

ST A-36

I
STA 222

I
STA 255 STA 284

STA 463

OY-IB ONLY
STA 313 STA 204.]

STA 343

STA 374

STA 404

STA 434

STA 486.6

STA 240
STA 270 STA 299

STA 328

STA 358

STA 389.6

STA 418

STA 452

STA 82 STA

II J.5
FUSELAGE
STA 171 STA 136

STA 144.5

ST A-3.5 STA 38
STA 97.5

STA 60

STA lOB
STA 47.9
.

STA 42.6 STA 52 STA 81

STA

III

I
-STA
73.5

STA 122

STA

741
I

STA 93

I

-STA 63.3 -STA
53

OUTBOARD FIN

-STA 33.5

-STA43
NACELLE

-STA 24.2 -STA 19.5
STA 9.25

000988

-STA
0.0

OUTBOARD RUDDER

Figure 8-35. Stations diagram,

OV-l (sheet 1 of 3)

~

8

8

.

8..

.,
..

8

8
STABILIZER
ELEVATOR

8

NOTE:

MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT: 48 FT W X 43 FT LG X 13 FT H

STA 74

STA 63
STA 52 STA 40.7

STA 73.4 STA 65.7
STA 57.3 STA 49 STA 40.3

STA 30
STA 19
STA 8

~STA29.6
~

STA27.8 STA 18
STA 7.4

~

STA 0.0

STA 18.3 57.5 STA 39.7

STA 8.7 STA 28.4

STA66-

-STA
STA 75

STA 62.3

STA 50.9

FLAP
STA 73.6 STA 84.9

-STA
STA

124.5

STA 95.6

101.3

140-

STA 152

STA

113.6STA STA

-STA I_STAI02.3
-

STA

STA 122.8

164-

133.6146.7STA 0.0
-

INBD AILERON
143.5

STA

189-

~STA

-STA

164.7

WING

STA217OUTBD AILERON

STA245-

GO

ST A 253.6 ST A 67.1
W.S. 253.6

I

S

...

000989

FWuTe 8-35.

Stations ditJgrøm,

OV-l (sheet Z 013)

WING STATION OV-18 EXTENDED WINGS

STA 281.812

.

STA 269

8

STA 257

STA 244.375

STA 231

STA 217

STA 203

8

STA 189

STA 176

STA 164

STA 152
..

STA 140

8
000990

8-104

Figure 8-35.

StJJtions dtagnlm,

OV-l (sheet 3 of 3)

.

8..
....

'.

8

8

8

STA 28.00

STA 100.00
STA 156

WL 83.00

LEFT SIDE
WL 0.00

VIEW

MOTES
1.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS.

.2. THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES OF V.I.P., JUNGLE, ARTIC, AND DESERT CONFIGURATIONS WILL BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:

~A. STARTING AT

THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER.

B. PAINT THE SECOND 1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH YELLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE MO. 13538.

C. PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER.
D. PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE

BOTTOM VIEW
LENGTH WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK.
E. PAINT THE LAST 1/6TH (HUB END)YELLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE MO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE DOUBLER AREA.

-

TOP VIEW

3. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES A REBALANCING

.

OF ROTOR BLADES.

I

-

Ii

000991

FlgrmlII-aB.

An:tic tIfIIl jIøtgIe eørvIc:ø tI1IJl hI/lh tUfbUUy m4.tIbVs.0ll-6

.

8

8

,

000993

8
Figure 8-37.

8-106

Exterior markings, OH-6 (sheet

1

of 4)

.

.

8
9
PAl NT GLOSS WHITE SHADE 17875

NO.

31N.
10.35 IN

8
10

PAINT GLOSS
RED SHADE

NO.

11136 3

IN.

7

FEATHER

PAINT TO

SMOOTH CONTOUR

Figure 8-37.
to

E%terlor marleUlgs,

08-6 (sheet Z of 4)

..

8
.
8-107

CODE
NO.
1

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

Left side fuselage below cockpit entrance

,

u.s. ARMY OH-6 U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(Insert Serial 'No.)

.

2

Right side fuselage above oil filler cap
Right side fuselage at grounding receptacle

OIL MIL-L-23699
GROUND HERE
(Radio Call Number)

8

3
4

Left and right side of fairing. Centrally located ~in. letters
Right side of fU$elage below fuel filler cap

5

FUEL MIL-T-5624 JP-4
STATIC PORT
NO PUSH HERE

6
7

Aft end of fairing by static port
On lower vertical stabilizer Both sides

8

Left and right side of tail
both cargo doors

boom and aft

of

PUSH HERE
NO PUSH

9
10

Top and bottom of horizontal s,tabilizer

Left and right side of tail boom 1-1/2 12 in. lusterless red arrow. I-in lusterless black letters
Arrow poin ts aft

x

l-+.I~
12 in.

t

3 in.
.

11

Left and right side of fuselage. Lusterless turbin
wheel warning line 1 in. wide
x

12 in. long

8

12

Left and right side of tail boom. First letter on left side starts at end of fairing. Last letter on
right side ends at fairing. 6-in. letters

UNITED STATES ARMY

~.
INSIDE

13

Left and right side and top and bottom of fuselage.
IS-in. dia basic blue circle on left, right, and top of fuselage. 20-in dia basic blue circle on bottom of fuselage centered at sta 112.00

(National Star Insignia)

14
15

Left side of fuselage below cockpit door
I

I

BATTERY LOCATED

On both sides of fuselage above navigation lights
..

NO STEP
"

16

Arrow indicating direction to turn each door handle. Arrow lusterless black (4 places)

ÆOÞ~.v
'

,0
21n

CLOSED

8
.

P'tgure 8-3'1.

Exterior marlrings. OH-6 (sheet

3

of 4)

8-108

CODE

.

NO.
17

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

8

FQR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY (Not Shown) The top surface of the oucboerd eipceen incHa of each rotor blaele tip will be painceellusterless white.
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY The top a.face of the eliagonal atabilizer anel bolla aide a of the vertical stabilizer .ill be ~iDteei inceraational orange.
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY (Not shown) Authorizeel placement of uait i.ailnia ia on either or both sides of en,iae cowl.

18

19

FfguTe

'-37.

EØn10r IllØJtrbIp. OR.' ("'" 4 of 4)

8

,.

8
.
8-108

~
~ ~
g
!,;j
...I ~

.

8

~

'" z
0

~

~

i=
<

I'" -I < I-

J
I
&Ii

~
N

g

0

iX
:I:

~s....

~:':j
"'<...I

-

!
~CI
S:u.... ~ '" ...I
....

8

<~-

:3

~ ~
'"

(
:3 0
...I

~

..

t
2

I

I

I

I

~

I,'

I

I

I

~

I'

I

I

I

~

I'

-' I I

~

I'

I

I

"I
0

8
I

SNOll V lS lV:>IHI3A

8-110
(Pages 8-111 through 8-128 deleted by C 2) ( Next printed page is 8-129)

.

'')
TB ~48-:u.2-'

All data on pages 8-111 through 8.128, including figures 8-39 through 8-46 deleted.

.-

,

I

.

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS
1.

HELICOPTER WILL BE COMPLETELY PAINTED WHITE
HIGH VISIBILITY COATINGS WILL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. COAT THE CABIN AREA WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND APPLY NECESSARY MARKINGS OVER THIS PAINT WITHOUT A BOUNDARY
B. COAT THE ENTIRE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER WHEN PRESENT

2.

8

C. COAT THE ENTIRE VERTICAL STABILIZER WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT. APPLY NECESSARY MARKINGS OVER THIS PAINT WITHOUT APPLYING BOUNDARY LIMITS AROUND TI-\E LETTERS AND NUMERALS
D. THE TAIL ROTOR DRIVE EXTENSION TUBE AND ROTOR GUARD WILL BE COATED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT
3. DO NOT APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO DOOR, FRAME, LANDING SKIDS, OPERATING MECHANISM, LIQUID LINES, AIR SCOOPS, FUEL TANK, OR BRACKETS
4.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS

5.
~

THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE PAINTED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AS FOLLOWS:
A.

STARTING AT THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 38 INCHES WHITE.
.

.

B.

PAINT THE SECOND 38 INCHES OF THE BLADE YELLOW ORANGE~ COLOR S~ADE NO. 13538.

C. PAINT THE THIRD 38 INCHES OF THE BLADE WHITE.
D. PAINT THE

-'

.

NEXT S21NCHES BLACK.

E. PAINT THE LAST 38 INCHES (HUB END) VtLLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE NO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CL.OSER THAN 1/4 INCH

TO THE

DOUBLER AREA.

8

6. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF ROTOR BLADES.

('

8
.

001016

LEFT SIDE

VIEW

Figure 8-47. High lJisibility marking, arctic and ju",le service OH-13

I
8-129

Change 2

qo

...t

...

.

~

''-'

I
N

9

i

at

N

LEFT SIDE

VIEW

SEE DETAIL A

~o~(Q)(õ)

1r-1IN. SPACE

6 IN.
1 IN.

f~[R<[M]Y(
4IN.--L--I6IN.-1--I-1 ~1IN. STROKE
CAMOUFLAGE

CAMOUFLAGE

.

3 IN.

7-112E [M] Y( ~ [R<

Us
IN.

NON-CAMOUFLAGE

NON-CAMOUFLAGE
B

001017

DEI AIL

A

DEI AIL
Figure 8-48. Marking, OH-13 (sheet
1

of 2)

.

.
...

8

8

-

.

TB 74M3~2
.

.

Z

'NIO'I:

S-+-'NIS'I

8

þ ~
u

ê:ì 1;CI1

...

C

Jj

8

Þa

118

QDJ]

ß~
~
[QJ: QDJ]

~
II) ... :i:

II

0

,~

1
;j
aci

~(g ~
~[gJ
8
.

.,.
GO

~

!-'NIO'I-I

QDJ]~

~
~
12

8

Change 2

i

&131

C/O

....

-I m
.....

W N

.þ.

Ø)

cD
w

n

N

~

I>>

;:,

a:a

CD

N

TOP VIEW

LEFT SIDE VIEW

001019

Figure 8-49. Exterior marking, OH-13 (shee.t 1

of 5)

.

8

8

.

.

8
8
8
.

TOP VIEW

9

!

.. N
-I CD
LEfT SIDE VIEW

qo

~
~
Figure 8-49. E%terior marking, OH-13 (sheet 2

~

...

of 5)

~~

N

-TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

WORDING

.

1

Left and right side of cabin panels, aft of cabin doors. Bottom of letters are positioned horizontal ly 1-5/8 in. above bottom horizontal row of screws Letters to be 7-1/2 x 5 in. Right side reverse lettering
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

A~MY

8

Left and right side

o.f
x

doors. letters to be 6 lettering.

cabin panels, aft of cabin 4 in. Right side reverse
-

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY
2

National star insignia located centrally on the bottom of the cabin, the top of the star facing fwd Dia of basic blue circle is 20 in. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY

(National Star InSignia)
.
-

3

1. Duel tank installed: National star insignia centered on top of each fuel tank. Top of star to face inbd. Dia of basic blue circle is 10-1/2 i n. 2. Single tank installed: National star insignia centered on top of fuel tank. Top of star to fa ce fwd. Dia of basic blue circle is 13 in.

(National Star Insignia)

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
4

National star insignia located on left and right side of vertical fin. Dia of basic blue circle is 9-1/2 in.

(National Star Insignia)

8
.

5

Left side of helicopter, aft of cabin, 1/2-in. yellow lettering Left and right side of fuselage. 1/4-in. letters
on red or white background

EXT. POWER 28 VOLTS D.C.
COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS INST ALL WINTER COWL BELOW
200F O.A.T.

6

REMOVE COWL ABOVE 400F
7

Left side of fuselage, above word ARMY. Serial number to extend under window area, I-in. letters

U.S. ARMY OH-13H

U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial number)

.

8

I.

Fuel tanks. Letters to be 1/2 in. yellow. Dual tanks installed: Outbd side of left and right fuel tank below seam on lower side of tank firewall

FUEL
MIL-G-5572 GRADE 115/145 WITH TCP

2. Single tank installed: Left side of fuel tank
9
001021

Top of left and right fuel tank on rear section of each fuel tank. 3/4-in. letters

NO STEP

8
.

.

3 Figure 8-49. Exterior marking OH-13 (sheet

of 6)

.

8-134

Change 2

-

TB

7.-...2

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
FOR MOM.CAMOUFLAGE

WORDING

HEll COPTER

8

10

Lefr aad righr side of cabin,

003-112 io. dia circular black backsround FOR CAMOUFLAGEHELICOP TER
Delere black background and us e lusterless black for leereriog

II 2

in. whire leerers

II
12

Le& and riShr side of rail roror guard
Le& aad righr side of rail roror suard jusr below
fork

NO PUSH
PUSH JACK HERE

-

13

Lefr aad riShr side of cabin, afr of froor landing gear cross-rube and lefr and rig h t side 00 tUbe &ame, ar sra 155
RiSbr side of oil rank, 1/2-in. 1usrerle.. black
leerers

.

I"

OIL
MlL-L-22851 ABOVE + 30 DEG F TYPE II BELOW + 30 DEG F TYPE III

15

Lefr side of helicoprer, lower r ubes of centerframe area of eosioe comparrmenr, rw 0 place. 00 tubes berweeo rbree level lugs
Fwd side of froor landing gear 1eg. 6 in. up from skid. Lefr aad righr leg
Walkway marerial 00 upper half of landinS sear cross-rubes aod rop of landing s kid fwd of Eronr les as follows:

LEVEL HERE

16

TOW

8

17

I.
2.

Io-in loog scrip, beginning 4-in. ourbd of cabin
19-in. loog scrip, srarring ar fuse lase frame
a r

3. I"-in. loog scrip beginning
.

front landing gear
.

les" 18

Cencrally locared 00 applied wa lkway material I-in. whire leerers. Top of leerers ro face a& on crossrubes and face inbd on landing skids

STEP

19
.

Fwd and afr side of landingJear crossorube, parallel wirh sround line, I -i n. lusrerless black leerers

MOOR

20
..

Le& aod rishr side of rail roror mount. tube, 1/2-io. leerers
Fwd porrioo of landins gear ski ds ro be painred anûslare, lusrerless black, sh ade No. 37038
Top side of lowesr arc of rail r oror guard
On small meral angle below fue I sbur-off knob, lefr fwd side of sear near colle crive pirch lever, painr plare red. 1/ 4-in. whire Ie erers wirb whire arrow. Top of leerers and arrow should face afr

NO PUSH OR PULL

21

22

NO STEP

8
.

23

FUEL

I

ON.
08-13
(eheet 4

001022

Figure 8-49. E:tterior mørlli"..

of 6)

.

Ch8ngI2

8-'36

18 746-93-2
CODE NO.
24

DIRECTIONS
Trailing edg~ of left and right stabilizer, top and
bottom surfaces, top of letters facing fwd

WORDING

.

NO PUSH NO PUSH

25

Outbd face of stabilizer, tip of left and right

stabilizer
26

8
-

Left and right antenna mounting tub~s, I/27in.
letters on fwd and aft side of tube
On inside of cabin door glass, fwd side of door (USE at emergency release. Left and right door Decal 47-796-212-1 and -2). Words EMERGENCY and EXIT are I-in. yellow letters. TURN AND PUSH are 1/2-in. yellow letters
-

NO PUSH

NO PULL

27

EMERGENCY

EXIT
TURN AND PUSH

28

On inside of cabin doors at operating handle. Aft

EXIT RELEASE

side of door above handle. (USE DecaI61-790-I39-1 and -2) I-in. yellow letters
29

Left and right side of vertical fin. I-in. black letters
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

DANGER

KEEP AWAY
30

Left and right side of vertical fin. 1arrow, parallel to ground line.
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

x

12-in. red

Refer to Chapter 7, Section VII FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY
31

Aft end of vertical fin (area approx 15 in. from aft end) to be painted yellow
On fwd end of vertical fin, both sides, use yellow radio call numbers on olive drab

-.
(Radio Call Numbers)

8

32

001023

.

Figure 8-49. Exterior marking, OH-13 (sheet 5

of 5)

8
.
8-136
Change 2

TB 741-13-2

.

~

8
ST A 8.75 ST A 85.00 STA 87.00

STA 155.00
STA ]21.99

ST A 298. 167

ST A 373.75
ST A 336.753

STA 0

NOTE:
001024

MINIMUM AREAS'REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER: 42 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH BLADES 32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES

Figure 8.60. Stations diagram, OH-13

.

8

,.,

8
.
Change 2

8-137

qo .... w

DETAIL

A

a8

co

-I ~.
C8

n

*
STA 120.54
SEE DETAIL A

N

.

:r
STA 130.00

:::I

~

'I

....

~

15

~

33

@
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

010241

Figure 8-51. Exterior markings, OH-58A (sheet 1

of 11)

..

8

8

8

.

TI

746-9..2

.
::J

8

~

.

~

-... ...
OIl

j.
.
.....

!
0

:I

8

f
J
~
..;

i

8
.
Change

I
... 0

~

8-139

.

TB 746.93.2

.

8
i:t

@

.....

.... ....

.... <:)
CO)

....
QI

J!
~
...:

co

:i: c
N

It)

CD 0
C\Ì N

~
.S 1:
~

8
.

...

E

.~
üõ

..

~

~
...j

It)

cO

~

~

i:t

8
Gii
N

0

Õ

8.140

Change 1

.

T8 746.93.2

.

8

<\~
"

J

,.

8

..

8
.

010282
4 Figure 8-61. Ezterior mørkinga, OH-68A (.heet

of 11)
Change 1

i

8-141

,

TI

746-93-2

CODE NO.
1
I

DIRECTIONS
Right side, aft of engine compartment on aft fairing. S/8-in. lusterless black letters
,

WORDING

,

ENGINE OIL jABOVE 2Sop MIL-L-23699 BELOW 2Sop MIL-L- 7808

.

2

Right side, aft of engine compartment on aft fairing. S/8-in. lusterless black letters on transparent background

ENGINE OIL PILLE R
CAP ACCESS

8

3

Right side, aft of filler cap. Lusterless black symbol for grounding receptacle

.L
-

4

Paint a 2-1/2 in. radius lusterless black ring around ground jack plug. Right side of helicopter, aft of ftller cap

0
G R 0 U N D H E R E

S

Right side aft of ground point. S/8.in. lusterless black letters

8

6

Below forward edge of engine cowl side panel, right side. S/8.in. lusterless black letters
Paint fuel filler cap and a l.in. wide ring around filler càp using lusterless black. l.in. ring to be 2-in. from cap center

CABIN ROOP DRAI N

7
"

8

Right side below right air intake screen. S/8-in. lusterless black letters
6-in. black letters each side of forward fairing. Width 4-in. distance between characters I-in. 2-1/2-in. above roof skin and 3.in. forward of mast centerline (serial number)

TRANSMISSION 01 L

LEVEL ACCESS

.

9

'.

XXXXXX
,OPEN

"

'10

On inside of passenger doors both doors S/8.in. orange-yellow letters

11

On inside of passenger doors both doors. S/8.in. orange.yellow letters On inside of crew doors both doors. S/8-in. orange-yellow letters

,

CLOSED

12
"

OPEN

8
.

'.

010283

Figure 8-61. Exterior markings. OH-58A (sheet 6 of 11 )

8.142

Change 1

.

...

.

.

If.

746-93-2

.

CODE NO.
13

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

Oninaide of crew.doors both doors..S/8-in.
orange-yellow letters

CLOSED

8

14

Above static ports, both sides of fuselage. 3/8-in. lusterless black letters

DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES

IS

Left and right aide of helicopter. A SIB-in. wide lusted ess black band with a 2-5/8 in. outside
dia.

"
STATIC PORT

~

16
..

'-J
.

Below static pon, both sides. 3/8-in. lusterleu
black I etters

17

Fwd of sta SS.16 on lower side of helicopter, both "des lu stedesa black

JACK POINT

J'.
18

Fwd 0 f sta SS.l6 near jack point. Both aides. Lustedess black

MOOR

8
19

.^

Fwd and aft doon, both sides, above door handles. 1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

EXIT RELEASE

i.

20

Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles.
1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

TURN

21

Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles. 1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

PULL

22
.

Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles.
Lusterl ess black

~
STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED FOR FUGHT

...

23

On back of panel, right side of aircraft, above fuel filler. S/8-in. orange-yellow letters

8
.

010284

6 Figure 8-61. B:derior "'Grid,.,., OH-68A (.heet

of 11)
Change 1

8-143

18

746.93.2

CODE NO.
24

DIRECTIONS
On right side of aircraft, below fuel filler cap. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters

WORDING
CAP. 73 U. S. GAL USE MIL-J-5624

.

GRADE JP-4 or JP-5

If not available refer to TB 55-9150-200-25 for alternate fuel
25

8

On right side of aircraft, below fuel filler cap.
1/4-in. lusterless black letters

,

BY VOLUME
26

FOR OPERATING TEMPERATURES BELOW 400F OAT., FUEL USED MUST CONTAIN PFA-55MB ADDITIVE. CONCENTRATION TO BE .06% .15%
-

On right side of aircraft, below and aft øf fuel fIller cap. Lusterless black standard NATO symbol for refueling

.;:

+
NATO CODE NO. MAX FilliNG PRESSURE

----~PS'-_-_Kg/Cm2
27
Right side of aircraft, aft and below fuel fIller, above external power receptacle. 5/8-in.
lusterless black letters

BATTERY VENT

28

Right side of aircraft on external power door, above aft cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters on transparent background

EXTERNAL POWER

29

Aft of external power

receptacle. Lusterless black

E
STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED GROUND RUN AND FLIGHT
NO PUSH

8

30

Located on inside and outside of tail bOOITl inspection plate. 5/8-in. lusterless black
letters

31

On both sides of helicopter forward of tail boom on intermediate section. 5/8-in. lusterless
black letters

32

Both sides of tail boom centerline. 19-in. aft of stabilizer. Arrow to be lusterless red and letters to be black

I
NO PUSH

DANGER.

>
8
.

"

33

Both sides of tail rotor gearbox fairing. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters

010286

Figure 8-51. Exterior markings, OH-58A (sheet 7 of 11)
.

8-144

Change 1

T8

746~93.2

.

CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
Gloss yellow band 1.in. wide around periphery of escape exits at WL 36.0 and above. Forward and aft on door frame, both sides.

WORDING

34

8
3S

Install on inside door post in two places both sides of helicopter. 1-3/8 in. orange-yellow letters

EMERGENCY RELEASE

36
"":

Below jettison handles, both sid~s. Inside on door post. I-in. letters -"',

PULL

37

Below jettison handles, both sides. On inside door post. Orange-yellow arrow pointing aft

...
OIL TANK DRAIN
ACCESS

38

Jettison handles inside of helicopter, both sides, to be painted orange-yellow

39

Left side of helicopter, aft of air louvers, on aft fairing. S/8-in. black letters

8

40

Aft end of aft fairing, both
lusterless black letters

sides.

S/8-in.

CAUTION
DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING TAIL BOOM

41

0.30-in. diameter red dot on one end of tail rotor yoke, corresponding end of crosshead, and corresponding pitch link assembly

8
-I'
1- O.30-IN.

42

.

O.30-in. diameter white dot on one end of tail rotor yoke, corresponding end of crosshead and corresponding pitch link assembly

~

J
43 Left side of vertical fin, adjacent to tail rotor
gear box. S/8-in. lusterless black letters, O.38-in. space between lines

0
-

L O.30-IN.

SERVICE GEAR BOX MIL-L-23699 ABOVE 2SoF MIL-L-7808 BELOW -2SoF

8
.

;.,0

1 0286

Figure 8-61. Exterior morkil8ll" OH-68A (Meet 8

of 11)
Change 1

8-145

TB 746.93.2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of tail boom, 4.iJi. forward of stabilizer.Letters centered on center line of tail boom. 6.in. high black letters 4.in. wide except M which is 6.in. wide. Stroke and distance between letters I.in. Distance between words 4.in.

WORDING

.

44

UNITED STATES A RMY

8
BATTERY ACCESS
STEP
,

45

Left side of helicopter, upper aft corner of avionics compartment door. S!8-in. lusterless black letters
Left side of aircraft on small door in avionics
compartment door. S!8-in. lusterless black

46

47
.

are 1!2-in. letters

Left side of aircraft, aft of passenger door. First three lines are I.in. letters. Remainder

U.S. ARMY OH.S8A

U.S.A. SERIAL NO. ( Insert serial no.)
Service this aircraft

with MIL-F-5624 Grade IP.4 aviation fuel.

48

Left side of aircraft, lower fuselage, forward of antenna. 1/2-in. letters

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO TBSS.9IS0.200-2S FOR ALTERNATE FUEL
EMERGENCY EXIT

.

..
'

49

Center of crew and passenger doors, inside, on both sides. I-in. orange-yellow letters on transparent background
Inside of helicopter on passenger door post, below upper hinge. Orange-yellow arrow pointing forward,

SO

8
PUSH

51

Inside of helicopter on passenger door post, below upper hinge..Both sides S!8.in. orange.yellow
letters

52

of helicopter on passenger door post, below upper hinge. Both sides. Top of decal facing for. ward. 1-3!8.in- orange-yellow letters
Inside

EMERGENCY RELE ASE

53
.

less black arrow pointing down at

Lower left and right side, below crew doors. Luster. jack point.

Both sides, below crew doors, fwd of jack point. S!8-in. lusterless black letters

S4

MOOR

8
of 11)

010287

Figure 8.51. Exteritlr markings, OH-6BA (sheet 9

8.146

Change 1
,

.

-

TB 746.93.2

.

CODE NO.
55

DIRECTIONS
Both lidea. below crew doors. above jack. point. SI8.in. lusterless black letters
On outside surface of left and right antenna. To be read from, fwd side of antenna. SI8.in. oran.,. yellow letters
Center and lower ftat areas of left and right antenna. To be read from fwd side of helicopter. SI8.in. orange.yellow letters Center and lower outboard surface of left and right antenna. To be read from fwd side of helicopter. SI8-in. orange-yellow letters

WORDING

JACK POINT

8

56

NO HAND HOlD

57

NO STEP

58
..,
-

NO PUSH

...

59

Top side of left and right langing skid above tow ring

0
TOW

.

60

Top side of left and right landing skid above
tow ring. SI8.in. lusterless black letters

8

61

Upper and lower surface of main rotor grip and attachins linkage for each grip. Red l/2-in. dot.

J
62
Upper and lower surface of main rotor grip and attac:hing linkage for each grip. White 1/2-in. dot
~

8

L

1/2-1N.

JO
-l/2-1N.
NO PUSH
(IIIaHt 10

~

63

.

Leadina and trailing oUtboard edge of stabilizer. both sides. SI8-in. lusterless black letters

64

8
010288

APPly black. walkway coating per MIL-D.23003. Do th
sides, between skin splices at approximate sta

88.27 to 122.0
Ffgure 8-61.

Edmor mri ingø, OH-68A

of 11)
Ch8111
1

.

8-147

TB 746-93.2
CODE

NO.
65

DIRECTIONS
Underside of helicopter. Along fuselage centerline, aft of jack point. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters

WORDING JACK POINT

.

66

Underside of helicopter. Right of fuselage centerline, left of jack point. Lusterless black

8
JIl
ENGINE OIL TANK

67

Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage centerline, fwd of jack point. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters Underside of helicopter. Right side, aft of aft cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters Underside of helicopter. Right side, aft of aft cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless bla~k letters Underside of helicopter. Right side of fuselage centerline, between cross tubes. S18-in lusterless black letters

DRAIN
'J"

i

68

ENGINE DECK DRAIN
I>

69

FUEL CELL VENT

I
70
I I

PUMP SEAL DRAIN

71

I

Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage centerline, between cross tubes, 5/8-in. lusterless black letters
Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage centerline and jack point. Lusterless black

FUEL TANK SUMP DRAIN

72

,

8

173
Underside of helicopter. Fwd of jack point along centerline of fuselage. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters

MOOR

74

,Paint outbd one-sixth of upper surface of each blade with lusterless white paint. Do not paint blade cap
Entire top surface of horizontal stabilizer painted international orange

.

75

..

76
77

Approved unit insignia

Immediately above fuel filler cap in 1/2-in.
orange-yellow letters
.

AVOID CONTACT WITH INTERNAL FUEL LINES DURING SERVICING
of 11)

010289

Figure 8-61. Exterior markings, OH-68A (sheet 11

8
.

All data on pages 8-149 through 8-159, including figures 8-52 through 8-57 deleted.

8-148

Change 1

.

8

.,.

.~

8

.

.,.

8
.

TB 746.93.2
.

i

I

~

.

8

HIGH VISIBiliTY MARKINGS
ENTIRE AIRFRAME TO BE PAINTED WHITS 2. APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS TO HELICOPTER IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER: A. THE FWD PART OF THE HELICOPTER STARTING AT FUSELAGE STA 85.0 FWD UNDER THE WINDSHIELD. DO NOT PAINT WINDOW OR DOOR FRAMES. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL TRAVEL UPWARD, AROUND AND AFT OF CABIN TO THE CENTER HORIZONTAL DOOR FRAME. DO NOT MAINTAIN A JoiN. BORDER AROUND STARS B. THE TAIL BOOM AND HORIZONTAL STABILIZER STARTING AT THE YELLOW BAND AROUND THE TAIL ROTOR WARNING PLACARD C. A 6.IN. BAND STARTING AT THE FWD SIDE OF THE YELLOW TAIL ROTOR WARNING BAND. MAINTAIN, IF NECESSARY, A 3-IN. BORDER AT RADIO CALL NUMBERS ON LEFT SIDE AND U.S. ARMY ON RIGHT SIDE 3. DO NOT PAINT DRIVE MECHANISM, LANDING SKIDS OR FIRE WALLS 4. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS
1.
.

"

~

5, THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:

8

THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER. B, .PAI-'~T THE ~ECo.ND 1/6TJ-I OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH YELLOW ORANGE, COLOR SHADE NO. 13538.. C, PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER, D, PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK,

A, STARTING AT

E.PAI~TTHJ; LA$T1/6TH (HUB END)YELLOW ORANGE, COLOR.

$HADI; N.O. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE DOUBLER AREA,

6, CQMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF ROTOR BLADES,
.:..

:..,'

~ ,'"

8
Figure 8-58. Arctic and jungle serlJice and high lJisibility markings, OH-23B

.

8-160

T8746-93-2

.

8
.
,..

IU

>

IU II:>>
lit
l'.

... ... IU ...
íñ'
'ê)'
....

I

8

; ~

i
I

j
Q)

It) I
CIO

~

!

<<

8
.
8
8

8-161

.

8

001049

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8-59.

Exterior markings, OH-Z3B (sheet Z of 5)

8

8
.
8-162

.

8

.,.

~

it;'

~
0,

I
\ò,;..

.
1&01

~ ~
It,)

0

>

8

CI-

0 ...

i
i
10-

i
m
I

II

~

!
~

.

Ñ

8
.

~
g

8-163

00 I

STA 60.04

-

CÐ CÐ
STA 44.04
1.

NOTE:
DIFFERENT REFERENCE POINTS ARE USED FOR THE BASIC BODY. TAIL BOOM AND MAIN
ROTOR ASSEMBLY. ANY STATION MAY BE DETERMINED BY MEASUREMENT FROM KNOWN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM

STA

15.25BLADE IN TRUE VIEW

2. AREA REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER 42 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH ROTOR BLADES 32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES

CQNTROL ROTOR STA 0

STA3.ooI

BLADE STA
0
M N

:!?

",,,, '" ....", ":
'"
"'!

""
N

I
I
I

""
M

0

:::
M

I
~~
:;;

.0

M

'"
ci
~
:;;
-<i

";
~
V)

'" "'!
.0 ~ 0<(

.... ~

0

'"

"' ....
~
<(

0

ci
N

<(
<(

'"
<(
V)

'"
0<(

V) V) V)

I-

<(<( <( 0-1- IV)

IV) I'"

"" <(

I'"
'"

<( 0<(
<(

IV) IV)
0-

<(

V)

IV)

'"

<( 0-

L.5

DEG

-STA

33.0

-STA

13.18

-STA 6.75
OTAIL
ROTOR STA

WL 0
N

0

<(

0 0 0

IV)
-<i
~

'" ....
Ñ

'"
0

>c
<(

'" .,;
<( <(

0

<(
V)

NM
'"

00
::j
,..;

'" 11)0

<(<(

~
0V)

BOOM STA 0

001053

<tI

IV) llV) lV)

0-1'" V)

Figure 8-60.

Stations diagram, OH-23B

.

8

8

8

.

.

8

íi;'
!

~
""t

.
!I! >

I
to)

... Q
-

~
0

lit

~

I... ~

f
i

8

i
;

l-

~

&
~

8
i
8

.

8-167

CODE NO.
1

DIRECTIONS FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY (Not Shown)

WORDING

.

Left and right side of fuselage. A 20-in dia basic blue circle. The cent~r of national star insignia is at sta 85. The top of national star insignia is 2-1/2 in.
below the deck
2

(National Star Insignia)

8

FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
(Not shown) Letters and numbers to be lOin. high X 6-1/2 in. wide with 1-1/2 in. stroke and space, left and right side of boom
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

U. S. ARMY (Radio call numbers)

UNITED STATES ARMY (radio call
X 4

Letters and numbers to be 6 in. high left and right side of boom
3

in. wiQe,

numbers)

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY (Not Shown) Yellow band around tail boom band begins 26 in. fwd of end of tail boom and extends forward 33 in.

4

FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Tail rotor warning stencil. Left and right side of tail boom. Centrally located on Yellow band. Letters to be 2 IN. Black. Arrow is Red 27 long
IN. 1.1/2 in. shaft. FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
with

DANGER

.....
KEEP AWAY

Refer to Chapter 7, section I, paragraph 7-ld
5

8

Do not paint olive drab on the lower 1/2 to I in. end of drive tube. Prime pnly with zinc chromate primer
On engine deck level lug and on outside face of left and right aft engine mount fitting. 1/4-in letters

6

LEVEL
U. S. ARMY LH-23C U. S. A. SERIAL NO.
,:/:11-1:/:11#.#

7

Left side of helicopter. Three lines I-in. letters

8

Near top offirewall, left and right side on angle, aft of canopy. On electrical terminal of auxiliary power receptacle cover, right side of transition section. Left and right side on transition section. On left and right drag brace. On top of left and right fwd cross tube. Right side on deck junction box cover. On left oil cooler mounting bracket. Two places on deck, left and right side. On left and right heat muffler 9-ssembly
On center of fuel filler cap door, to be read facing fwd

NO STEP
~

(

9

FUEL MIL-G.5572
115/145
-

001057

8
.

Figure 8-61.

Exterior markings, OH-23C (sheet

4

of 5)

8-170

.

8

CODE NO.
10

DIRECTIONS
On top left side of transition assembly, aft of fuel filler cap, letters facing inbd

WORDING

FUEL MIL-G-5572
115/145

11

Landing skids will be painted lusterless black. Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the same shade as helicopter

12

Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal
cover, I-in. letters

DANGER
NO PUSH

13
!

Left and right side on tail skid, I-in. letters
Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer, 1/2 -in. letters
On top right side of transition section, adjacent

14

NO PUSH

15

to auxiliary power plug
16

AUX POWER 28 VOL TS D. C.
TOW

On front cross spring, 2 in. inbd from vertical leg. 1/2-in. letters, left and right side

17

8
18

Walkway material will be applied to: Upper half of rear cross tubes. Upper half of main landing gear skids, starting aft side of fwd vertical leg and extending aft

for 36 in.

Right and left side of engine section on flight conttol rod tubes. Centrally located outbd side of tubes

NO HAND HOLD

NOTE Flight control rods and engine mount will be stripped and repainted if chipped
or scratched

19

Cockpit enclosure frames to be painted same color as helicopter Top fwd end of boom to 12 in. aft of battery. On top of final finish. Apply two coats of acidresistant lacquer, Federal Spec TT -I.-54
Balance ballast weight. It may be located either on the underside of the extreme end of the tail boom or on the right cabin floor. 1/4-in. letters placed between bolts
6 in. black tip on tail skid

20

21

SEE LOADING INSTRUCTIONS FOR BALLAST LOCA TION TIGHTEN BOLTS TO MAX TORQUE WITH WRENCH

PROVIDED

8
.

22
001058

Figure 8-61.

Exterior markings, OH-23C (sheet

5

of 5)

8-171

T8 746-93-2

.

8
==
....

>
....

Q

;;;
~

....
....

...

ÍÕ' 'ès'
....

.

j

...

~

~ ~
"i
0

"~
f

~
"E
~ 0

8

~
~
I

co

~

"~
~

8
~
<> <>

8-174

.

"

.

8

CODE NO.
10

DIRECTIONS
On top left side of transition assembly, aft of fuel filler cap, letters facing inbd

WORDING

FUEL MIL-G-S572
115/145

11

Landing skids will be painted lusterless black. Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the same shade as helicopter

12

Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal cover, I-in. letters

DANGER
NO PUSH
NO PUSH AUX POWER 28 VOL TS D. C.
TOW

13
14

Left and right side on tail skid, I-in. letters
Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer,
112 -in. letters
On top right side of transition section, adjacent to auxiliary power plug

15

16

On front cross spring, 2 in. inbd from vertical leg. 1/2-in. letters, left and right side

17

8
18

Walkway material will be applied to: Upper half of rear cross tubes. Upper half of main landing gear skids, starting aft side of fwd vertical leg and extending aft for 36 in. Right and left side of engine section on flight control rod tubes. Centrally located outbd side of tubes

NO HAND HOLD

NOTE Flight control rods and engine mount will be stripped and repainted if chipped
or scratched

19

Cockpit enclosure frames to be painted same color as helicopter Top fwd end of boom to 12 in. aft of bauery. On top of final finish. Apply tWo coats of acidresistant lacquer, Federal Spec TT -L-54

20

21

Balance ballast weight. It may be located either on the underside of the extreme end of the tail boom or on the right cabin floor. 1/4-in. letters placed betWeen bolts
6 in. black tip on

SEE LOADING INSTRUCTIONS FOR BALLAST LOCATION TIGHTEN BOLTS TO MAX TORQUE WITH WRENCH

PROVIDED

8
.

22
001058

tail skid

Figure 8-61.

Exterior markings, OH-Z3C (sheet

5

of 5)

8-171

GD

I

STA 60.04

NOTES:
I. DIFFERENT REFERENCE POINTS ARE USED FOR THE BASIC BODY. TAIL BOOM AND MAIN ROTOR ASSEMBLY. ANY STATION MAY BE DETERMINED BY MEASUREMENT FROM KNOWN LOCA TIONS SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM
2. AREA REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER: 42 ft-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH BLADES 32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES

-

~
STA 44.04

STA 15.25
STA 3.00

CONTROL ROTOR STA

0BLADE STA 0

BLADE IN TRUE VIEW

~
MAST

"'E.5 DEG
-STA
33.0

TAIL
ROTOR STA 0

STA 183.0 STA 168.0

STA 149.0
S"tA 130.0

BODY STA 0

STA
STA 107.62 STA 85.0

9.~

STA 25.0

STA 30.06 STA 62.0 STA 44.75

BOOM STA 0

001059

Figure 8-62.

Station diagram, OH-23C

8

8

8

.

TOP VIEW

8
HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS
1.

ENTIRE AIRFRAME TO BE PAINTED WHITE

2. .APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY ON THE HELICOPTER IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER:
.

8

A. THE FWD PART OF THE HELICOPTER STARTING AT FUSELAGE STA 85.0 FWD UNDER THE WINDSHIELD. DO NOT PAINT WINDOW OR DOOR FRAMES. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL TRAVEL UPWARD, AROUND, AND AFT OF CABIN TO THE CENTER HORIZONTAL DOOR FRAME. DO NOT MAINTAIN A 3.IN. BORDER AROUND .STARS B. THE TAIL 8ÒOM AND HORIZONTAL ST ABILIZER STARTING AT THE YELLOW BAND AROUND THE TAIL ROTOR WARNING PLACARD C. A 601N. BAND STARTING AT THE FWD SIDE OF THE YELLOW TAIL ROTOR WARNING BAND. MAINTAIN, IF NECESSARY, A 301N. BORDER AT RADIO CALL NUMBERS ON LEFT SIDE AND U.S. ARMY ON RIGHT SIDE 3. DO NOT PAINT DRIVE MECHANISM, LANDING SKIDS OR FIRE WALLS 4. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS S. THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:
.

A. STARTING AT THE BLADE

TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER. S. PAINT THE SECOND 1.6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH YELLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE NO. 13538. C. PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER. D. PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK,

e. PAINT THE LAST 1/6TH (HUB END) YELLOWORANGE. COLOR SHADE NO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE DOUBLER AREA. 6. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF ROTOR BLADES,

8
001060
.

LEFT SIDE
STA 85.0

VIEW

.

Ftlun1 8-63.

Arcttc

tUII1

Jwwie _ønnce

tUII1

hI/lIIuUlbU'b netu1".., OIl-laD

8-173

TB

746-93-2

.

8
~
...
>

...
0 on

... ... ....

I-

G'
'õ'

I
t\í
0

...

-.;..

~ ~

i
:0;:

~

8

i
~
I

10-

co

~

~ ~

8
~
8

.

8-174

.

8

.,

NO HAND

TURNING 001062

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

8

Figure 8-64.

Exterior markings, OH-Z3D (sheet

Z

of 6)

8
.
8-175

.

8

~ ~
IoU

~
CO)

:>
L

0
....

ì
-..:..

~ ~ ~
0

i
, æ
-

8

j
~
I

!o.

co

~ .~
~

~ 8

8
.

8-176

-

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS ONLY

WORDING

1

8
2

Left and right side of fuseláge. A 20-in. dia basic; blue circle. The ce nter of national star insignia is at sta85. The t op of the national star insignia IS 2-1/2 in. below en gine deck
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTER (Not shown) Letter s and numbers to be lain. high x 6-I/2.in. wi de with 1-1/2 in. stroke and space. Left and rig ht sides of boom. Letters to be lusterless yello w. FOR CAMOUFLAG E HELICOPTER

(National Star Insignia)

U.S. ARMY (radio call numbers)

.

Letters and number s to be 6 in. high x 4 in. wide. Left and right side s of boom. Letters to be lusterless black. FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS ONLY
3

UNITED STATES ARMY (radio call numbers)

"

Yellow band aroun d tail boom begins 26 in. fwd of tail boom and exte nds fwd 33 in.
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS

4

Tail rotor warning stencil. Left and right side of tail boom. Letters to be 2 in. black. Arrow is
red, 27 in. long wit h yellow band

DANGER

I-I/i-in.

.
KEEP AWAY

shaft. Centered on

8
5

FOR CAMOUFLA GE HELICOPTERS
Refer to OJapter 7, Section 1, Paragraph 7-Id.

Bottom of helicopt er I/2-in. broken circle. I/2.in. letters fore and aft of circle

STATIC

1'",
SOURCE
6

\.../

Sta 44.75 for latera 1 level and sta 55.0 for longitudinal level on frame structure UDder right

LEVEL

seat
.

7

Left side of helico pter. Three lines I-in. letters

U.S. ARMY OH-23D U.S.A. SERIAL NO. ##-####

.

8

8
001~4

Near top of firewal 1, aft of canopy on anile. 00 voltage regulator box cover. Left and right side of transition section. On left and rigbt drag brace. Right si~e on deck top of junction box. 00 left oil cooler bracket and top of oil tank. Left and right side of deck. On top of left and ri,bt beat
,

NO STEP

muffler on exhaust stacks

.

Ftgure 8-64.

Ex:teTior marldngs, OR-BaD (shtJet 4 of 6)

8-177

CODE NO.
9

.
DIRECTIONS
On center of fuel filler cap door to be read with top of letters facing fwd

WOR DING

FUEL
MIL-G-55 72
115/145

8

10

On top left side of tran'sition assembly. Aft of fuel

filler cap, letters facing inbd

FUEL MIL-G-55 72 115/145

11

Landing skids will be painted lusterless black. Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the same shade as helicopter

12

Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal cover. I-in. letters

DANGER
NO PUSH

13 14

Left and right side of tail skid. I-in. letters
Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer. 1/2-in. letters top of letters facing fwd
Right top side of transition section near auxiliary powet receptacle plug
On front side .of front cross spring, 2 in. inbd from vertical leg. 1/2-in. letters left and right side

NO PUSH

15

AUX POW ER 28 VOLTS D.C.
TOW

16

17

Walkway material will be applied to: Upper half of cross tubes. Upper half of main skid, starting aft of fwd vertical leg and ending 36 in. aft

8
NO HAND HOLD

18

Right and left side of engine section of flight control and engine control rod tubes. Centrally located on outbd side of rods

NOTE
light control rods and engine rods will only be stripped and repainted if present paint is chipped or scratched
19
F

Exterior of cockpit enclosure frames to be painted same color as helicopter. Interior side is painted gray
On outbd side of carburetor air intake scoop.

20
21

NO HAND HOLD
i~"''ê,.'"''

Right side of helicopter

6-in. black tip on tail skid
Balance ballast weight may be located either on the underside of extreme end of tail boom or on right cabin floor. 4-in. letters placed between bolt attachments

22

II

SEE LOA DING INSTRUCTIONS FOR BAL LAST LOCATION TIGHTEN BOLTS TO MAX TORQUE WITH WRENCH PROVIDED

23

Antenna mast support on front and rear of support, 1/2-in. letters. Helicopters SiN 58-5398 and subsequent

NO PUSH

8
.

001065

Figure 8-64.

Exterior markings, OH-23IJ (s heet

5

of 6)

8-178

.

CODE NO.
24

DIRECTIONS
On top of inertia reel box aft side of left firewall

WORDING

NO STEP

8

25

Left and right side, inside of canopy, 1/ 4-in. white letters on red tape 1-1/2 x 3-3/4 in.
Stabilizer rigging decal, Hiller part no. 10260. (Not shown.) Left and riAht side on transition assy in line with battery box, ] inch hiAh letters.

EMERGENCY

PULL
DOOR RELEASE

26

27

BATTERY

.,

Ftgure 8-64.
~

Exterior markings, OR-S3D (sheøt

6

of 6)

001066

8
~33.0 J
2.5 DEG

,STAI3.18STA
TAIL ROTOR

6.75STA 0

8
.
001067

Figure 8-65.

Stattons dtagram, OR-S3D

8-179

.
STA 106.50

8

.

6
WL 0.00

DO =*= ~[IDi
-

STA 109.50

STA 296.00

ST A 448.00

NOTES:
1.

FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTERS

2.

LEFT SIDE OF FUSELAGE. MOST FORWARD PART OF LETTER "A"
AT STA 109.50

IS

3.

RIGHT SIDE OF FUSELAGE. MOST FORWARD PART OF LETTER "Y" IS AT STA 109.50

4. LETTER BOTTOMS ARE ON WL 0.00
5. APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO

(LH SIDE) AND WL.l0.00 (RH SIDE)

8

SHADED AREA
6. ALLOW A 3 IN. BOUNDARY ALL AROUND ANY AUTHORIZED INSIGNIA STANDARD CODE OR MARKINGS

001068

Figure 8-66.

Arctic and jungle .service and high visibility marleings, CH-34

8
8-180

.

TB 7-".93-2

-

.

8
.
...
-

>

... D
;;;
~

...
I!@

~

... ...
ã;'

eM)

~

==
~


~

....

I

~
@g

t
.. ~
81:

~
@Q)

8

~
@Q)
-

.~

0

@
I!!YJ

---

-

-0

f
J
too:

!"

IÞ=

~

-@
lIS

GO

!

I

8
.
Change 1

i
8
.

.

8-181

qo

...a

-I ØII
0.,

co

N

'" ....
W

..0

~

n

I>>

:r

~

ca

CD

...a

TOP VIEW

001070

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

.

Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH-34 (sheet 2 of 8)

I

.

8

8

8

.

18746.93.2

.

8
81

''1

&3

8

84

001071
~

II

Figure 8-67. Exterior mlJrkings, CH-34 (sheet 3

of 8)

.

8
.
Change 1

8.183

T8 746.93.2
CODE NO.
sides

DIRECTIONS
Both of fuselage directly over step doors I x 8.in. yellow stripe

WORDING

.

2

On left side under copilot's window,

I/2-in, letters

U.S. ARMY Model CH-34 U.S.A. Serial No. (Insert Serial No.)
NO HAND HOLD

8

3

Both sides of fuselage centrally located on most rearward windshield frame, 1/2-in. letters

4

Fwd frame of left and right sliding window directly below opening handle, 1/2-in. letters
Both sides of tail cone above mooring rings and on fuselage near mooring ring on main landing gear strut, I/2-in. letters

NO HAND HOLD

5

MOORING POINT

6

I
7 8

Outside of fuselage near main gear box oil filter, I/2-in. letters

LUB OIL MIL-L.21260 GRADE 30 ABOVE OOp BELOW OOp REPER TO
TBSS-9IS0-200-2S

Inside cargo compartment by air vent controls, two places, 1/2-in. letters

..

OPEN

CLOSED

..

Inside window on escape window panel, two places, I-in. yellow letters

EMERGENCY EXIT TURN

9

Inside cargo compartment on left side directly above I-in. white line, I/2-in. letters
On exterior of escape panels, I-in. letters

DISTRmUTE CARGO EVENLY ABOUT THIS LINE . CUT FOR EMERGENCY
RESCUE

..

8

10

11

Inside cargo compartment on both sides approx at WL 42.00 and Sta 195.00 and 279.00, four places, 1/2-in letters
Around the two windows on the left side of fuselage

PULL SEAT SUPPORT TUBE OUT FOR ESCAPE
WINDOW ACCESS

12

0.50 IN.
13

Outside oil cooler fairing, three places, I/2-in. letters

NO STEP

001072

I
8-184
Change 1

8
Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH.34 (sheet 4

of 8)

.

T8 7~93.2

.

CODE NO.
14

DIRECTIONS
laside cargo compartment on left side above rear wiadow aod below front window, two places, I-in. yellow letters

WORDING

EMERGENCY EXIT PUSH OUT WINDOW
.

8

15

laside carso compartment on bulkhead at Sta 246.00 a pprox 60 in. above floor left and risbt band si de, 1/2-in. letters

ST A 246

16

Top of fuse lase around static port, 1/2-in. l~tters

STATIC PORT

@
.

1/2 IN.

...
.
.

R 3

IN.

.

.

DO NOT COVER OR DEFORM HOLES. AREA fIITHIN CIRCLE MUST BE SWOOTH AND CLEAN
17

Ia.ide carso compartment on risbt side 011 fwd strap stowaS e compartment, 3/4-in. letters

2

LITTER STOWAGE

18 19

wide

radio compartment on bulkhead Sta 296.00,

3/4-in. lette rs
On curtain that snaps over openins in bulkhead

CAUTION NO PERSONNEL NO STOW AGE AFT
NO PERSONNEL AFT
WARNING SHAFT NO STEP NO HAND HOLD
N

at Sta 296.0 0, 3/4-in. letters
20
On bulkhead s at Sta 444.00 and 452.00 below disconnect c oupling, 1/2-in. letters On both side s of pylon at pylon Sta 79.30, 35 in. from trailing edse of pylon WL 65.00,

8

21

3/4-in. lette rs. I-in. dia circle. 1/4arrow

x

2-1/2-in.,

OJ;"
0

FOR HOH-C AMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
22

Botb sides 0 f pylon. Background is Sloss oranseyellow. 3-in. black letters, 2- x 30-in. red arrow

DANGER
I

FOR CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTER

>

T
12 in.

KEEP AWAY

Refer to Cba pter 7, section VII for paint scheme

..l.

J---3~
HAND GRIP

in.~

23
-

Botb sides
Both sides

0
0

f pylon, f

1/2-in. letters

24

tail cone above tail wbeel, I-in.

letters
"

WARNlNGOO NOT TOW WITH TAIL WHEEL LOCKED

25

Outside cabi n escape windows of fuselage, I-in. letters

~ .
I

TURN

EXIT RELEASE

26

laside cargo compartment on floor and both sides up to approx 70 in. from floor at Sta 154.00
Inside left si de of carso compartment near slinS stowaae inst allation, 3/4-in. letters

in. WHITE LINE

8
.

27

CARGO HOOK STOWAGE

001073

Figure 8-67.

E:JCterio,.

mø,.kin... C8-34 (.laeet 6 of 8)

."
Change 1

8-186

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO. 28

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of fuselage near sling attaching brackets, four places, 3/4-in. letters

WORDING

SLING CAPACITY 5000 LBS

.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY 29
Both sides of fuselage. On the left side, the most fwd corner of the "A" is at Sta 109 .sO. On right side, most fwd part of "Y" is at Sta 109.50. Letter bottoms are on WL 0.00 on left side and WL 10.00 on right side, l6-in.letters

8
ARMY

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
Identification lettering centered on each side of fuselage, 3 inches above radio call numbers. Bottom of letter "U", the most rearward letter begins at station 376 and WL 31 of right side view, and "Y", the most rearward letter begins at station 376, WL 31, ofleft side view.
30

UNITED STATES ARMY

Both sides .of fuselage near main landing gear, I/2-in. letters Both sides of fuselage just aft of main landing gear, I-in. letters Both sides of fuselage on step doors, I-in. letters
.

TIRE, PRESSURE MAIN WHEELS 45 TO 50 PSI
JIG AND JACK POINT

31

UNDER
STEP

32

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

33

.

3-in. band concentric to exhaust cut-out. Red band with I-in. white letters FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER Omit red backgro~nd, use lusterless black

~UST

KEEP CLE'AlIt

~r.
STATIONS 112.00, 167.00, 210.00
STA 146.70
c::::::::::>

~

8

34

Inside cargo compartment on both sides on frames approx 60 in. from floor, I/2-in. letters

35

Inside cargo compartment on left side. I/2-in. white lines at most fwd CG limit, Sta 130.70; most rearward CG limit, Sta 146.70. Line should start at floor and be approx 24 in. long. Station numbers should be near each line with arrow pointing toward line, I/2-in. letter s

STA 130.70

~

36 37

Top of fuselage, three places I-in. black letters Top of fuselage near walkway, six places, I-in. letters
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

WALK

NO STEP

38

.

(Not shown), Top and bottom of fuselage. 20-in. dia basic blue circle. Top insignia is located 3-in. .to the left of fuselage centerline at approx sta 301.00 so the blue position light on top of helicopter will fall within the blue of the insignia. Bottom insignia is centered at approx sta 246.00
Outside oil cooler fairing, three places, I-in. letters

(National Star Insignia)

39
001074

NO STEP

8
.
..

.

Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH-34 (sheet 6

of 8)

8-186

Change 2

,T8 746-93-2

.

CODE NO.
40

DIRECTI ONS
Outside of fuselage near inter mediate and tail gear box oil fillers, 1/2-i n letters

WORDING

8
41

LUB OIL MIL-L-21260 GRADE 30 ABOVE OOF MIL-L-7808 BEWW OOF

.

I

Two places below hand grips of pylon, I-in. letters

on leading edge

HAND GRIP NO HOIST

POINT

42

Near outside tab on right side aft window, I-in. letters. Reler to TM 55-1520-2 02-10

PULL TAB EXIT RELEASE

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HE LICOPTER
.

43

.

On right sideof fuselage, groun d receptacles by fwd, center, and aft filler cap s, 3-in. dia circle, lusterless black background w ith 1/2-i~. white lettets

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICO PTER

"GROUND HERE" in lusterle ss black letters, delete
background

44

On exterior of escape panels, three places on window frame, I-in. letters
-In cargo door on right side

CUT FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE

45

e
46
.

QIN.
Inside on both sides above sli ding windows. Arrow pointing toward sliding window release handle
Both sides of fuselage above sliding windows.

~

--U.':"0.50

IN.

EMERGENCY

EXIT EXIT RELEASE
TURN

47 48

I-in. letters
On window release handle, in side and out both sides of helicopter

I

PULL

49
.

Inside handle on fwd frame of left and right sliding windows, 3/8-in. lette rs

PULL TO OPEN
(Top of Handle) PUSH TO CLOSE (Bottom of Handle)

!.

50

Inbd side of cargo door .above SI620-61201-25 guard, 1/2-in. letters Inbd and outbd sliding cargo door under emergency door opening lever, 3/4 -in. letters

PULL GUARD TO BREAK'
EMERGENCY EXIT

51

e
.

TURN (inbd) EXIT TURN RELEASE (outbd)
HARNESS LOCKS

52
001075

On window frame channel and on tunnel by pilot's harness locks, I-in. Ie tters

Fipre

B-67. &cterior morkin,., CH-34 (.heet 7

of B)
Change 1

.
8-187'

18 746-93.2
CODE
NO.
53

~

DIRECTIONS
Fwd of oil access door on right side fwd fuselag e, I-in. letters
On right side of fuselage below and just fwd of

WORDING

.

OIL MlL-L-2285I TYPE II ABOVE 300F
WARNING DO NOT OVERFILL

54

8

engine oil access door, I-in. letters
55

Right side of fuselage above power receptacle door, 1/2-in. letters

EXTERNAL POWER 28 VOLTS D.C.

56
57

I-in. yellow stripe around inbd side of cargo door
Right side of fuselage above all 3 fuel filler cap s, I-in. lusterless black letters
Both sides of tail cone, 3-in space, 6-in letters and numbers

FUEL
MIL-G-5572 115/145
.

58

UNITED STATES ARMY (Radio Call Numbers)

.

59 60

Antiglare area. Fwd of windshield. Fluorescent paint will not be over antiglare
On pitot tube approx 6-in. from fuselage. I/4-in. lusterless black band around pitot tube
On pitot tube outbd of black band, 1/2-in.

61
62 63 64

NO HAND HOLD

letters
On pitot tube inbd of black band,

I/2-in. letters

HAND GRIP

On engine access doors above handles,

OPEN
s

OPEN

3/4-in.letters
On bottom of engine access door, I-in. lusterles

e
~

WARNING IN CASE OF

black letters

00 NOT OPEN ENGINE ACCESS DOORS FIGHT FIRE HERE
FIRE

"
65

Inside clam shell doors on lower side approx 6-in. from edge, 3/4-in. le~ters
On front side of landing gear, 3/4-in. letters

NO STEP MOORING AND JACK POINT MOORING AND JACK POINT

66

~

'-

..

67
001076

On fuselage by jig points under main landing gear struts. 1/2-in. letters

JACK POINT CENTER STA 79

.

I

CH-84 (sheet 8 of 8) Figure 8-67. Exterior markings
.

8~
.
8-188

i

Change 1

TB 748-93.2

.

8
..,.
0

0

0

@)

a

a

~
c:::=:::::I

~

0

~
0
101
0

8

ft
c::::::=J

.,

CODE NO.
I

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
Sea

Ia.ide carlo compartment on fwd bulkhead

STA 83

8
.

83.00. ApJXOX 43-io. above carlo floor, two places, 1/2-in. letters
2

Ia.ide cargo compartment centered on top of clutcb compartment door, 3/4-io. letters

TOP

001078

Figure 8-68. Interior mørki",.

08.34
8.189

TB 746-93-2

ST A 476.00

ST A 0.00
ST A 448.00

.
STA 536.00

\
WL 107.80
WL 59.00

48

FUE1.

WL 0.00

I
STA

JACK

LSTA 146.70
ST A 246.00

POINT
STA
296.00

\
ST A 406.70

130.70

I
450

STA 316.00

STA 440.00

ST A 82.50
0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

600

NOTES:
1.

STATION 0.00 IS 79.00 IN. FORWARD OF THE CENTER OF THE JACK PAD ON THE FITTING ATTACHED TO THE FUSELAGE AT EACH MAIN LANDING GEAR
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO PAINT HELICOPTER WITH BLADES 56 FT W X 66 FT LG X 16 FT H WITHOUT BLADES 13 FT W X 37 FT LG X 15 FT H
-

2.

001079

48

Figure 8-69.

Station diagram CH-34

I

Figures 8-70 through 8-72 deleted.

8
8-190
Change 2

.

8"

')

8 8
8

NOTES

1.

2.
'(BOTTOM NATIONAL STAR
INSIGNIA lOCATION)

DETAIL A

.

<i

High visibility paint will be applied to .haded areas. The top surface of main rotor blades of V.I.P., Jungle, Arctic, and desert configurations will be painted as follows: A. Starting at the blade tip, point the first 1/6th of the blade length with gloss white lacquer. B. Pain' the .econd 1/6th of the blade length with y.llo_....O.. colo. shade No. 13538. C. Paint the third 1/6th length of Diode with gloss wh ite lacquer. D. Paint the next 2/6th or 1/3rd of the blade length with lusterless black" E. Pal':', ,he 10;' 1/6,h (hub end) yellow oran,,;'.
.

R=17.SO IN.

--

3"

colo. shade No. 13538. Do no' apply closer : ,han 1/4 Inch to ,he doubler Complete repainting require. rebalancing of rotor blades.

_a.

~

-.-...MAINTAIN A 3-IN. BORDER AROUND ANY AUTHORIZED INSIGNIA. STANDARD CODE, OR MARKINGS

-MAINTAIN"
IN. BASIC AIRCRAFT COLOR AROUND ALL WINDOWS

"""'Wl. 97.00 Wl. 82.00

ST A 332.00

0
Wl.-30.00-

.


0

0
Wl.12.00-Æ\~~V
0
ST A 300.00

9
SEE DETAIL
A

0

!III

ca CD
ST A 120.00

::I

N

~
STA 256.00

m
STA 514.00

00

001089

."

~
"
Figure 8-73. High visibility TlUJrkings, arctic and jungle seruice, CH-47

.

-A

CD

-A

lIS
N

co

.

OJ

... CD

N

-I ~

NOTE

m
N
RH SIDE INTERIOR

n

:7'

~ CD

I>>

ENTIRE INTERIOR OF HELICOPTER TO BE DARK GULL GRAY, EXCEPT SURFACES ABOVE WATERLINE PLUS 29.0 TO BE APPLICABLE PRIMER COLOR ONLY.

113

CD

15

N

9

SEE DETAIL J
A

23 (TVP

7

PLACES)

SEE DETAIL

21 (TVP 3 PLACES)

AV010931
1 Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet

of 18)

.
.

8

8
,)

8

.

88
,
"

8 8
8

LH SIDE INTERIOR

2&

SEE DETAIL B

5 (TYP 6 PLACES)

3

f
at

N

-I

cp

AV010932
2 Figure 8-13A. Interior rruriings, CH-41 (tllaut

B

...

of 18)

I

i

ço ....

-f aJ

~
Ø) cO
w

N

n

~

II)

::s

ca CD

COCKPIT AND CABIN (LOOKING DOWN)

N

(TYP
4

PLACES)

106

103

112

AV010933

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet

3

of 18)

.

8

8

8

.

TB 748-93-2

.

52

54

50

8

36

~

VIEW A-A (LOOKING UP) STA 338.5 STA
.

57
STA 320.0

I

II

1340.0

8
STA 482.0

BL 26.0

I
I

I
STA 442.3
BL 44.3 (TYP)

59
(4 PLACES)

1
,.

STA 534.0

!'

FWD

~=fi~ELlOO

<<i HINGE

/u-q
VIEW F-F (LOOKING UP )

8
.

VIEWE-E STA 482.0 (L OOKINGAFT)
A

V01 0934

Figure 8-73A. Interior markln,., CH-47 (.heet4 of 18)
.

Change 2

8-196

TB 746.93-2

.
66

8
--

VIEW G.O (LOOKING UPI

VIEWH.H.

69 (2 67 (2

PLA~CES)
88
"

PLACES FWD SIDE)

70 (2 PLACES,

.~WDSIDE)
70/2 PLACES
AFT SIDE)

)1VI

,~

~',

---

~WL+42.0 ';:6.0 \J

fi
(j
\.3VI EW K.K STA 676.0 (LOOKING FWD!
WL+2.1 (TVP)

I ~~

i

BL 34.0 (TVP)

~
WL+46.6
(TVP)

8

VIEW J.J STA 694.0 (LOOKING AFT!

BL 32.4 (TVP)

VIEW L.L

ITA 666.0 (LOOKING FWD!

101 FWD SIDE
71

);WD S. JJ
.

(2 PLACES, IDE)

72
BL 38.6 (TVP)
l

(2 PLACES,

AFT SIDE)

"'K (J....WL+20.6\
,

I

~U
WL+48.2 (TVP)

,"-"

.--

"

,~ 'VU

BL 22.9

,

U\ (TVP)

WL+46.0 118 WL-13.0
,

1.~(TVP)

U
VIEWM.M
STA 634.0 (LOOKING FWD)

71 .i. PLACES,
AFT SIDE)

I V-..J~\ 1 II
BL 44.0' (TVP)
"

V~

WL + 23.0 (TVP)

"

u

2.6-

-73

FWD SIDE

AV010936

VIEW N.N STA 602.4 (LOOKING FWDI

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 5 of 18)

8
.

8.196

.

Change 2

...

TB 748.93-2

.
.

'~OOLY]
RFACE,

74

8

WL+40.3 (TYP)

VJI -T=1.6 (TYP)

--

"..

77 78

\' 60 '78

\

~~H

D

SURFACE, SIDES)

,,~7
FWD

9.2

WL+6.0 (TYP)

81 74 75 76
77
.

.y
2.2

r'=~OSED)
~?JTTHS~~~:)CE,

78 79
VIEW p.p (LOOKING F=E TVP FOR FR 80

ITA

180.0 THR U 440.0)

WL-30.0

6.6
Ct. HELICOPTER

8
WL-34.6

BL 12.0

83 VIEW T.T

r~g:':G FWD)

r~g:'-:G AFT)

REFER TO PARAGRAPH
~

~22. THAD

S3448 THRU
84-13118

~~~,AND
-

938

STA 634.0

'"

~.J-"
..

\
STA 666.0
STA 694.0

STA 602.4

6.0
STA 602.4

8
.

~=~;:'G lOBO]
AV010936 Figure 8- 73A. In tenor markinl8, CH-41 (
.

VIEWV.V

-,

.

of J8)
Change 2

8-197
.>

T8 746-93-2

.
STA 320.0 LH SIDE
STA 280.0 LH SIDE

C_-~~"l!..c~- (\----~
,

5.5 (TYPI

8
88

--

4.0

\

..

--r--'
87
RH SIDE

87
LH SIDE

DETAIL

A

88
DETAIL B (LOOKING OUTBDI
STA 493.0
STA 482.0

90
STA

WUI6.D-

m
I

'!lltS
.

/ ~STA c=r502.4 iII I
WL+28.4

8

484.0

II

14

I

Ii:f '\
I

WL+19.6

i'1=

II

'11505.5
I

STA

91

~~
~:.
.

3D

.::-

F.~~
STA 484.0

I

93

14.5

-

95

~-'D:':

-,

DETAIL (LOOKING OUTBD)

D

94
11
DETAIL C

)
Interior markings. CH-47 (sheet 7 of 18)

AV010937 Figure 8-73A.

8
.

8-198

Change 2

TB 746-93.2

.

^,

""

8

45 STA 148.6 LH SIDE ONLY
STA 173.3. 220.6. 266:6. 302.6.342.3.381.6.420.3. 442.3 LH AND RH SIDE

S A
.

242.0
11

DETAIL

G

DETAIL F (TVP LH AND RH SIDESI

DETAIL E (TVP LH AND RH SIDESI

8
44

33
DETAIL
J

99

~

..

DETAIL H (LOOKING OUTBDI
REFER TO PARAGRAPHS 7.19 THROUGH 7-22.

DETAIL

I

8
.

AV010938

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (.heet 8 of 18)

Change 2

8-199

-

,:.,.

18748.93-2
CODE NO.
1.

DIRECTIONS
Left side of fuselage at station 106.5, WL 32.5. 3" white circle with 1" red cross.

WO RDING

æ
N02CO NTROL
SYSTEM FILTER

.

8

2.

Left side of fuselage at station 106.5, WL 45.2. 1/2" white letters.
Right side, sta 157, above door 1/2" white letters.

3.

LEVELIN G BRACKET

4.

Both sides, station 163.5, WL 27.6. 1" white
letters.

MAX CO NCENTRATED FLOOR LOADING
FWD OF STA 160.0 NOT TO EXCEED 1000 LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD.

'

.

5.

Both sides of fuselage centered on station 181, 303,425 at WL 35.0. 3" black and orange-yellow. See Detail J, for type.

~
UT RECP
AMPS: 1
=

6.

Both sides of fuselage. Station 249 and 348 at WL 8.0. 1" white letters.
Both sides of fuselage at station 249 and 348 at

7.

WL 6.0. 1/2" white letters.
8. Both sides of fuselage at station 317. WL 44.9. 1/2" white letters.
Both sides of fuselage at station 317.0, WL 41.9. 1" white letters. Right side of fuselage at station 335.0, WL 23.9. 1" white letters.

28VDC 15A 2 = 7.5A 3

=

SA

8

115V,3PH,400CY, 15AMP

9.

MISSILE HEAT PLUG

10.

HOIST 0 PER STATION

11.

Arrow
and F.

gloss

white 1/2" X 3". See Detail C, E

12.

Right side of fuselage. Station 363.3, WL 37.1. 1" white letters. Right side of fuselage at station 506, WL 36.0. 1/2" white letters.

HOIST 0 PER ATTACH.
,

..

.

.

13.

RAMP M ANUAL OVERRIDE

AV010940

Figure 8-73A.

Interior markings, C8.47 (sheet

9

of 18)

8
.

8-200

Change 2

T8 748-93-2

.

CODE
NO.
14.

DI RECTIONS
See View (H;, and Det ail C, station 549.3, WL 53.0; station 538.8 WL 8.5. 1/2" white letters NOTE: 5 req'd on S/N 59-4983 thru 66-19028. 4 req'd on S/N 66-1902 9 and subsequent.

WORDING

8
15. 16.

ACCUMULATOR CHARGE 1400 PSI-AIR OR NJTROGEN

Station 525, WL 22.5. R ight side of fuselage. Finish half of filler cap, light yellow ; the other half light blue.

FILLER

UTIliTY TANK
UTIliTY RETURN FILTER

Right side of fuselage, s tation 550, WL 33.5. 1/2" white letters. Eft'. on CH47 S/N 65-7978 and
subsequent.

~

17.

Right side of fuselage, s tat ion 538.8, WL 8.5. 1/2"
white letters.

INITIAL 1800 PSI CHARGE
REQ'D FOR
-

650 F OPERATION

.

18.

Right side of fuselage, s tation 517.5, WL 36.

UTIliTY PRESSURE FILTER
10000 LB TIE DOWN HERE ONLY

WL36.
19.

Both sides of fuselage. Two places, station 220, 391
and 460. WL -21.5. I" white letters. Arrow is 3 places on heater dust on each side.

I"

X 3".

I

20.

8

Both sides of fuselage. Centered on station 425. WL .21.5. 1/2" white Ie tters. Eff on S/N 64.13117 thru 65-7977. S/N 56-7978 and subSe quent.

CARGO E STA 425 CAP 15250 LBS. CAP 22875 LBS.

21.

Both sides of fuselage, s tation 160, 225 and 438. WL -21.5. I" white lett ers.
Both sides of fuselage. Station 306.8 WL -21.5 White letters. Erf SIN 64-13117 thru 65-7977. SIN 65-7978 and subsequent.
Both sides of fuselage a t 14 places at heater outlets. 1st line I" letters. Remainder 1/2" letter,s

ALL Tffi DOWN RINGS
500 LBS UNLESS NOTED
CARGO D ST A 303 CAP 15250 LBS. .CAP 22875 LBS.

22.

23.

(white).

HEAT AND VENT LOOSEN SCREW TO ADJUST SLIDE OPEN . CLOSED .
white

24.
,

Right side of fuselage letters.

0n

beam. BL 18 beam.

I"

TO STOW SEAT-FOLD BACK FWD & SECURE WITH STRAP FOLD DOWN SEAT
-

r

25.

Left side of fuselage at station 561. WL 33.4, 1/2" white letters.

MIRROR STOWAGE
FUEL VALVE NO

26.

Left side of fuselage sta tion 492, WL 28.4. First line, 1/2" letters. Second lin e, 1/4" letters, white.

1

ENGINE

8
.

+-OPEN

CLOSE'"

AV010941

Figure 8-13A. Interior mørkilll8, CH-47 (10 of 18)

Change 2

8-200A

,.

TB 746-93.2
CODE NO.
27.

DIRECTIONS
Left side of fuselage. Station 198, WL .6.3. 1" white
letters.

WORDING DO NOT COVER AIR INLET

.

28.

Left side of fuselage. Station 106. WL 26.0. 1/4" white letters, mount on 114S1610, BL 8.0 beam. Eff on SIN 59-4983 thru 65-7989

TORQUE MTG BOLTS FOR 114CS101 and 114CSI03 TO 40

8

-0
in.lbs.

+4

Eff on: SIN 65-7990 and

subsequent.

TORQUE MTG BOLTS FOR 114CSI0l and 114CS117 TO
40

-0
in.lbs.

+4

29.

Left side of fuselage. Station 100.0, WL 45.2. 1/2" white letters.
Left side of fuselage, station 94.0, WL45.2. 1/2" white letters.

NO 1 SAS FILTER

30.

NO 2
SAS

FILTER

31.

Left side of fuselage. Station 85.0. WL 50.8. 1/2"
white letters.

NO 1 CONTROL SYSTEM FILTER

32. 33.

Left side of fuselage. Station 106.0, WL 13.5.

PITOT AND STATIC DRAINS
CARGO C STA 181 CAP 15250 LBS

Detail J. Station 184, on heater duct. 1 st line, 1" letters, remainder 1/2" letters, white, eff on SIN 64-13117 thru 65-7977
See

8

Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent

CARGO C STA 181 CAP 22875 LBS.

34.

1/2" wide red and white stripes, vertical on station 482 from wt -9.0 to WL -21.5. Eff on SIN 62-2114
and subsequent

35.

Left side of fuselage centered on station 486 and

WL -2.0. 1" white letters.
36.
3 places in fuselage. 1" white letters on red back. ground. Station 492, WL -6.5, BL 37.0, WL 38.7, View B-B.

ST A 486
FIRE EXIT

AV010942

----Change 2

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 11

of 18)

8
.

8-200B

TB 746-93-2

.

CODE

NO.
37.

DIR ECTIONS
Left side of fuselage, sta tion 537, WL + 3.5. 1/2" white letters. Eff on SIN 59.4982 thru 65-7977

WORDING
J-2 COMPASS

8
38.

FLUX VALVE

Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent
Left side of fuselage, sta tion 537, WL 22.2. Ist two lines 1/2", last line 1/4" white.

COMPASS FLUX VALVE

EMERGENCY APU FLUID SHUTOFF

VALVE

CLOSED)
.

OPE~

39.

Left side of fuselage, sta tion 334.0, WL -12.0. 1" white letters.

CRANK STOWAGERESCUE HATCH & RAMP MECH.
ACCESS-PITOT AND STATIC

"

40.

Centered on door, 1/2" white letters

DRAIN LINES
41. On floor, station 340 ap prox. Arrow 1/2" X 3.50 white on black, see View S-S.

42.

Right side, sta 526, 1/2" white letters. Right side, sta 526, 1/2" white letters.
Centered on rear door, fi rst line 1", remainder 1 /2" yellow, refer to View U- U and Detail H.

..
FILLING
NORMAL
EMERGENCY EXIT PULL STRAP OUT
W.L.
0
-

8

43.
44.

PUSH PANEL

45.

Fig 8, Detail G, 1" whit e letters L.H. and R.H. side, station 173.3, 220.5, 26 5.5, 302.5, 342.3,381.5, 420.3, and 442.3.
On lower door, station 3 45,

46.

I"

yellow letters.

TURN LATCH TO UNLOCK & LOCK OUTER HATCH-CAUTION-UNLOCK BEFORE TURNING CRANK TO OPEN HATCH
UNLOCK

47.
~

On lower door, station 3 22. 1" white letters and
arrow.

.

48.

View A.A, looking up,
white letters.

st ation

143 BL 11.0. 1/2"

STATIC LINE DRAIN

r"

49.

View A-A and D-D (100 king up), station 152 and 442. 1/2" white letters.

CRANE ACCESS

8
.

50.

View B-B, 1" white lette rs, sta 120.0, BL 38, WL 40.5, BL 28 WL 43.0.

STA 120.0

AV010943

F' ,gure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 12 of 18)
Change 2

8-200C

-

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO.
51.
52.

DIRECTIONS
View B-B, 1/4" white letters, BL 25, WL 49.0.

WORDING TROOP WARNING SYSTEM
RESCUE PULLEY ATTACH

.

View B-B, 1/2" white letters, BL 15.5, WL 48.0.
View B-B 1" white letters station 120, BL 17, WL 3.9 View B-B. 1" white letters sta 120, BL 12.0 WL 45 .0. Eff on quantity of 1 ea SIN 65.7966-65-7977, Quan tity of Z ea, SIN 65-7978 and sub. Also station 594 (see View G-G).

53.

UTTER POLE STORAGE
ANCHOR UNE ATTACH.

8

54.

55.

View B.B, 1/4" white letters, station 95. BL 29.0, WL15.5

CABIN UGHT RELAYS RED WHITE

.

56.

View B-B, 1" white letters Sta 120, BL 17.2,
WL-20.

WINCH CABLE STOWAGE

"

57.

View C..c (looking up). Center of helicopter, statio n 320 and 338. 1/4" white letters. View C.C (looking up), BL 8.4, station 337.0. 1/2' white letters.
,

RESCUE CABLE CUTTER PULLEY ATTACH
CABLE CUTTER PLUG
ACCESS

-

58.

59.

View D-D (looking up), 1/2" white letters, 4 places

MIX BOX
MOUNTING BOLTS
60.
61.

View E.E, 1" white letters, 4 places.

STA 482.0
ACCESS-SYNCH SHAFT THOMAS CPLG.
ACCESS XMSN

8

View F-F (looking up), 1/2" white top center of fuselage, fwd of sta 534 on door.
View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters, 2 places.

62.

UNLATCH DROP PANEL
63. 64.

View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters.
View G-G (looking up). 1" white letters, 2 places to be read from either side.
View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters, 2
places.

ACCESS. MAG PLUG
NO HANDHOLD
~

65.

XMSN OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAGE VIEW PLATE
.

66.

View H-H, 1/2" black letters. View I-I, 1" white letters, station 594.0, left
and right side.

SEQUENCE VALVE

67.

STA 594.0

.

AV010944

Figure 8.73A. Interior markinIS, CH-47 (sheet 13 of 18)

8
.

8-200D

Change 2

TB 748-93.2

.

CODE NO.
68.

DlR ECTIONS

WORDING

'.

View].], 1" yellow lett ers.

8
69.

t
View K.K, 1" white lett ers, 4 places.

DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE

t

STA. 575.0

70.
71.
.

View L-L, 1" white letters, 4 places.
View M.M, 1" white lett ers, 4 places.
View N.N, 1" white lett ers, 4 places.

STA.554.0
STA. 534.0
STA. 502.4

72.
73.

View N.N, 1/2" white Ie tters.

HOIST CONTROL

.a.

~

74.
75. 76. 77. 78.

View P-P,

I"

white lette rs, 4 places.

STA.200.0
STA.24O.0
STA. 280.0 STA. 320.1 STA. 360.0 STA. 400.0
STA. 440.0

View P-P, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places.
View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. View P-P, View p.p,

8

I" I"

white lette rs, 4 places. white lette rs, 4 places.

79. 80.

~

View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places.

81.

View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 3 places.

STA. 160.0

82.

View Q-Q, 1" white lett er stencil to be readable from centerline AlC wit h door closed. Mount to
under surface of step.

PUSH TRIGGER TURN HANDLE UP PUSH DOOR OUT
CARGO HOOK CAP 16000 LB.

1

.'
..-

..

83.

View R-R,

I"
I"

black lett ers.

{';

84.
85.

View S-S,

black lette rs.

HOOK STOWAGE STRAP

.

View T-T (ref Fig 3). 1/2" white letters. (Stencil to be readable when rotated into work platform
position).

MAX WEIGHT 200 LBS ON WORK PLATFORM
FUEL VALVE CROSS FEED

86.

View V.V, first line, 1/2 white, second line, 1/4" white, station 502. 4
"

e
.

..

CLOSE

OPEN

..
8-200E

AV010946

F: Ipre 8.73A. Interior mllrld,.... CH-47 (ttlleet 14 or 18) Chenge 2

TB 746.93.2
CODE NO.
87.

DIRECTIONS
Detail A, First line, I yellow, Second line, 1/2" yellow with arrow, 1/2" X 2 1/2" on black handles in cockpit. See arrow position in Detail A.
Detail B, I" yellow letters, left side between station 280 and 320. Right side between station 360 and 400, place stencil on sides of window. as shown. Refer to paragraph 7-22.

WORDING

.

-.

EMERGENCY EXIT TURN HANDLE

88.

8
FOR

9J

RESCUEd]
89.
Detail B, cut out corners, shown in item 88.
.

I"

X 3" yellow as

NOTE: Item 88 and 89 Eff on SIN 59-4983 thru 66-097

3~*
-3

90.

Detail C, Station 493, WL 28.4, first line 1/2" second line 1/4" white letters

FUEL VALVE NO.2 ENGINE

"'CLOS~ OPEN'"
DE FUEL

91.

Detail C, Station 505, WL 19.6, first line, 1/2", second line 1/4" white letters.

CLOSE'

VALve,....
OPEN
-

8

92.

Two places aft of station 95, I" white letters. Stencil to be readable from centerline of acft.
Detail C. 1/2" black letters, station 491. Top line on one stringer bottom line on lower stringer at WL O.
Detail C, I" black, station 486, WL -2.0. Arrow 1/2" X 3".

ACCESS PANELS

HYDRAULIC LINES, TRANSFORMERS
UP

93.

STOP RAMP CONTROL

DN

94.

STA.486.0

~
EMERGENCY EXIT
PULL STRAP OUT PUSH PANEL

95.

Detail D, 1/2" yellow letters. Refer to paragraph 7-22.

96.

Detail E, I" white letters with arrow. Arrow located on Station 242.

ST A. 242.0

~
A

V01 0946

Figure B-73A. Interior markings, CH.47 (sheet 15 of IB)

8
.

8.200 F

Change 2

..

-

T8 746-93.2

.

CODE NO.
97.

DIRECTIONS
Detail F, 1" wrote letters. Arrow located on st ation 364.

WORDING

STA 364.0

8
98.
.

D etail H, 1" wrote letters. Right side at fwd d oor. Detail I, View B-B, aft side, station 95.0, 1/4" rote I etters.

TURN HANDLE UP UFT DOOR
CABLE CUTTER

99.

w

100.
.

Detail I, and View B-B, aft side, station 95.0, 1/4" w hite letters.

HOIST CONTROL

101.
.

V' lew M -M, 1/2" white fwd side, station 534.
.

HYDRAUUC RES. GAGE
LOCATION FOR MAINT CRANE
BASE PLATE

.'

102.

Y ell ow letters, 1/2~' station st alion 165.

440,BL 26 and

103.

Y ellow dot, 1" station 138.5, 166.5,427 and 4 55, B L 26.

.;:
3"

104.

8
105.

Corner markings, 1" X 3" station 133.86, 174.36 , 424.25 and 464.75 BL 34.44 and BL 19.94, 8 places.

~3"
-1'''1ALTERNATE GROUND EMERGENCY ESCAPE

Y ellow letters, 1" station 348, center of A/C floor. T 0 be read facing fwd of acft on upper door.

UFT
106. Stripe I" wide across.cabin floor at station 120, 2 42,3 64, and 486. Stripe to be yellow.

D
MAX WEIGHT 200 LBS.
ON WORK PLATFORM
LI FT PLUG FOR MANUAL CARGO DOOR CRANKING

Jo

107.
-

C enter floor on ramp,

I"

white letters.

~

108.

White 1/2" letters, station 500 on floor.

~

8
.

OPEN
AV010947

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 16 of 18)

.

Change 2

8-200G

T8 746~93.2
CODE
NO.

DIRECTIONS
Yellow 1" letters, fwd edge of stencil on station 360, OB edge of stencil on BL 17.25.

WORDING

.

109.

t

CRANK HERE TO OPEN AND CLOSE OUTER HATCH

~,.
110. White 1/2" letter, station 132.5, BL 24.5, top of letters facing outboard.

OPEN

8

RESCUE PULLEY ATTACH

~

I
.

112. At rear emer. exit, 1" black letters on 15" yellow arrow. Pointing toward handle. Eff on SIN 66-118 and subsequent. Refer to paragraph 7-22.

113.

Right side station 516, WL 53. 1/2" white
letters. Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent.

BRAKE RETURN LINE FILTER

114.

White 1/2" letters, station 525, WL 53 and station 554, WL 29.5, eff on: Qty of 1 SIN 65-7978 thru 65-7994, Qty of 2 SIN 65-7995 & sub.
.
-

WARNING FILTER MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WHEN RED INDICATOR IS EXTENDED.

8

115.

White 1/2" letters, station 95, WL 21 above 114S1655 back-up panel. Eff on SIN 65-7990 & sub.

WARNING INSTALL BACK-UP PANEL BEFORE FLIGHT

116.

First line, 1/2", lower line 1/8" white, location, station 116, WL 12.0, adjacentto flow regulator. L.S., eff on SIN 65-1995 & sub.

FLOW REGULATORS

...

REGULATED FLOW DIRECTION
117.

..

Typical for 8 windows. Both sides at station 220, 300, 380, 460, first line 1" letters, remainder 1/2" yellow or reflective letters. 1/2" Xl" yellow stripe around window at 6 places (positions 12,2,4,6,8, and 10 o'clock) Eff on SIN 66-098 and subsequent. Refer to paragraphs 7-19 through 7-22.

t

~I

EMERGENCY EXIT PULL STRAP OUT PUSH WINDOW OUT

AV010948

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 17 of 18)

8
.

8-200H

Change 2

TB 746-93-2

.

CODE

NO. I1S.

DIRECTIONS
View N-N, both sides at station 502.33, WL 19.0, black letters lIS" (metal-cal) eff on SIN 66.19059 and subsequent. View B-B, 5" white letters, station 120
center of mounting holes. Eff on SIN 6S-S014 and subsequent.

WORDING

8

FUEL VALVE WARNING UGHT

119.

XM24
XM24

GUN MTG
GUN MTG

SIN 66-118 and subsequent
120.
A two

(---------) '--------I !

(2") wide

lusterless red stripe across the

floor. Centered on station 160.

I

2"

I
I

AV010948

Figure 8-73A. InteriorrnørkinlB. CH-47 (.heat 18

of 18)

8

8
.
Change 2

8-200J/(8-200K blank)

.

8

8

8
.

88
8

8

8

~.

r

~

n

.. ::I

:r
~
.

'Ii

...a

~

qo

N 0

t
1 Figure 8-74. Exterior mørkiflØJ, CH-47 (sheet of 29)

.. ..0
W
.

...a

001090

...,

~'--

~,~.,,;,;

co

N
HINGE LINE (REF)
,

.l
õf

c N

~

...
èS
.

~.

~pI
see DETAIL
.

...

.

.~"

g

!

ca CD

..

.

.:
...

...,

~,
B

,;;;""

t

þ

f/

LEFT SIDE VIEW DETAIL
&
B

AFT PYLON WORK PLATFORM (VIEW LOOKING DOWN. LEFT SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE OPPOSITE

,

I

l

,

;~,

;

;~. "':,-' ~'*'. "-1j.',:.~"'~..".'..~'.<. .'.'"

.

'~i\'~;i::-

I
ô.1:.,t!}'-

,

010204 Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 2

of 29)

'~~

.

8

8

8

.

88,
.
14

8

8

.. -'

~~ '"

<-"'-

IS

.:~-.

f

RIGHT SlOE VIEW

-a

';"

..
,

...
.
~,

001091

~
,
3 Figure 8-74. E%tmor ""'!*ÎnIJ8, CH-41 (Blleet

i
..--<
.

of 39)

N

co
I

N
~
~"..~

g
w

III
.....

.~

0-

'I

.0
,;'"

"en
,~1?

":r
f~

1>>'"

ca

~.
LEFT S.IDE DPPOSITE
91
16
13

CD

DETAIL~i.RIGHT SIDE SHDWN ..

...a

I
,

23461
t:::I

:
:

>
:

I I

L____- .J .

IE]

@'
ESEE'DET~LC
~~
:_:'.~

SEE;DETAIL
i'

SEE DETAIL G

RIGHT

siæ

VIEW

010205

~<.-

,

-'1

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings. CH-47 (slreøij,4of 29)

.

8

8

8

.

"

8 8
"

88
-

,~
ì

4",.

"

~'""
.".f<
,

"

'-.
,<'

DETAIL
H

Edge of Tunnel

"

.

,:
(Rivet Line)
Bulktread
.
"

r----NOTE

.
"

ALL MARKINGS AFT OF STATION 430 WILL BE STENCILS' EXCEPT LANDING GEAR,
Do Not
Pelnt

.

I
STA 430.00

STA 179.50

Do Not Paint Over Screw

(")

:r' I>>

;:,

'i
~
m

...

....

co

SEE DETAJL

H

N

010206

~

TOP View

ST A440.00

Paint

Do Not

;
Figure 8:74. Exterior mørkìttg5. CH-47 (sheetS

ffi

of 29)

N

~:

ço

i

-I ID

:
~
,

n

=r

N

!

em

N

47 18 IN. ON CENTER
48

47

24 IN. WIDE

18 IN. ON CENTER

/
@)
co

""

co

8

LEAVE TIPS YELLOW

ALL ROTOR BLAOES

TOP VIEW
Çonspieuity Markings
Camouflag8d HeIIcOp&eI'I

010207

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings. CH-47 (sheet 6

of 29)

88

8

8

8

T8 756-93.2

.

8
.

-..

fI)
W

.J .J

i

too.

U
W

.J

:I

II:-

...

.J

2

:I

8

% !::

!i >

I i

..

too.

J

It
W
L

1-. 0
!:!
W

0

I

f

1

'~ø
,.
..

.J

% z

'Do

&~ ~~
Z...

J
~
I

0

GO

i:
!

.. I

-løc

WII,

j

c

8
I

.
Change

õ

1

8-2OIA

TB 746-93-2

.

8

8

....

13

FRONT VIEW
010209

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 8

of 29)

8
.

8-2068

Change 1

T.8746-93.2

.

8
(MAX)

L

C:-I
FACE AFT

DETAIL

Þ

~

~

FORWARD PYLON WORK PLATFORM (VIEW LOOKING DOWN. RIGHT SIDE SHOWN, LEFT SIDE .OPPOSITE)

8

WL-2.600

MAX WEIGHT-400 LBS. ON WORK PLATFORM
!:

I

I

I
3.6 IN.
-

-ltJ
<:

DETAIL

E

...

~

-"

8
.

ENGINE WOÃK PLATFORM (VIEW LOOKING INBD WITH PLATFORM IN OPEN POSITION. RIGHT SIDE SHOWN, LEFT SIDE OPPOSITE 010210

~
of 29)
Change 1.

Figure 8-74. Exterior mørkingø, OH-47 (.heet 9

8.208C

T8746-93..2

"'_.0._.._-

..
(Ir SUCTION

+
PFiESSURE:

<;-

~

-<+r

<;-

-$PFiESSUFIE

.

SUCTION

PAESSUAe'

SUCTION'

8

I
NO.1 SYSTEM

I NO.2 SYSTEM

I

UTI LITY

VIEW LOOKING AT HYDRAULIC TEST PANEL
D~TAIL
pi

STA 114.28
FCï=

8

(

DETAIL- G

RECEPTACLE PANEL
010211

Figure 8.14. Exterior markings, CH-41 (.heet 10

of 29)

8
.

8-206D'

Change 1

TB

7~.".2

.

8

DETAIL

I

..

--

-BLO.OO
L

8L 26.00

I

I
STA .78.00
ST A UO.OO

STA 618.00

8
BL 26.00
I

I

"T
j'.

.-

t

I

I
STA 818.00

8
.

TOP VIEW ITAIL PIPE AREA)

010212
Figure 8-14.

Exterior mørkinlll. CH-41

(.Nt

11

of 29)
Change 1 8-208E

co

""'"

N

I1J

0

....
.þo.

en

-n

'" .:0
w
.

r3OIN.~
CU~OHRERE ~
25 IN.

N

n

~

:r
CH.47 PRIOR TO 67-18494

I

,
25 x 30 IN. START AT STA 365.000 ON WL 5.000

I>>

V

I!::f~RG RESCUE
.75
.75

::s CCI

CD

J
IN.

N

IN.--J

j.-

-I

0 0

JQI

STA 440.00STA ~.50.STA 365.00 STEP MARKER STRIPE
.

~
33 IN.
.:.

~~EF)
STÂ~~03.50

~I.
13 IN.
-

;
----.;]lft j: I
-

(jJ
1.5 IN.

0

1185 IN

CH-47 67-18494 18,500 x 33 IN.

&

SUBSEQUENT

.1I
.75

IN.-II-:-iU'
c::J
i:!J

START AT STA 403.500 ON WL 9.500

0
c

(!j t:::I

NOTE

19.5 iN.

mer
=-ÍWLO

'"

EMERGENCY CUT OUT AREAS

AIRCRAFT PRIOR TO 68-15812 WILL HAVE EMERGENCY RESCUE CHANGEO TO THE CONFIGURATION OF 68-15812 AND SUBSEQUENT AT TIME OF COMPLETE PAINTING OP AIRCRAFT.
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

010213

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 12

of 29)

8

8

.

8ì'.
"

-

_8

NOTE

132 IN.-J
CUT

38

~ U

~
I 25 IN.

HERE

E:1"""T U

PRIOR TO 68-15812 WILL HAVE EMERGENCY RESCUE CHANGED TO THE CONFIGURATION OF 68-15812 AND SUBSEQUENT AT TIME OF COMPLETE PAINTING OF AIRCRAFT.

CH-47 PRIOR TO 87-18494 32 x 26 IN. CENTER ON STA 300.00
I

~
1 I.!J "G '"",,:
~

~

.75 IN.
5

f. +ir--

I
I
I

..
ST A 404.00

WL ..00 STA 420.00 IN.

.,

STA 221.30
I
I

I
.

I
I

0

Ol
I

Ii"

I
I

I
I
.

I
I
.

I

I
ST A 300.00

ST A

440.00

161N

9
.

If II

i
--f-IN. I!r .7.5
WL 0.00

C>>

:J

2!5IN.

N

---

.75 IN.

~ ill~
31N.

ijttY~

CH-47 67-18494 & SUBSEQUENT 2 PLACES. CENTER ON STA 221.300 AND 420.000

-t aJ
......

CIO

-

N

EMERGENCY CUT OUT AREAS LEFT SIDE VIEW

fP

0

!

IS N
(sheet 13 Figure 8-74. Exterior mDl'kings, CH-47

010214

of 29)

TB 746.93-2
Notes
1. Unless otherwise noted, all lettering is to be I-in.

.
IN

2. A standard size arro,! wilt be used, when required, in the following stencil

-I
I 1.6 IN. 0.5

KT-'
IN.

8

!-t-

I
3

~
IN.

3. FOR NON~CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
Letters to be painted gloss yellow, shade No. 13538, on olive drab surfaces; and gloss black, shade No. 17038, on white or high visibility surfaces unless otherwise noted

4. FOR CAMOUGLAGE HELICOPTER
Letters to be painted lusterless yellow, shade No. unleRs otherwise noted
" ,
.

33538,

8

~

.

NO.
1
..---..-

DIRECTIONS
Fixed portion of cowl between nacelle and vertical' fin. Bottom of letters facing fwd. On nonstructural area of fwd rotor housing, right side. To be readwhile standing on work platform (inside only). Also top of engine nacelle facing outbd

WORDING NO STEP

2

I
3

Adjacent to handle on right side. Lettering to be 1/2 in. lusterless black. Word WARNING should' be lusterless yellow
Used with each set of steps, both sides of fuselage. Also, above handgrip, top and side of rear pylon, both sides

DEPHASE HANDLE INSIDE WARNING MUST BE IN LOCKED POSITION PRIOR TO START
-

HAND HOLD

4

Adjacent to access doors. To be read from

INSTALL COVER
BEFORE FliGHT

walkway
001092

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, OH-47 (sheet 14 of 29)

8
.

8-206H

Change 2

~

"

TS 748-93-2

.

CODE NO.
5

DIRECTIONS
Doth sides of fuselage above filler cap. Lett ers to be 1/2 in. lusterless black

WORDING

8
6

t
31N.

!

Doth sides of fuselage, 1/4-in. letters

FUEL VENT

NOTE
.

.

CH-47, serial No. 68-15812 and subsequent, sta 330. CH-47, serial No. 67-18494 thru 6 815811, sta 245 and 386. CH-47, serial No. 66-19098 thru 67-18493, sta 231 and 395. CH-47, serial No. 67-18594 and subsequent,
s ta
.

189,243,387,

and 442

7

Ri ght side top of fuselage, 2-in. below walk. way , positioned between bulkheads (riwt line ) between sta 179.5 and sta 400. I-in. lett ers to be read from walkway
Bo th sides of fuselage adjacent to step

NO STEP

8

.STEP

8
9

NOTE
On CH-47B, serial No. 66-19098, t he lower right side of the fuselage has a hinge type folding step. This stencil is applied on the door under the release knob. First line is I-in., remainder is
112-in.

STEP

PULL KNOB DOWN AND OUT TO
OPEN STEP

On AC power

access

door on right side in

lust erless black letters

DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE

10

sta 162,
.

Aft of fwd entrance door on right side, WL 8, in lusterless black letten

EXIT
RELEASE

+

11

On emergency exit panel in fwd entrance door on right side forward of pull tab

PUlL TAB

..

OUT PUSH PANEL IN

12

Below lower flight compartment side window in line with door jettison handle on right side

~

DOOR JETIISON

8
.
0

001093
Figure 8-74. Esterior mørIIineø, CH-47 (.heet 16

of 29)
Çhange
1

8-206J

TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.
13

DIRECTIONS
Below door jettison handle on right side of fuselage, sta 93, WL-24, lusterless black
letters

WORDING

.

DOOR JETIISON +. PUSH TRIGGER TURN HANDLE UP

14

Lower section of fwd entrance door on right side aft of door handle in lusterless black
letters

+
+

PUSH TRIGGER

8

TURN HANDLE UP PULL DOOR OUT
PUSH TRIGGER TURN

15

Upper section of fwd entrance door on right side, aft of door release, in lusterless black letters

HANDLE UP LIFT DOOR
UP

@

Tire slippage marks. Refer to paragraph 7.27.

17

Below engine nacelles, both sides, aft of air intake screen, sta 503, WL 52
Hydraulic test panel, tail of fuselage, right side. 1/4.in. letters.

ENGINE ACCESS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER

@

HYD SYSTEM TEST PANEL

<t' ~ ~ON PR~RE~PR~RE
I ~RESßURE ~TION I S~CT~ON
NO.2 SYSTEM
UTILITY

8

NO.1 SYSTEM

@)

Around emergency exit panels. FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
On both sides of fuselage and on rear cargo door. Emer. exit outlined at each corner with corner bands 1 in. wide and 3 in. long at each leg and
painted lusterless yellow, shade No. 33538

[-3IN.--1

t
31N.

~

U
-I
1--1
IN.
of 29

-,,-

~--

20

Centered under cargo ramp, a~ove emergency exit, sta

001094

610'
Change 2

EMERGENCY EXIT PULL STRAP OUT PUSH PANEL

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 16

8
.

8.206 K

TB 7".93.2

.

.

CODE NO.
21

DIRECTIONS
Cen tered between upper and lower static ports. Left and right side of fwd pylon. Lettering to

WORDING

8
22

bel /4

in with two top lines above rivet line, lower two lines below rivet line. On CH47A, do not paint flush plate of static port

DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES WITHIN 3.0" RADIUS MUST BE SMOOTH AND CLEAN

Top center of engine nacelles between oil filler aeee ss and oil quantity indicator access doors.

Top of letters facing outbd, 1/2-in. letters.

LUB OIL MIL-L-23699, ABOVE -2SoF MIL-L-7808 ; BELOW -2SoF

~
4

Antiglare area fwd of windshield, furthermost CUr\leis 30-in. fwd of windshield. Paint area
lusterless black

24
..

Ad' lJIcent to fwd edge of fwd emergency exit, left side, sta 119, WL 6. Arrow should point to pull tab Left side, on bottom comer of emergency exit
.

EXIT
RELEASE

25

aOOve pull tab

PULL TAB OUT PUSH PANEL IN

@

Top of fuselage, left side of tunnel, from sta 160 to sta 420. I-in. letters, lusterless black, top of letters facing outboard. Word STEP 4-in.
out from tunnel on bulkhead, 14 places. Work NO STEP 6-in. out from tunnel between bulkheads (rivet lines)

8
27

EDGE OF TUNNEL --. STA 160.00 t STA 180.00 6 IN. t d:IJ.S

~

.

10

IN.

~
1

dUg. d:i~S
ON
~
.

I

-10

IN.

On top centerline to be read from walkway.

.

CAUTION-DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING ANTENNA HOUSING STATIC PORT

28

Mt of second

side window, both sides

+.

',"
.

.

29

8
001086

Doth sides of fuselage. Mt side of filler cap on left side and fwd side of filler cap on right side. The early model helicopters have one tank on each side of the center of the fuselage. Later heli copters have three tanks, one fwd and one aft of the center tank

FUEL MIL-T-5624

JP4.

.
!1:i

Figure 8-74. Exterior morkings, CH-47 (.heet 17

of 29)
Change 1

ß.206L
.

!;~ ~

1B 746.93.2
CODE

NO.
~, _30'

DIRECTIONS
Cut out corners 3 x 3 x 1 in., yellow markings. CH-47 prior to serial No. 68-15812, left side centered around window at sta 300 and right side at sta 380. CH-47, serial No. 68-15812 and subsequent, left side centered on sta 221.30 and 420, and right side at sta 416.50. See sheet 12 and 13

WORDING

.
IN.
CUT HERE
FOR

-LI
-r-3
IN.

r[j=3

3
.

'lJ

8

~
~
31

-- ~. 75 IN.

II

EMERGENCY RESCUE (L.H. Side)

-I
--

dJ I-+-5.0
r:!]

IN.
;.

........

"1-+-.75 IN.

EMERGENCY RESCUE (R.H. Side)

I,

1-+-.75 IN.

Top of fwd pylon aft of rain shield at sta 114. Top of letters facing inboard. Effective on CH-47, serial No. 66-19098 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONL V
Both sides of pylon. Bottom of letters on WL 97, start at sta 518

HAND HOLD

U.S. ARMY (insert serial no.)

8

Lettering 9.in. high, 6.in. wide, 1.5 in. stroke
~

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONL V
Both sides of pylon on WL 118.00, start at sta 557 and extend aft. Lettering 6.in. lusterless black

(insert serial no.)

",33,

-)

Inside transmission oil filler access panel. 1/4.in. letters

LUB OIL MIL- L-7808
STEP

34 \
35

Left side of pylon adjacent to kick in step panels Lower aft section of fuselage in line with towing eye on tail gear, both sides, sta 514, WL-28

TOW

+
+.,

36

Left side fuselage, sta 95, WL-25

JACK POINT UNDER

001096

8
.

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet

is of 29)

8-206M

Change 1

-

----

T8 746-93-2

.

CODE NO.
37

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of fuselage, aft of lower step,

WORDING

FUSIACK
PT AND

8

Ita 483, WL-28
.

MOORING PT UNDER

+
FOR NON-cAMOUfLAGE

HEll COPTER
ARMY

@
,~

MOlt fwd part of letter "A" on left side to be at STA 300.00. Most fwd part of lett er "V" on right side to be at STA 300.00. Top of I etten WL-12. Letters to be 18 in. painted gloss b lack, shade No. 17038 on white fuselaøe and gloss white, shade No. 17875 on olive drab fuselage FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTE R

~

MOlt fwd part of letter "U" on left side to be at STA 280.00. MOlt fwd part of lett er "Y" on right side to be at STA 280.00. Top of I etten will be on WI. 12, IS.in. down from pod seam, 6-in. lusterless
black

UNITED STATES ARMY

39

8
40

Both sides fuselage at sta 241, WI..- 34

FUSIACK
POINT, AND

MOORING POINT UNDER

+
Aft of external
power access panel on left lide.

115/208 V 400 CYCLE A.C.

.

NOTE

CH-47 A, aft of access door at st a 174. CH-47C, below acCess door at s ta 169
41
~
.

Above external power access panel, sta 169, on left
,side
..

EXT PWR
DC-AC

~

42

Fwd of external power Ita 166. 1/2 in. letters

access paneI on

left side,

28 V.D.C

43

Below door jettison handle on left side, sta 93,

DOOR JETTISON
PUSH TRIGGER

WL24

8
.
-

TURN HANDLE DOWN
010290
E zterior mtIl'kin,., CH-41 l1iIure 8-14.

+

(Wet 19 of 29)
Change 1
..

8-208N
.

TB 746.93.2
CODE NO. 44
Left side

DIRECTIONS

WORDING
U.S. ARMY MODEL

.

of fuselage aft of cabin window, sta 93, WL 11.50. First two lines I-in, remaining lines l/2-in.

U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial no.)
Service this aircraft with MIL-T-5624 grade No. JP-4 aviation fuel. If not available refer to TB55.9150-200-25 for

8

alternate fuel
45

Below lower flight compartment side window in line with door jettison handle on left side

DOOR JETTISON

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

..

'46
\'-

The top surface of each blade, 24-in. inbd from the tips, and aft of the leading edge will be painted
lusterless white.

CAUTION: Spray all blades evenly, rebalance
necessary

is

not

i \

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

47"

Forward and aft pylons (top only) will be painted with an international orange strip, eighteen inches wide on center. Do not extend over the radius of the top. To be visible only from above

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY
48

8

Top surface of tunnel covers will be painted lusterless white. 24-in. stripe applied between walkway 2-in. black stripes
FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

49
.

(Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit insignia
is on nose access panel.

50

Above battery vent, left side of fuselage, sta 188. 1/4-in. letters.
.

BATTERY VENT

51

sta 188,

On battery access panel, left side of fuselage, WL 16

BATTERY INSIDE

'52'\

('53"'\ Code, Paint
sta
'-.,-,

Black walkway material on indicated shaded areas

1/4-in. letters left side of fuselage, 118.0, WL-28.0

NCAD**WP1.P2- L3-Date
WP.MIL-C-8514 P.MIL-P. 7962

.

**Paint Contractor will insert their code
010291

L-MIL.L-19538

8
.

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 20

of 29)

8.206P

Change 1

...

.

,

TB 746.93.2

.

CODE

NO.
54

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of fwd pyl on fairing sta 100, WL.67.50
,

WORDING
ACCESS

:

8
FOR NON-CAMOUF LAGE HE LlCOPTER

FWD RQTOR SYSTEM & WORK PLATFORM

.

is>

Left side of fuselage around emergency exit panel. l.in. wide band, 1/2-i n. on stru cture, 1/2-in. on
panel

1/2IN. STRUCTURE

r;=
AIRCRAFT

SEAL 1/2 IN.PANEL

~

56

Both sides of fwd pyl on, sta 123, WL 6.3.50

UFT
~

PTS

INSIDE

It
57

.

Left side of fuselage, sta 162, above drain tube. 1/4-in. letters
Both sides of fuselage , 2 places sta 226 and 355, WL-34.0. 1/2-in. lette rs
,

TUNNEL DRAIN

58

COMPI DRAINS UNDER

+

8

59

Both sides of fuselage ? sta 245 WL-18.0
,

ACCESS

LANDING GEAR
SERVICE
60 Both sides of fuselage sta 241 WL-23.0. Centered on forward landing gear access door
, ,

ACCESS FUEL SYSTEM INSP.

-"
.

61

On landing gear strut s. 1/4-in. letters. *Refer to TM 55-1520-209-20, Chapter 1 Section II, table 1-2, page 1-9 for affected aircraft an d tire pressure.
,

TIRE
PRESSURE *67PSI

NOTE *CH-47, serial No. 66-1909 8 thru 67-18493 67PSI
.

**TIRE PRESSURE
PSI 67

**CH-47, serial N o. 67-18494 and subsequent
~
,

77 88

GRO WT. 33000 40000 44000

62

BOth sides of fuselage 67-18494, 8 places at (s). CH-47 after serial at Sta 195,235,261,

.
.

CH-47 prior to serial No. 266, 379, 395 and 416 No. 67-1 8494, 14 places 268, 369 ,379,435 and 445
sta
,

FUEL DRAIN

+

.

8
.

63

Both sides of fuselage , 2 places sta 261, and 355.

Disconnect electrical plugs in fuel cell access panel before dropping tank.

010292

Figure 8-74

.

Exterior marking., CH-47 (.heet 21 of 29)

Change 1

8-2060

'.!
"

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
Left and right side of fuselage. A I-in. wide black band around f1l1er cap, 2-in. from filler cap. Paint band and cap black. I-in. band may be broken in four sections for ease of application
serial No. 67-18493, left side sta 300, right side sta 332

WORDING

.

(64
,.

CH47 prior to

CH47

serial No. 67-18493 and subsequent, left side

of fuselage at sta 207, 302, and 408, right side of fuselage at sta 219, 331, and 420

~, "
N0

8

65

Both sides of fuselage under antenna, sta 330.5,

HAND HOLD

WL 14.9
66
Both sides of fuselage centered on access plate, 380 and 449 ACCESS FUEL SYSTEM INSP
W ORK PLATFORM

sta

67

Left. and right aft work platform, centered on platform at WL-2.50

68

Both sides of fuselage, fore and aft of work platform above support point at sta 474.0 and

521.0, WL-6.0

W ORK PLATFORM SUPPORT

8
~

PO INT

+
69 Both sides of fuselage, sta 485, WL-34. 1/2-in. letters as required per model helicopter Left side of fuselage, sta 546.50, WL IS

COMPT DRAINS

UNDER
AC CESS APP EMERG

+
,

70

FLUID SHUT OFF

0Í)
.~,....._",'"'

Left side of fuselage, sta 543, WL 50. First line I-in. letters remaining letters 1/4-in., located in front of each overboard drain tube.

NOTE
.Applicable on CH47, serial No. 67-18494
and subsequent.

ENGINE D RAINS .S TARTER REliEF VA LVE DRAIN HYDRAUUC DRAIN AF T XMXN DRIP PAN ENGINE COMB CHAMB ENGINE BREATHER ENGINE MANF

010293

8
.

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (aheet 22

of 29)

8-208R
.

Change 1

Tat....2

.

.

CODE
NO.
D IRECTIONS

'.

WORDING
"

"

72

8

Both Iidea of enaine c owling below screéned air intab, Ita 486, W L46.0

ACCESS ENGINE

~,

QUICK
DISCONNECT
,;',C"

f
..

73

Both Iidea of

rear pylon, sta

471, WL 79
"

AIRCRAFI'

+E

UFT

PTS

f

0"
.
.

I"~

74
':

Both sidet of rear pylon, sta 457, WL 106.5, fwd of screened air intake On CH-47, serial No. 65.7966 to 65-8025, left aide 0 f rear pylon , below screened area On outbo ard aide of # 1 engine and inboard of #2- enpne, aft of access door

ACCESS XMSM

OIL COOLER
ACCESS ENGINE GEAR BOX CIUP DETECTORS
ACCESS

.

75
~

,.

76

aide

OIL QUANTITY INDICATOR
,

:
"

77

Left side
letters

0

f pylon, sta 496, WL 95.50. 1/2-in.

BLOWER FAN LUBE POINT MILG-23827

.-

8

78

Left side

0

f pylon, Ita 505, WL 82.5

BLOWER FAN ACCESS
&;

.,
"

REMOVAL

79

Left side 0 f fuselage Ita 550, WL 128

n

ear top of rear pylon,

ACCESS THRUST
&;

BE.uING
.'
'.

WORK PLATFORM

'.'

,

";',

80

Both Iidea of fuselage under lettering, refer to Code No. 79
Both Iidet of pylon ceotered on access door,

HYD BOOST TANK
-7'

.{'

,

,

81

ACCESS

:t

Ita 564, WL 85.0
82
~

XMSN
ACCESS XMSN

Left side 0 f fuselage ab ove smaU access plate, Ita 557.0, WL75
Riabt side of f_sse under overboard drain, Ita 107, WL 15 1/4-in letters
.

OIL FILTER
....",

83
~

WATER DRAIN HEATER INLET
INPH JACK
BLADE TRACKING
,

84
"

Riøbtside of fuselaae above Ita 114, WIA
,

access door,

85

8
010294

Riøbt side of fuseJase under phone jack plug, Ita 112. WL.J2 Effective C H-47, serial No. 66.19098 thru
.

..
:

68-15828

28 of 29) Fiøure 8-74. Estmor mar'''"", CH-47 (.laHt

.-

.

Chabge 1

8-2088

-

,

.

T B 746.93.2

CODE NO. 86

DIRECTIONS
Right side of fuselage, above overboard drain line, sta 101, WL-34.S 1/4-in. letters
Right side of fuselage on upper door, fwd release handle, sta 127, WL-2.S

WORDING

.

HEATER FUEL DRAIN

87

of

LIFT DOOR UP

8
.. 1 IN.
'

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

,88
"

Right side of fuselage on top front door. Two I-in. wide stripes around push-in panel, I-in. on panel on each side of seal. Do not paint seal

fi
XMSN OIL FILLER INSIDE
ACCESS

SEAL

(RE F)

89

Right side of fwd pylon fairing sta 78., WL 66

..

90

Right side of fuselage on access door, sta 187, WL-1S

A.C. POWER EQUIP

91

Right side

of fuselage adjacent to each

side

of

step kick in door panel

*STEP
,..

NOTE Effective CH47, serial No. 19098 and
subsequent, the first two lower steps on the right side of the pod have a folding hinge type door. This marking goes on the door of the step below the door knob.

STEP

PULL KNOB DOWN AND OUT TO
OPEN STEP
ý ~'

8
15 IN. 27

(:~)
93

Both sides of fuselage, step guide above each step. 1/4-in. wide, 12.in., IS-in., or 27.in. lengths. Lusterless yellow

O'--r ~~t
NO PUSH KEEP OFF
ACCESS

'"

IN.

Outboard side of each nose antenna mounting tube. First line centered horizontally on tube, second line below center. l/2-in. letters Right side of fuselage, aft small access plate, on larger access plate, sta 494.50

94

RAMP CONTROL
DN-STOP.UP

9S

Right side of fuselage above access plate,
sta 487.S0

INPH
JACK

.'

010296
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 24
,

8
.

of 29)

8-206T

Change 1

TB 746.93.2

.

CODE
NO.

DIRECTIONS
Right side of fuselage on aft access panel near tail, sta 561, WL 15

WORDING

96

HYD SYSTEM
TEST

8
97 98

PANEL
Right side of aft pylon, sta 491., WL 107
ACCESS

BLOWER INSP
Both aft landing gear drag struts, 1/2.in. red letters. Effective CH-47, serial No. 63-7922 and subsequent

't

WARNING DO NOT LOAD GEAR WITH STATIC
LOCK ENGAGED

~

~
100

Both aft landing gear drag links. Red arrow l.in. x 3-in. Effective CH-47, serial No. 63-7922 and subsequent

-+
WARNING REFER TO MANUAL BEFORE DISCONN HYD LINES
-

Both aft landing gear on aft side of swivel lock actuator. 1/2-in. red letters. Stencil is vertical on actuator. Effective CH-47, serial No. 63-7922 and subsequent
Right side of fuselage, near tail, first two l.in. letters. Remainder of stencil 1/4-in. Each line will be placed fwd of overboard drain

8

lines

ENGINE DRAINS

tube.

#0
NOTE
.

STARTER RELIEF

VALVE DRAIN
*Shown for CH-47, serial No. 66-19032
and subsequent
reverse first two lines
'>'~.,,,-

..

':1,",,_.

0 APP FUEL PUMP SEAL 0 APP COMB CHAMB 0 HYDRAULIC DRAIN 0 ENGINE COMB CHAMB 0 ENGINE BREATHER 0 ENGINE MANF

**On CH-47 prior to serial No. 66-19032,
#Applicable on CH-47, serial No. 67. 18494 and subseqw~lt
Finish of door handle and emer door and cockpit handles, both sides of helicopter. Paint handle
lusterless black, paint plunger lusterless yellow.
~

~

(
NO STEP

J::j"
-

~.YEllOW
~BLACK
'

HANDLE (REF)

103

On top of tunnel facing left of walkway area. Starting at sta 200, BL 6, right hand side,
and spaced 4O-in. apart.

8
.

104
010296

Centered on top of fwd pylon at sta 134

NO STEP

Figure 8-74. E:cterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 26 of 29)

Change 1

8-206U

TB 746.93.2
CODE
NO.
J

.

DIRBCTIONS
Top of fuselage around all walkway areas, 2.in.
Úl black border

WORDING

.

.;,,~

105

",,-j

-I-2m.
ACCESS

8

.

106

Top ~f fuselage, right side, fwd on access door, sta 152. Top of letters facing outboard. Also right side aft, sta 443.5 on CH-47, se.rial No. 66-19098 thru 67.18484

MAINT DAVIT
~

107

z:nt,
,/

Top of fuselage, right side aft of walkway sta 175. Also aft right side, of uselage at'sta 416. 1/2.in. letters
Three places on top of fuselage tunnel, sta 180, 303, and 384. Top of letters facing left

MAINT CRANE AZIMUTH PT. REPLACE SCREW AFTER USING
'!'

t?"
'/ì~
'

ACCESS-DRIVE SHAFT COUPUNG

'\. "~,,

"

Top center of both sides of fuselage, sta 317. A 2-in. lusterless black circle on the fitting
cover

0
-I
12

IN.

110.

Top center of both sides of fuselage at fitting. Stencil to be outbd of fitting, top of letters facing outbd

SPT PT

8

BLADE RACK

111

Top and bottom of left and right gear box cover. Top of letters face aft

access

REMOVE GEI\R BOX
ACCESS

112

On leading edge of aft pylon, sta 452, WL 70

ROTOR DEPHASE DEVICE INSIDE
ACCESS

113

Top of left and right engine pod drive shaft fairing. Top of letters facing aft
On top of left 'and right nacelle on access plate. Top of letters facing aft

DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

,

114

OIL FILTER
ACCESS

115

Two places on top of left and right nacelle. Aft of oil filler access and fwd of circular hole in fairing. Top of letters face aft

ENGINE HOIST

010297

8
.

Fipre 8.74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 26 of 29)
.

8.20BV

Change 1

TI 746-93.2

.

CODE

NO.
116

DIRECTIONS
Top of left and right engine nacelle, fwd of tail pipe. Top of letters facing outboard, arrows to point aft
On top sides of fwd and aft rotor blade rain shield. Paint rain shield lusterless black (overspray rain shield). Apply stencils 1200 apart, 3 places on each rain shield. This stencil
is located outboard of each rotor blade pitch link cut-out hole

.

WORDING
..

8
117

NO STEP OR HAND HOLD

NO STEP

~

..

118

Fore and aft rotor blade rain shield, 3 pbces positioned 1200 apart. 1/4-in. letters,
lusterless yellow, paint rivet yellow. There are 3 round head rivets on the outboard side of each

PHASING

v'
(rivet ref)

~

rain shield. These will be painted lusterless yellow with the 1/4-in. stencil located above
the rivet

119

Bottom centerline of fuselage. One place on front lower section of nose area. Two places on nose at mirror support brackets. 1/2-in. letters.
Bottom of fuselage, right side, at sta 98.0. 1/2-in. letters

MIRROR SPT PT

8

120

XMSN OIL DRAIN

121

Bottom of fusel. at drain lines. Stencil aft of Ita 430. On CH-47 serial No. 66-19098 tbru 68-15831, 17 places. On CH47 serial No. 68-

DRAlNt
OPEN

15832 and subsequent, 26 places. Decals forward

of Station 430
122 Left side of fuse1IF, bottom of acft, sta 187. 1/2-in. letters On aft loading ramp emergency escape panel. 1-1/2 in. lusterless yellow band around push
button
~

BATIERY DRAIN

~

0

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

8
.

l~
010298

On aft loading ramp around emergency escape panel. A I-in. wide stripe, one on door, one on panel.

Do not paint seal

6
of 29)

STRIPE SEAL
STRIPE

FWure 8~74. &cterlor rnørkinøø, CH-47 (BlaHt 27

Change 1

8-206W

T8 746.93-2
CODE
NO.
125

DIRECTIONS
On CH47 A, fwd, side of front pylon above static port at WL 72.5, left and right side, front. Top line 1/2-in. letters, second line 1/4-in.
letters

WORDING
S.A.S. UPPER

.

8
.

126

On CH47 A, fwd side of front pylon, below static port, at base of faiMg, lèft and right side, front. Top line 1/2-in., second line 1/4-in.
letters

S.A.S.

LOWER

127
128

Centered on nose panel, above door catch

ACCESS
APP FUEL DRAIN

Left side of fuselage above drain line, 1/4-in. letters. CH-47A, sta 525, WL 7.0. CH-47C, sta 447 at bottom of access plate.
Effective CH47B and C, serial No. 67-18446 and subsequent that have' ARC-1 02 antenna installed along left side of fuselage. 2 places above antenna lead-in, at fwd end of fuselage, aft of
last standoff at end

129

DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE DO NOT TOUCH ANTENNA WIRE
-

"

of fuselage
NO HANDHOLD

130

Effective CH47B and C, serial No. 67-18446 and subsequent, with ARC-102 antenna installed. 5 places besides antenna standoffs

8

.

131

CH47B and C, located on lower cockpit windshield.
Decal curves around upper SAS part

HIGH TEMP UPPER SAS DANGER DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES
DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES HIGH TEMP LOWER SAS DANGER

132

CH47B and CH47C, located on lower cockpit windshield. l)e,;al curves around lower SAS part
Outboard side of fwd pylon work platform when platform is open. Decal facing aft
On left and right fwd pylon work platform. 5 places, facing outboard on outboard side, facing

133

MAX WEIGHT
400 LBS

134

NO STEP

aft on fwd and aft sides. 135

On aft work platform one facing fwd, one facing aft
On work platform. 6 places, 2 facing inboard, 2 facing outboard, 1 facing fwd, and 1 facing aft
Engine work platform area. On side of fuselage when engine work platform is open. Between sta 502 and 518, WL 2.50
-

MAX WEIGHT
400 LBS NO STEP

136

137

MAX WEIGHT

400 LBS ON WORK PLATFORM
-

8
'

...

010299

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 28

of 29)

8-206X

Change 1

.

11
.

.

746.93.2
--

.

CODE
NO.
138

DIRECTIONS

WORDING 115/VAC INPH BLADE TCK
PHASE

In electrical panel
In electrical panel In electrical panel

8

139

140

.

141

In electrical panel

DET
142

Both sides of fuselage below aft side of jettisonable door. Word cau,tion is I-in., remain~r

CAUTION
When installing door Refer to TM 55.1520-"*-20 Chapter IV. Sect n for
proper install and adjustment

of letters l/4-in.
~

***Insert-209-for CH-47 A ***Insert-227.for CH-47B and C
010300

8

!O

8
Figure 8-74. E:cterior marki,.,.. CH-47 (8heet 29

of 29)

.

Change 1

8-206Y!(8.206Z blank)

.

8

..

8

8
.

8,~
"

'.

8

8

"",'

./

WL 72.00

ST A 340.00 ...
"

STilt.
,
"

300.00

ST A 280.00 ".

STA 220.00
...
"

STilt. 1110.00
,
"

STA

140.00"
STilt.

...00
"
"
STA 400.00

STA 360.00

n

I
.

....

...
-...

qo

t
Stati01lll diagram, CH-47

w
.

S

h)

-,

co

N
35

-I DJ
STA 772.0
....
~

0 CO

0.

.0
W

Ñ
DANGER
-

n :J'

CD

~ =

AWAY> KE~P
DETAIL
A

CD

~

61N.

SEE

DETAIL

A

.

STA.

136
LEFT SIDE

VIEW

STA.

136 LKG. FWD

001097

Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, CH-54 (sheet 1

of 7)

8

8
.

8

88
>If

8

8

STA 407
STA 2915

START WALKWAY 41N. FROM G.. OF HELICOPTER EACH STRIP 5 IN. WIDE (LH AND RH) STA 470 (APPROX)

n

::r

.,

~

a:II

CD

I

ooA

00 1098
.....

UI
....

CD

N

~
Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, CH-54 (.heet 2 of 7)

:0
Co)

.0

CD

t..J

TB 746.93.'2

.

8
WL 216.4 RH

LOAD

LEVELLER
INSTALLATION

*

ANTICOLLISION LIGHT

I

,I
85 IN.

~r

I

8

237 IN.

261.7 IN.

001099

FRONT VIEW
f,

,

Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, OH-54 (sheet 8

of 7)

"'~'"

8
.
8-210
Change 1

T8 7~93.2

.

CODE NO.
I

DIRECTIONS
Rear cockpit door by handle,

WORDING
and interior

uteri or

TO OPEN PUSH I
AND (EXTERIOR)

TURN.

8

TO OPEN PULL AND TURN" (INTERIOR, YELLOW LETTER)
EMERGENCY

2

Cockpit door by elDergency release band Ie ST A 73 WL 129 ri,ht and left side

EMERGENCY RELEASE TURN

I

EXIT
PUSH

3
.

Cockpit door by bandle, interior,

ri, ht

and left side

TO OPEN TURN

t

"

"

Cockpit door by bandle, exterior, ri sht and left side

TO OPEN TURN

I

5

On left of fuselage near fwd filler c BP STA 303 aDd aft filler cap STA 419 (apprOK) On left side of fuselage near auxili ary filler cap

FUEL MIL.T.S624
JP-4

6

8

STA 439
7

FUEL
MJL.T.S624

Rear door by emergency release han dIe on eKterior and interior bulkbead, STA 136. 2-i n. letters

JP4 (EXTERIOR WI J04.50 BI 23
EMERGENCY RELEASE

.

TURN.t
TURN.t

INTERIOR EMERGENCY EXIT
WI 147.50
8

On auxiliary power plant oil tank

LUB OIL YlL-L-23699
WARNING. DO NOT MOVE

9

In pilot's compartment on canted bu lkbead aft of pilots' seats I 1/2-in. lusterle 5S black letters
On torque tUbe arms Nos. 2, 4, and 6 of main rotor bead 1/2-in. lusterless black I etters, tbree

HEUCOPTER UNLESS CROSS
BRACE is INSTALLED

.

10

UFT

.

places
-

11

-

8
001100

Apply walkway urethane base coati ns BFC91-991 or equal, black color 5 bade No. 37038 in accordance with manufact urer's instructions. From walkway area st B. 353 to sta. 729, from sta. 191. 5, a strip 1 a-in. wide transverse in tbe aft direction, and 00 pilots compartment floor and steps forw" d of st.. 136.
8-76. E xterior mørkinga,

Fipre

CH.U (sIa..t 4 of 7)
Change 1

.

8-211

'~<!'I\

18 746-93-2
CODE NO.
12

WOR DING

13

Apply 3-in. strip of walkway urethane base coàting BFC-91-991 or equal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, color shade No. 37038. left and rilÙ1t side. Apply I-in. letters

.

14

8

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY (Not Shown) The top surface of the outboard twenty four inches of each rotor blade, excluding the tip cap, will be painted lusterless white. FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY The top surface of horizontal stabilizer wiIl be painted international orange.

15

16

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
Authorized placement of unit insignia is on the
nose.
.

17

Both side~ above control rods at stations 205, 206 and 300, WL. 185

.

NOSTEP
NO
H AND

18

Inside of battery compartment door, right side of aircraft, on window washer. Black letters

REMOVE FILL RE SERVOIR CAP 2 QTS. NO HANDH OLD

HOL~ CAP.TO

19

Pitot tubes, both sides, top of cockpit. Black letters
On cargo lashing reels below rocking mechanisms, 4 places, black letters.

20

LO CKED POS ITION

,,~
OIL

8

I

21

Left side main gear box near oil filter, left side of pylon near intermediate gear box, and on left side of pylon near tail gear box, black letters.

F SN 9150-180-6278 T M 55-9150-200-25

22

Left side of fuselage, Fwd and aft filter
MS 27606 caps, use grounding symbol per

23

2-in bloc k numbers on bottom side of fuselage, Sta. 246 and Sta. 430, BL. 38. 1 and 2 on right

1

3 4

side, 3 and 4 on left side,black numbers.
24
On left and right side fwd main gear fairing, Sta.405, WL. 1~4 and 160. I-in yellow
orange letters. 4 places.

2

NO STE P

25

Left

side main gear

FUEL PR ESSURE SERVICIN G POINT FUE L

JP4
010216

Figure 8-75. Exterior markings. CH-54 (sheet 5 of 7)
I

8
.

8-212

Change 2

--

CODE

18 7 46-9~2
DIRECTIONS
Near oil filter cap on left andrigh t engines

.

NO.
26

WORDING

OIL CAP 1.0 GAL MIL-L-23699

8

27

Apply stenc ils on left and right e ngine brackets, armor plate, and top sid e of helicopter. ~in black letters, 10 places
Sta. 208 BL. 35.00
.

Left sid e
Right si de

FIRE DETE CTOR

NO.2
Sta. 208 BL. 35.00

FIRE DETECTOR

NO.,I
Sta. 213 BL. 9.25
-

Left sid e
Right s' ide

FIRE DETECTOR

NO.4
Sta.

213BL. 9.25

FIRE DETECTOR

NO.5
.

Sta. 213 B'L. 36.40

Left sid e
Right s' ide

FIRE DE TECTOR

NO.3
Sta. 213 BL. 36.40
Sta. 254 BL. 35.00 Sta. 254 BL. 35.00
F

IRE DETECTOR

NO.4
Left sid e
Right side

FIRE DETECTOR

NO.5.
FIRE DETECTOR

NO.3

8
28
29

Sta. 260 BL. 0.00
Sta. 260 BL. 0.00
.-.

Left side
Right
.------._---,s
-

FIRE DETECTOR

ide

NO.1 FIRE DETECTOR

NO.2'
Below APV fire surveillance on t op side of aircraft, Sta. 371, BL. 3.87 left si de. On bracket attached to oil cooler Sta. 384, WL. 231, right side
On fwd. fuselage, right side only, below cockpit wi~ow, black letters

FIRE DETECTOR NO.2 FIRE DETECTOR NO.1 EXT POWER 115 VOLTS AC EXT POWER 28 VOLTS DC
STATIC LOAD 3000 LBS.
STATIC LOAD 5000 LBS. STATIC LOAD 7000 LBS. STATIC LOAD 10,000 LBS. STATIC LOAD 2000 LBS.

30

Apply static load markings to bottom surface of aircraft where practical, 6 places

.

31

Apply static load markings to bottom surface of aircraft, 8 places
Apply static load markings to bottom surface of aircraft where practical, 8 places
Apply static load markings to bottom
surface

.

32

33

8
.

of aircraft where pratical, 8 places

34

Apply static load markings to botto m
surface

I

of aircraft

I
of
7)

010217

6 Figure 8-75. Exterior markin,s. CH-54 (sheet

I
8-213
.

ChaQØ8 1

T8746-93-2
CODE NO.
3S

DIRECTIONS All lettering shall be of the modified vertical block
type. The width of the lettering shall be approximately 2/3 of the height. The width of the stroke shall be 1/6 of the height

WORDING

.

-Lt=[ID&~@~[Æ
1

7/8 fN.

,~..

~fËfË~~W&W

8

010218

8

I
8-214
Change 1

FipreS-76. Exterior mørkinf8, CH.64 (sheet

70( 7)

8
.

T8

''''2

.

2

3

4

5

8
1

!

i

=-=

T
II
~

.: II

-J:o
~
-

"

..
..
I

I

I
-

""'ITAm-.. '~(l1711 %
-=--

tp
II

II I

.

.

a1t'~.
..;...
.

-.

----P.. ........rI.r.r~.f!ii,Þ,,".rII'"III'.rIWI"II"II""~I'.rIIII'III'II.., -Tr~
"

-t..-.
'ii'

,.'''''

'-1 i~.
~.

"

J

"

\......"/

,(~. J~ ',"" ./
'"
~
.

,........J.?~

"""jJ",.

,--------;)J

I'

"

LEFT ,II DE

NOTE

13

Interior surfaeea. dark IUD gra,. shad.'DO. 88281, TTL-20

/:.,,1,.

~ ~
~
"

'J~-----~~~j?--------_.-.---------_.~~u ::; L.J'

/I
-

ð

--~~
-

e

~
~
II
~-=(I

t'

~

8

Ii

1
~
I

AC STA 248

AC STA 436.6

,

f! ~:l';,....

,r~ 'I
~ ~

~

~

~

s.... .rl.......J!>).);J~t:.............r.:1_...... ..--... ~";#/.I,...9'..'~ ;;;,;~
'

'-

-

g
-

.~---------_u..;.r. 7:::~
'-;rrr}.1.9.. ~

Ii;

~ I!:t ..f.~qrun.~

þ

TOP VIEW

1
.

.1Tñ~iñ~.~.~------.
.

tn (TVP'

'" ....
.. :'

r
. .

tl"
18

14

j
-'

l. . . . .

...

'r.
"

-15
'" '" "
'"
.

* * ~i

..,."" ":"'r.'".t"""'"
ii!!
:i::

... 62" (Tvp..1
::

.

n""'nS
æ

::::
::::
L

II

::

:~ f U
::
::

~
.. ..

'"
::
r.
, '

j!!!
:::
"

in! !:i:

8
.

::..,.. :-.: =::::~-----~I-----------"------=:1:::: =::..: ::::~ ~::: :..':-. ;~:'\

f,==:..:::::::::::,J."""":..,,,,;
2

::
..

s a 1" S(TV"

::

(TY"I~rDETAIL

1"(TYPt
A

FWD (ROTATED eo DEGREeSt

PRONT END VI EW
A

V01 0860

FiflUN 8-16A. Jllterior marki..,.. 08.6.4 ulliW1'lØ' pod (meet 1 of 3)

Change

2

8-214A

T8 746-93-2
CODE
NO.
1

DIRECTIONS
Stencil interior of personnel doors adjacent to handles, left and right side, black stripes 3/4 in. by 5 in. 2 places

WORDING
CLOSED

.
TO OPEN

-

OPEN
2

;

PULL.J TURN

8

Paint 2 in. band around inside periphery of personnel doors, orange-yellow, shade No. 33538
Stencil interior adjacent to landing gear oil
reservoirs. STA 224 and STA 444, right side, 4 places.

3

WL 120, left and

2 QTS CAPACITY MIL-H-5606

LDG GEAR HYD RESERVOIR

4

Paint interior of emergency window frames dull orange-yellow, shade No. 33538,4 places.
Stencil 1/2 in. yellow letters on black background above windows, left and right side, 4
places.

5

EMERGENCY EXIT DITCHING USE ONLY PUSH OUT WINDOW HOWITZER WHEELS MUST BE STOWED OVER STA 304, STA 324 OR STA 344
STA 224 STA 304 ST A 344 STA 424

6

Inside of fuselage between STA 324 and STA 344, WL 142, left and right side, 2 places

7

Left hand side of fuselage frame, WL 142, 8 places

STA STA STA STA

264 324 384 464

8

8

Left and right side of fuselage at STA 250, STA 312, STA 390 and STA 470, WL 122. Forward bulkhead at BL 42, WL 132, 9 places
Right side at STA 456 and left side at STA 232, WL 133, 1/2 in. red letters on white background

FIRST AID KIT

9

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

.

AV010951

FigureB-75A. Interior markings, CH-54 universal pod (sheet

2

of 3)

8
.

8-2148

Change 2

TB 746-93-2

.

CODE

NO.
10

DIRECTIONS
Right side at STA 219 and left side at STA 469, WL 121,1 /2 in. yellow letters on black background

WORDING EMERGENCY AXE
OPEN

8

11

Left and r" Ight side near ramp door handles, black stripes 1 m. by 7 in., 2 places
.

TO OPEN RAMP DOOR

, ,

PUSH IN

t

TURN UP

LOCKED
12
",

Left and ri ght side adjacent to ramp handles,

WARNING will be 1 in. red letters, all others 1/2 in. on white background, 2 places
13

WARNING BEFORE OPERATING RAMP RELEASE HANDLE STATION MAN OUTSIDE
ICS

~

Top of fu selage, right side of ST A 187, BL 17
Forward b ulkhead at BL 32 and WL 125

14 15

DATA CASE
EMERGENCY RELEASE

Forward b ulkhead adjacent to handles, left and right side, 1/2 in. yellow letters on black backgroun d

PULL' TURN

8

Paint insid e surface of ramp with urethane base walkway c oating, grey shade No. 36231 (see detail A) AV010952 Figure 8-75A. Interior markings, CH-54 universal pod (.heet 3 of 3)

16

.

.

8
.
Change 2

8-214C

TB 746-93-2

.
34Å_6
5 7 8

..~_.
2
1

8
9

17 IN.

II

CI

þ;.
/
12
11

8
,
..

15
340.30'
REF

22.25
g

..-,
TOP VIEW

AV010953

Figure B-75B. Exterior markings, CH-54 universal pod (sheet 1

of 4)

8
.

8-214D

Change 2

18 7"13-2

.

8
.

~

11
17

18

FRONT END VIIW

19

RAMP VIIW

8
STA 442 STA

21.

11

~

DETAIL.

8
.

AV0109154

Fi6uN 8-16B. Ezterlor mer."".. CH.U uniwr8øl pod

(.",201.4)
Changa 2

8-214E

T8 746-93-2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
NOTE
1.

I

WORDING

.

All exterior surfaces will be painted to the following finish. a. One coat wash primer per MIL-C-8514 b. One coat Expoxy Polyamide primer per MIL-P.23377 A c. Two coats of acrylic lacquer per MIL-L-81352, see code No.1.
All stencil lettering will be 1/2 in. high, unless otherwise specified. Exterior emergency handles and stencils will be orange-yellow, shade No. 33538, MIL-L-81352
Effective on personnel pods first and subsequent, apply serial numbers 67-18578 through 67.18599 on both sides of pod, use last five (5) digits only on aircraft.

8

2.

3.

1

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint exterior surface of pod as outlined in NOTE 1. Finish coat for exterior of pod will be olive drab acrylic lacquer, shade

No. 34087, MIL.L-81352 FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Finish coat will be olive drab acrylic lacquer, camouflage shade No. X34087,

MIL.L-81532
2

Left and right side of personnel doors adjacent to handles, 1/2 in. black letters and black stripes 3/4 in. by 5 in.

-

LOCKED

TO OPEN

,

PUSH" TURN
OPEN

3

8

Left of fuselage above external STA 210, WL 94, 1/2 in. black letters power door,
forward side

EXT POWER 115 VOLTS AC

4

Left forward side of fuselage above external power door, STA 216, WL 94, 1/2 in. black letters
Left and right side of fuselage adjacent to handles, 1/2 in. black letters, 12 places
Left and right side of fuselage directly below pickup and mooring points, STA 248 and STA 435.5, WL 145, 1 in. black letters, 4 places

EXT POWER 28 VOLTS DC
HAND HOLD

5

6

POD PICKUP

AND MOORING POINTS
..

7

Left and right side of fuselage paint 1 in. by 3 in. stripes, orange-yellow shade No. 33538, at
each corner of personnel doors and emergency windows, 24 places

.1
A

TU
31N.

31~1-1
t
11N.

V01 0966

Figure 8-75B. Exterior markings, CR-54 universal pod (sheet 3

0{4)

8
.

8-214F

Change 2

T8 746-93-2

.

CODE NO.
8

DIRECTIONS
Left and right side of fuselage, letters "U" and" Y" will be 17 in. from aft emergency window frame and bottom of lettering on WL 113. Letters are 6 in. black, shade No. 37038, 2 places

WORDING UNITED STATES ARMY

8
9 10
-

Left and right side of fuselage adjacent to door handl es, 1/2 in. black letters and 1 in. by 7 in.
black stripes, 2 places

OPEN,
4f/Þ
LOCKED NO STEP

TO OPEN RAMP DOOR PULL OUT

t

TURN UP

Left and right side of fuselage on landing gear steeri ng rod, 1/2 in. black letters, 2 places Left and right side of fuselage near forward and aft wheel s, 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places (see detail

II
.

ALIGN STRIPES BEFORE TOWING

B)

12

Left and right side of fuselage near forward and aft w heels, 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places Left a nd right side of fuselage above each step, 1/2 in black letters, 12 places
.

TIRE PRESSURE
85.90 PSI
STEP

13

14

Left

8

from aft emergency eXit window frame. Numerals are 6 in. black shade No. 37038, 2 places
15

right side of fuselage 5 in. below TED STATES ARMY", code No.8, and 39 in. "UN!
a nd

(Serial Number)

Onto P of

suppo rt cover, BL 45, places

fuselage pod between sway brace and 1/2 in. white letters, 4

ATTACHMENT FOR TROOP

..-- TRANSPORT ONLY --. WEIGHT OF POD AND
CONTENTS NOT TO EXCEED 14,400 LBS HARNESS ASSY

16

Forw ard end of fuselage adjacent to electric harne ss connectors, 1/2 in. black letters, 2 places Left a nd right side of forward bulkhead adjacent to handles, 1/2 in. yellow letters, arrow pointing outbo ard, 2 places

17
~

EMER REL
PUSH

TURN
~

18

Left and right side of ramp door above yellow stripe s (code No. 19), 1 in. yellow letters, 2
places

CAUTION DO NOT TURN TOW BAR BEYOND STRIPE

..

8'
.

Paint 2 in. orange-yellow stripes on exterior of ramp door as shown in drawing AV010968 Figure 8-75B. Exterior marking., CH-54 univerBal pod (.heet 4

19

of 4)

Change 2

8-214G/(8-214H blank)

.

8

8

-e
.

88
8
ST A 325.00

8

MAINTAIN 3 IN. BORDER AROUND STAR TOP VIEW

I
~mm~~~tIt~~
TAIL
ACROSS TOP AND BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE IN LINE WITH SIDE
NOTES
1. High visibility paint will be applied to shaded areas. 2. The top surface of main rotor ÞIadeI of V.I.P., Jungle, Arctic, and d8I8rt configurations will be painted as follows' A. Starting at the blade tip, paint the first 116th of the ÞIad8 length with glOll white lacquer. S. Pelnt the second 116th length of blade with yellow-orange COlor shade No. 13538. C. Pelnt the thrld 116th length of blade with gloss white lacquer. D. Pelnt the next 2/6th or 113rd of the blade length with lusterless Þlack. E. Paint the last 1/6th (hub end) yellow-orange, color shade No. 13538. Do not apply closer than 1/4 Inch to the doubler area. 3. Complete repainting requires rebalancing of rotor blades.

(\
ßf::::;::;:::::: .0..:.0.-

.1ift1$;~~:;:::" ~~\\I~~jI~Ij~~t~\~jt\~~~\~tI ! :\~j~~~~\jj\\~i~~jj~jjj

~~n~~~~t~~1t ROTOR WARNING YELLOW BAND

MAINTAIN 1/4 IN. BORDER AROUN~ WINDOWS OF FUSELAGE

1

DO NOT PAINT ANTENNÀ

,/
LEFT SIDE

".

VIEW
,

~
91N.
DOOR

/.
MAINTAIN 3-IN. BORDER ABOVE AND BELOW TAIL LETTERS AND NUMBERS AND FORE AND A.FT OF TAIL ROTOR WARNING STENCIL.

ï
... m

N

%:

000899

APPLY BAND ACROSS BOTTOM OF FUSELAGE

FRAME
-

$
I
Figure 8-76.

-

ØI

UH-1C K'Ilh uisibility morkingB, GTCtic ønd iU1l8le øervice, UH-1B ønd

-------"-

I

N

T8 746.93.2
3 4
CD
.

.

2

8
INTERIOR TOP VIEW

1

6 8
SEE DETAIL A

17

16

1~ ~ ~LJ~ ~L-It ~~I~
5
15

~ II

12

8
11

13 14

SEE DETAIL

B

INTERIOR LEFT SIDE VIEW

PULL

8

STUDS FOR MOUNTING KIT (REF)

+
9

~

@
10

FIRST AID
KIT

11

-1/2

IN

@

+
DETAIL
B

-+

DETAIL
A

A

V01 0957

8
.

Figure 8-77.

Interior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC

(sheet 1

of 4)

8.216

Change 2

TB 746.93-2

.

CODE NO.
1.

DIRECTIONS
Decals are located on heater and defroster controls in black letters as shown. Note two different con. trol markings for the right side
C

WORDING

8

INSTRUMENT PEDESTAL

REF.

,.

.,

A. CLOSED 13/16 IN.) B. CO.PILOT HEAT 11/8 IN.) C. OPEN 13/16 IN.) D. DEFROSTER LOWER 11/8 IN.I E. UPPER (1/8 IN.) F. LOWER 11/8 IN.) G. CLOSED DEFROST 13/16 IN.)

2.

Locate on access panel aft of release pedal, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

MANUAL CARGO
RELEASE

8

3.

Decal for radio call number is constructed of opaque dull black laminated plastic with white core, thickness 0.062. Lettering "RADIO CALL" to be engraved 0.12 in height. Radio call number to be engraved per MIL.M.18012. For field installation radio call number may be engraved or printed in white characters 0.188 to 0.375 high. Cement plate to upper left center of instrument panel with EC.847.

I~

1.75

T
0.75

-1.
CALL

RA DI 0

t
0.09

1.

SPACE FOR INSERTING

I-

RADIO CALL NUMBER

4.

Paint collective down lock handle orange. yellow shade No. 13538

5.

.

Paint complete periphery door and door frame orange-yellow. The band will be one inch on the door and one inch on the fuselage door frame, both sides. Stencil "EMERGENCY EXIT", 1 in. black letters on fuselage portion of door frame

EMERGENCY EXIT

8
.

AV010968

Figure 8-77.

Interior markings, UB-IB and UB.IC (sheet

2

of 4)
Change 2

8-216A

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO.
6.

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of aircraft above side windows of crew doors and on cross-over bar in cabin roof recess, 1/2 in. yellow letters
Stencil sound proofing blanket and door post, both sides of aircraft, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

WORDING

.

HAND HOLD

8
STOWAGE

7.

8.

Above and to rear of door handles
Slightly below pull sign, refer to Code No.8, arrow pointing aft

PULL

9.

10. 11.

ON both cargo door handles
Locate on structure and sound proofing 1/2 in. yellow letters. Stencil red cross, color shade ANA 509 on white background, shade No. 17875. Center between mounting studs on wall approximately 47.0 above top of floor, see detail B.

..
UP TO LOCK

IiIl~Sï
I(Dõ

AID)

.

~
1STA 123.01

12.

First Aid Kits mounted on door post will have letters and cross located outside of studs due to hole in structure. Stencil will be applied to sound

8
~Dø) ~~. Iflu

proofing and structure approximate 4.0 or 17.0 in. above floor, see code No. 11 and detail B

I<ÞI
.

13.

Directly below door handles on both crew doors, 1 in. yellow letters Directly in front of turn sign, refer to Code No. 13. Yellow arrow, 3/8 in. wide on transparent background, pointing to direction of rotation

TURN

0\ emU
,8
.

14.

A

V01 0959

.,

Figure 8-77.

Interior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 3 of 4)

8.2168

Change 2

T8 748.93-2

.

CODE

NO.
15.

DIRECTIONS
Locate decal on end of instrument pedestal, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

WORDING COMMUNICATION JUNCI'ION BOX CAUI'ION HIGH VOLTAGE

8
16.

Stencil both crew doors as shown, 1 in. yenow letters and urow. Anow points to jettiaon handle only.

..
.

Ofa,YI

CLM...

... /
w

~

U:U:,'!t':-I'lJt~.-

:~I.:~t<<~.:N<<:Y"

17.

Paint jettison handles yellow with .12 in. black stripes spaced at .38 interval 45 deøreea. Both
lidos.

8

AV010880

,.,,. 8-77.
.

Interior

.....".,.. UH-IS and UH-IC ("".t

4

of 4)

8.
.

a.&ngø 2

ß.218C/(8.218D blank)

.

8

8

8
.

88
.

8

8

8

c

!

2&

~
LEFT SIDE

AV010961

VIEW

".

N

-4 m
....

8
of 19)
UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 1 Figure 8-78. Exterior markings.

qo

i
.

N

N

....

.....

N

CD

.

CD

....

CD

-f
~

i
.

CD
.
.

~

N

i
-,

.

N

\

58

AV010962

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

51

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B II1Id UH-1C (sheet 2

of 19)

.

8

8

8

.

18 746.93-2.

.

e
Ii
.

"

.. ...
"6
..,

~

CD

....

I
~
....

.
w

>
.-

~ 1
I:Q

.. 0
l-

~

...

e
,... ,...
I=:

f
j
-~
l!2
ab

i

I!
.

~

..

~

e
.

N

,...

Iii
I..., 10, 1>1

I~;

Change 2

1-218A

00
ACCESS

N

...a

00

87

86

~ gJ
~
.....

DJ

DOOR (REF.)

88

~

0)
Co)

N

0

~

m

::s

CD

CD

N

85

,-

FORWARD

106

99

A

V01 0964

LOOKING UP AT BOTTOM Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC (sheet 4

of 19)

88

8

8

8

TB 746.93-2

.

8

PAINT 1.0 RING AROUND FILLER CAP 1.6 FROM CAP PAINT FILLER CAP & RING LUSTERLESS BLACK SHADE NO 37038 PER FED-STD 696 8 GROUND ,RECEPTACLE

9

FUE.L CAP 242 GAL.

"REFUELING"

DETAIL

A

SKIN LINE (REF)

~
8
DETAIL
LL W

DETAIL

B

!
0.60 TYP
C
A

0.50

II:
0

~O -:::

STARTER 'GENERATOR OIL-DRAIN OIL TANK VENT C FUEL FILTER DRAIN D ENGINE FUEL DRAIN E OIL TANK.TRANS. OIL & FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN F FUEL CELL VENT G OIL COOLER DRAIN H ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN J HEATER DRAIN
B

'I
3.50

SUllY

0

UX FUEL PUMP SEAL DRAIN

TEMPO HEAVY CONDENSED

CHARACTERS TO BE 36 POINT
LODLOW. COLOR ORANGE YELLOW SHADE FED STD 595

01 FUE L CONNECT I
<t HELICOPTER

ALL LINES 0.03 IN THICK. COLOR ORANGE YELLOW SHADE 13638 FED STD 695

8
.

DETAIL

D

DETAIL
A

E

V01 0986

I

Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 5

of 19)
Change 2

8.218C

T8

74f;'-93-2

CODE

NO.
1.
I

DIRECTIONS
Authorized placement of unit insignia is on nose compartment access panel.

WORDING
,

.

12.

Left side of helicopter with arrow pointing aft. Arrow should not extend beyond word "EXTIN. GUISHER". Yellow 1/2 in. letters and arrow (see code No. 49 for alternate location)
Under cockpit and cabin door handles. Both sides of helicopter. Arrow is 1 1/2 in. long with 1/4 in. shaft and 1/2 in. arrow head. Arrow should be on side of word to show travel of handle.

i

/\

-'

~

HAND FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE

-

..+

)3.

~ TURN
~~
'V

l
~

.J

4.. Locate under word "TURN", below both crew door
handles, see code

No.3,

1 in. letters

PULL

~5.

Both sides of cabin between doors. Midway between cockpit and cabin door handles. I-I /2-in. arrow pointing toward handles. 1 in. letters

II'
-

EXIT RELEASE' TURN
.

,

J..

6.

Locate below "TURN", 1 in. letters, arrows same size as those for code No.3.

<~=~

SLIDE

.....

">

j

7.
8.

On each side and top of fiberglass duct

NO STEP

,

UH-IC. Paint 1.0 in. ring around fùler cap and 1.5 in. from cap. Also paint cap. Noncamouflage aircraft will have a red ring and cap, camouflage aircraft black, see detail A.

@

AV010see

Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH.IB and UH.IC (sheet 6

of19)

8
.

8-218D

Change 2

TB

7--"2

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
Locate below fuel filler cap, code No.8, firlt two lines are 1 in. letters, others 1/2 in.
size, see detail A

WORDING
CAP. 242 U.S. GALS USE JP-4 MIL-T -5624

It. un.lC.

8
.

~.

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO TM SS-91 S0-200-2S FOR RNATE FUEL

.

Both aides eqine air scoop
Paint a vertical stripe above center of upper forward kick.in doors

HAND HOLD

11.

.,

~.

~I
'IN.-IIACCESS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER

/

1

17

i

4 places

Both sides of aircraft on upper kick-in doors,

STEP
13.

Paint a vertical stripe above center of upper aft kick-in doors

8
(1..
"-

~I
'IN.-II"

un-IC. Paint a 2.25 radius black circle around terminal. "GROUND HERE" and "GROUND SYMBOL" will be located either side of circle

@,
[]

15.

Paint a 2 in. wide stripe over top of cowlin& to show turbine wheel location at WL 92.75, 10 1/2 in. forward from rear cowling.

-I
.

!-2IN.
<J

\~~

.

..
\1
17.

Locate on access door left side and drive shaft cover, 3 places

of exhaust

fairing

DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

Locate below access door, code No. 16.

ELBCTRICAL DISCONNECT
ACCESS

48

AV01OH7

Fipre 8.18. B:rterlor"""''''''' UH.IB""" UH.IC ("""'t

,

o( 19)
Ch8nge 2

.

'N18E

T8746.93-2
CODE
NO.
"

DIRECTIONS
Locate below access door and code No. 16 and 17

WORDING

.

18.

TAIL BOOM MOD PLATE INSIDE
DIRECTION- CONTROL PULLEY ACCESS

)

19.

Locate on access doors, both sides

of aircraft

8

"

20.

Locate inside of drive shaft covers above couplings. Letters 1/2 in. orange yellow.

INSTALL SHAFT CLAMP INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER TORQUE TO 30-35 IN-LB
REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -25OF MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -25OF

"

21.

Left side of 420 gear box cover

j

22.

Left

side

of drive shaft cover

DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

,/23.
-

Locate parallel to ground below TAIL ROTOR

-

TIE DOWN loop
-

TAIL ROTOR TIE DOWN:
\
-

-

24.'

.

Radio call numbers are -17 1/2 in. above tail skid fairing and parallel to the ground; 6 in. high, both sides

12345
-~-

25:

NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
6 in. yellow letters centered 2 in. above radio call numbers. Left horizontally side of letter "A" is 1/4 in. from tail drive shaft cover B.oth sides

ì

ARMY
"'

of tail,

\.. ,.;

/

8
\,
NO PUSH

--

-26" Paint tail skid lusterless yellow on gloss olive drab aircraft. Fluorescent or Hi-Viz on artic or jungle

'_\

-

marked helicopters, lusterless black on camouflaged

~7.
Ý28.

Both sides of tail boom fairing
Loca.te both sides

of tail boom and

as _close

to fitting 29.
F

as

possible

FOR AIR TRANSPORT TIE DOWN ONLY
-

OR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

\j

33-in. yellow band around tail boom. Front of yellow band is29.5 in. aft of center line of elevator horn. Do not paint antenna. Tail rotor warning on yellow band. Both sides of boom. Letters are 2-in. black. Arrow is red, 22-in. long with I-in. wide shaft, see detail B

DANGER

Þ KEEP AWAY

~V010968

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet"8 of 19)

8
~.

8-218F

Change 2

TB 74fJ.;93-2

.

CODE NO.

.

DIRECTIONS. FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Lusterless red arrow 3.in. wide, 21.75 in. long including 4 x 4-1/2in. arrow head. Locate arrow

WORDING

8
..

\~ 0

-

4.in. above parallel with centerline of antenna extending 8.5 in. past fwd end of antenna mount. Word DANGER is 2 x 1-1/2 in. lusterless black with 1/2-in. stroke and space.

..

31

J

High temperature paint area. This area will be painted with MIL-P-14105

,

32.
~

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT 18-in. white le~ters. Top oflettering 1-1/2 in. below and parallel to skin line on tail boom 9 in. aft of aft ~dge of national star insignia on left and right side. The national star insignia is a 20 dia. basic blue circle (see code No. 75), centered 39 in. aft of boom joint and 1 1/2 in. below skin line,
see detail C

~L ~ 1-9
.

~

JL
1-1/2 IN.

.
.

.

IN.

T ARMY.

---(SKIN LINE)
.
.

l'

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Most forward part of "U" on left side to be at tail boom STA 39.00. Forward part of "Y" on fight. side to be at STA 39.00. Letters black, 6 in. high and 1 in. below skin line.

UNITED STATES ARMY

8

.j4.
35.

Left and right side of tail boom below latch point
Locate on both sides of aircraft forward of mooring points, 4 required

COWLING LATCH

')-TI E DOWN RI NG
MOORING LOAD ON RING NOT TO EXCEED
1000 LBS VERTICALL V 500 LBS LATERALLV 500 LBS FWD/AFT

(

.

/
Þ'

36.

Left and right" side of aircraft above mooring points and aft of code No. 35

MOOR

~
.

Left and right side of aircraft below "MOOR"
code No.

JACKING POINT

36,3

or 4 places
.

38.; Locate
v

8
.

on left bottom edge of tail boom with forward to jack point arrow

JACK HERE

.
of 19)
Change 2

AV010969
Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 9

8-218G

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIO NS
Locate on access door, 3 in. fro m back of compartment and 6 1/2 in. from to p of door.

WORDING

.

'j39.
Jù.
V 41.
-''',

BATTERY ACCESS

Locate on external power recep tac1e door

28V
D.C.

8
CROSS TUBE
MOORING LOAD NOT TO EXCEED 2800 LBS VERT DN 5000 LBS FORE & AFT
3500 LBS VERT DN 5000 LBS FORE & AFT

Locate adjacent to access door, code No. 40

EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL CONNECtION

(-42.'1

Locate directly above front and rear cross tubes both sides of aircraft

-FWD-

-AFT-

\

~3.
.....

UH.IC. Left side of aircraft, aft of cargo door, approximately 4 in. above floor line. First two lines 1 in. letters and numerals, all others
are

1/2 in.

U.S. ARMY UH.IC U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (INSERT SERIAL NO.)

i
I
I

SERVICE THIS HELICOPTER WITH MIL-T.S624 GRADE JP4 AVIATION FUEL

8

TBSS-91 SQ.200.2S

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO

44.
'"
I

Left and right side of fuselage. L ower panel at rear of cabin door opening. l.in. letters

CARGO HOOK MAX. LOAD 4000 Ibs.

'~.

J"

Locate both sides of aircraft ab ove jack points, 3 required

JACK HERE

J
8
.

AV010970 Figure 8- 78. Ex terior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 10

of 19)

8-218H

Change 2

TB 748-93-2

.

CODE NO.
46.

DIRECTIONS
Left side of helicopter aft of cabin door.
First three lines are 7/8 :I: 1/8 in. letters. Remainder are 1/2 in. letters. a. For UH-IB aircraft
a.

WORDING
U.S. ARMY UH-1B U.S.A. SERIAL NO.

8

l

(INSERT SERIAL NO.) SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH MIL-T-5624 GRADE JP-4 AVIATION FUEL.
b. U.S.

b. For UH-IC aircraft

ARMYUH-1C

U.S.A. SERIAL NO.

(INSERT SERIAL NO.) SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH MIL-T -5624 GRADE JP-4 AVIATION FUEL.

~ U
~

UHIB. Left and right hand
1/4 in. letters.

side

of aircraft,

STATIC PORT

DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES

8

J. 48.
/

Center of radio compartment door below antiglare paint

RADIO ACCESS

íJ9 > Letters are

./

1/2 in. and arrow should not extend

beyond word extinguisher a. Armor Seat Aircraft. Locate at lower position, arrow forward b. Fire extinguisher mounted at aft end of instrument pedestal. Locate decal right side below code No.5 with arrow pointing aft.

HAND FIRE
EXTINGUISHER INSIDE

...

@.

FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT UH-IB and UH-IC. Paint a 1.0 in. red ring around
filler cap, 1.5 in. from cap, also paint cap.

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint ring and cap lusterless black

@
CAP. 165 U.S. GALS USE JP-4 MIL-T-5624

$J
,

.

,/
J.

UH- JBand UH-l C stencil 1/2 in. below fuel filler cap. First two lines 1 in., last two lines 1/2 in. letters.
Note: CAP. 242 U.S. GALS for UH-IC

v'. 7/\14 1'1

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO
TB 55-9150-200-25 FOR ALTERNATE FUEL

v'

1>-

~

8
.

.-

AV010971

--.---...

----..----.---..
Figure 8-78.

Exterior mørleinlll. UH-IB and UH-lC (alae.t 11 of 19)

OIønge

2

8-218J

TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.
-

DIRECTIONS
OO-IB. Ground receptacle. Refer to code No.
14 for detail.

WORDING

.

.

52,

I

i3.

Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe 19.5 in. long above center of kick-in doors. Both sides of aircraft

--I !-1IN.

8

OiIN.
.

CrT
1-1

Paint 1.0 in wide stripe 12.5 in. long above center of kick-in doors.. Both sides of aircraft

...1

IN.

(JI
~--L

12.5 IN.

~5.
,
'

Locate engine oil cooler decal, part number

204-070-544-1,9 in. above baggage compartment floor on right side of bulkhead at ST A 173.0
Locate on right rear access door aft step stripe and centered on door

.;

56.

of

HEATER ACCESS

57;

Located at sta 173 on right side of helicopter which has had heater exhausts relocated to this
position.

8

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
A 2-in. white circle 2 in. from pipe. Letters will be 1 in. red

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
A 4 in. olive drab circle around pipe with
lusterless black letters

AV010972 Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC (sheet 12

of 19)

8
.

8.218K

Change 2

T8 146-93-2

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
a.

WORDING
a.

8

~.

Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator. 1/4 in. letters. "RIVET P", lIS-in. letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET P". Paint rivet head yellow

MAX. ELEV. NOSE DOWN RIVET

P

t

b.

Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator. 1/4-in.letters. "RIVET S", lIS-in. letters. Arrow 1/4 in. long, I/S.in, shaft, pointing down. Paint rivet head yellow

b.

FULL AFT èYcuc STICK

.RIVET

S

~
R

c.

Right side of tail boom aft of elevator. 1/4-in.letters. "RIVET R", lIS-in. letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET R". Paint rivet head yellow

c.

FULL FWD CYCUC STICK
0

RIVET

Þ

':'

".
/
6).

Right side of tail boom on 420 gear box cover

REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -2So F MIL.L.7808 OIL BEWW .2SoF SERVICE GEAR BOX MIL.L.23699 ABOVE -2SoF MIL-L-7808 BEWW -2SoF

Right side of aircraft directly below 900 gear box and 4 in. above ARMY.

(6t':)
.

8

Right side of fuselage, 1/8-in.letters, center around switch

J2.

Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe lOin. long above center of kick-in doors. Both sides of aircraft

11N.

T IN.
ENGINE OIL TANK INSIDE
MIL-L.23699 ABOVE -2SoF MIL-L-7808 BEWW .2SoF

63.

Locate right aft lower corner of cowl door

\
":

Ô

Locate on access door, right transmission cowl

OIL DIPSTICK
ACCESS

8
.

AV010973 Figure 8-78. E:xterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 13

of 19)
Change 2
.

8-218L

TB 746-93.2
CODE NO.
65.

DIRECTIONS
a. Locate inside right transmission cowl on oil tank. Stencil NO STEP on top
a.

WORDING NO STEP

.

J

of

reservoir,

1/2 in. yellow letters.
b. OIL RESERVOIR

b. On side of tank adjacent to filler cap stencil service instructions 1/2 in. yellow letters
c. Replace decal on engine oil reservoir

8
MIL-L-23699 ABOVE -25OF MIL-L-7808 BELOW -25OF
c. TANK ASSY

"'SIN
-

RED BAR

11

PLACE)
-

when marred and unreadable. Paint 1/16 in. red bar on sight glass to indicate full

mark

.L4.26

,/
I

"...
I

(~'

---- 1 T~INT
FILL ABOVE
.....

DÕÑÕ'T-:l
I

3.26

I
I

'

I

~I
.

L
-

\
I
66.
"

--1.60

GA~-Il ')
U.S,:

I '

l:[1L_~--J J
õ.ã2--,I U.S.
-

~.....

L~~bLJ

I

Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe 12 in. long above center of kick-in doors. Both sides of aircraft

iff" ûï'
OIL LEVEL ACCESS

8

j 67.
68.

Locate below right top forward kick-in door and edge of cowl

UH-1C. Locate on top aft edge of access door. 1 in. edge distance
Locate inside cowl on reservoir

HYDRAUliC ACCUMULATOR
HYDRAUliC RESERVOIR

69.

70.

UH-1B. Locate at bot!om'óf sight gauge

(7L \

.-

On top of each homing antenna housing and pitot tube at nose of aircraft. Top of lettering facing inboard.

NO PUSH

.AV010974 Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 14

8
of 19)

8-218M

Change 2

.

,

T8 746-93-2

.

CODE NO'j

DIRECTIONS
Paint s urface forward of windshield antib glare. lack shade No. 37038, Gloss aircraft only
Paint st eps of forward end. of skid tubes with w alkway coating. Both sides
Stencil top center of both skid tubes, top of lett e rs facing inboard, 3 in. aft of step b y towing eyebolt

WORDING

.,;.

8

73.

74.
..J

TOW

~

J5.

FOR N ON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
a
.

Top of fuselage. A 20 in.
dia basic blue circle centered on top of fuselage. Bars on
each side of national star insignia will be 1/4 in. aft of top windows

~

eQ3

b

.

Bottom of fuselage. A 20 in. dia
basic blue circle centered on bottom of fuselage between antenna and fwd
gear cross tube

c

.

8

i

Left and right side of boom. A 20 in. dia basic blue circle, centered 39 in. aft of boom joint and 1-1/2 in. below boom skin lint

;'6.
77.

Five pia ces on top of cabin. Top of letters facin, away from walkway area, outbd and fwd.

NO

STEP

Walkw a y area on top of fuselage. 2 in. black b order. Fwd crossline is 1/4 in. alt of anteon a housing. Do not coat area with walkway ma terial
On left and right side of work deck to show locati 0 n of steps while standing on work deck. glossy orange-yellow shade 13538

js.
.

-LJ- ~ '1; I T
31..

~..

II..

~

:N.~

,.

79': Paint
face
0

I /2 in. dot on upper and lower sur. f blade and blade grip. Color insignia

8
.

white, shade No. 17875. Paint dots on opposite blade a nd grip insignia red, shade No. ANA 509. Check existing color code before painting
AV010976
Figure 8-78. Exterior markifl68, UH.1B fJIId UH.1C (Bheet 16

of 19)
Change 2

8-218N

-

...... ....

-

.

TB 746-93.2
CODE NO.
80.

DIRECTIONS
Stencil top outboard edges of synchronized elevator, 4 places

WORDING

.

NO PUSH

81.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint top surface of elevator with high visibility paint shade red or white

8

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint top surface international orange 82.

Left and right side of aft tail boom. Do not paint center 2 in. of element. Centered horizontally on outbd side of antenna "NO PUSH"

NO PUSH

83.

Paint 1/2 in. dots on tail rotor blade grip, pitch link and cross head. Color insignia white, shade No. 17875. Paint dots on opposite grip, link and crosshead insignia red, shade No. ANA 509. Check existing color code before
painting.

8
WHITE

84.

Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of each blade with lusterless white paint. Do not paint blade cap.

AV010976

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 16 of 19)

8
.

8-218P

Change 2

!

/"\....,

T8 746.93.2

;:-

...
8

./\,)
COIlE

'/
WORDING
PROVISIONS FOR AUX DISCONNECTS

NI.
5.
I,.

DIRECTIONS
Locate on access door, see detail E for decal data for drains and vent
Decal size is 1-7/8 x 6 in. transparent background with 1/2 in. letters. One located on right side aft of drain and two on left side outbd of drain. Top letters are inbd
size is 1.7/8 x 3-7/8 in. 1/2 in. letters centered 1-1/2 in. outbd of fuel cell drain with top of letters inbd. 0.38 in. spacing between

F~

r.
/

FUEL CELL CAVITY DRAIN and VENT

,r.. Decal
..

FUEL CELL DRAIN

lines

88.

Bottom fuselage on fuel pump access panels, both sides

FUEL PUMP ACCESS and SUMP DRAIN

Þ

Top of letters facing inbd. Located fwd of vent. 0.38 in. spacing between lines. 1/2 in.
letters

AUX FUEL CELL VENT

90.- ~cal

size is 1

x

5 in. Transparent background

BATTERY VENT

with 1/2 in letters. Located on LH side, top of
letters inbd and centered 3 in. fwd

of bottom

8
\

vent

9~

x 5-3/8 in. transparent back. with 1/2 in letters centered 3 in. below ground drain. 0.38 in. spacing between lines

Decal size is 2

AUX FUEL PUMP SEAL DRAIN

~
,

Decal size 1 in. x 5 in. transparent back. ground with 1/2 in. letters. Located outbd of drains, top of letters facing inbd.
Decal size is 1 in. x 8 in., 1/2 in. letters ON transparent background. Locate fwd and aligned. Top of letters facing inbd.

G OIL COOLER DRAIN

~
~
.<
\

F FUEL CELL VENT

of

vent

.

Decal size 1 in. x 10 1/2 in., 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate below large
decal, code No. 86.

J HEATER SUPPLY DRAIN

'::]6.

Decal size 1 in. x 9 in., 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate outbd of drain and centered, top of letters facing inbd.

C FUEL FILTER DRAIN

8
.

AVÓ10977

Figure 8-78. Exterior mørkings, UH.1B ønd UH-1C (sheet 17

of 19)
Change 2

~218Q

TB 746.93.2
CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
x 8 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Drain index letters A thru H beside drains located

WORDING

.

96.

Decal size is 5

at bottom of

fuselage. See detail D.

8
D ENGINE FUEL DRAIN E OIL TANK-TRANS OIL & FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN
B OIL TANK VENT

97)

Decal size 1 in. x 9 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate aft of drain, top of letters facing inbd.
Decal size 2 in. x 10 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate fwd of drains, top of letters facing inbd. Decal size 1 in. x 5 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate aft of vent, top of letters facing inbd.

\,98.
~

100.
'"

Decal size 2 in. x 10 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate aft of drain, top of letters facing inbd. Decal size 1 in. x 11 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate inbd of drains, top of letters facing inbd.
Decal size is 1 in. x 5 in. transparent background with 1/2 in. letters. Located outbd of drain with tops of letters facing inbd.
Decal size is 2-3/8 x 7-5/8 in. transparent background with 1/2 in. letters. spacing

A STARTER GENERATOR OIL.DRAIN

101.
.

H ENG FUEL DECK DRAIN

1(t2.
"

TAIL PIPE DRAIN

8

"
"

liQ.

0.38

",

between lines. Located outbd of letters facing fwd

HEATER FUEL CONTROL BOX DRAIN

of drain with tops

"004.

is 1-7/8 x 4-1/2 Decal in. transparent background with 1/2 in. letters. 0.38 spacing between lines. Located aft of drain with tops of letters inbd
size

HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN
.

-'-m.

Decal size is 1 x 4-5/8 in. transparent background with 1/2 in. letters. Center of caption aft and against drains with top of letters inbd
Decal size 1 in. x 13 in. with 1/2 in. letters on transparent background. Locate outbd of drain,

HEATER DRAIN

~

top of letters inbd.
AV010978

FUEL CROSSOVER TRAP DRAIN

Figure 8-78. Exterior markinIB, UH-IB and UH.1C (sheet 18

of 19)

8
.
"

8.218R

Change 2

TB 748-83.2

.
1
.

DIRECTIONS
Decallize is 1-7/8 x 1(). 7/8 in. transparent bac:kpound with 1/2 in. letters on RH aide fwd of aollOver tube. Top of letters inbd

WORDING

8
AV01087t

HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR
SCUPPER
&;

PUMP CASE

DRAIN

Filure 8.78. Bsterior....."'" UH-JB and UH.JC

(Mat J9 of J9)

~

8

.

~

8
.
ChInge 2

8-21.

TB 746.93.2

.

8

BLO
BL 14.0

<t..

HELICOPTER-

-

-

-Ef-

BL 16.30

BL 36.0 BL 47.0

WL 92.76

8

WL B1.09 WL 76.0

WL 71.26

WL 61.0

FLOOR WL 22.0
WL 18.34

WL 12.0 STA 0 STA 7.60
001113

STA 23.0

STA 74.26
ST A 63.38 STA 123.0

BOOM STA 17.60 (REF)
::iTA 196.0

I
8.220
Change 2

Figure 8-79. Station diagram, UH-IB (sheet 1

of 3)

8
.

TB 748.13.2

.

8

BL

0.0-

BL56.15-

8
WL

54.0HORIZ G. BOOM
,

WL39.13-

WL 18.34-

STA (REF)

1øb.O STA

\

\

ST}38.55

STA 101.38 STA 80.44

\

\

STA 143.28 STA 122.33
\

\

\ STA 206.17
ST A 194.30

'

WL:56.20 STA 227.0
.

STA 185.18

17.60

BOOM ST A 0.0

001114

Figure 8-79. Støtion diogrøm, UH-IB

(wet 2 of 2)
Change 2

I
8.220A

.

.

.

.

CD

N

þ <

.....

~

CD

Ii!

~
21
N
CD

N 0 CD

CD

D

n

::r III :s

a:a -

BLO
<iHELICOPTER
-

N

BL 14.0

~
BL 35.0

-EfFS
-

BL 16.30

s::

ìit

I!D

~
BL 47.0

CIJ

B'

-

Õ

FUSELAGE STATIONS

:s

f
WL 92.75
WL 8U19 WL 76.0

Q.

as BODY STATION WL-WATER LINE
BL
-

BUTTOCK LINE

~

~
WL 71.25

... ~

... :r III WL51.0
WL 38.0

-

III

0

...

~

....

FLOOR WL 22.0 WL 18.34 WL 12.0
FS 23.0

FSO

FS 74.25
FS 63.38 FS 123.0

as 17.60
(REF)
FS 195.0

.

~

8

8

.
.~

TB 748-93-2

.

8

SL ..16

~

wI.:

64.0I

WL

39.13-

8

\

WL

18.34-1
FS 196.0

\ IS IS 101.38

IS 143.28 \ 122.33

\ IS 194.30
".
186.18

\ IS 206.17

,

.\

\
IS

IS

~66

IS 80.44
WL WATER LINE
. .

17.80

FS. FUSELAGE STATION IS. IODY STATION
8L BUTTOCK LINE

(REF)

IS 0.0
AV010181'
(aIaeet 2 of 2) Figure B.19A. SCallon dI"""m. UH.1C

,8
.
ChIngI 2
8-22OC/(8-220D bl.nk}
.J

.

8

8

8./
.

r
,~

8
'.

I

88
8
ANTIGLARE ON GLOSS AI RCRAFT ONLY

)> <

g

I

r.I

YELLOW

#I
3

MAINTAIN IN. BORDER

NOTE: HIGH VISIBI LlTY WI LL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS.

TOP VIEW

MAINTAIN
3

IN. BORDER

-

45.0 29.5 IN.

1/4 IN. BORDER AROUND WINDOWS-

rrr
I
ELEV Ct. HORN REF.

r- IN.

'"'1

æ:~

i

C')

::J

'i N
FRONT VIEW
ANTIGLARE ON GLOSS AI RCRAFT ONLY

-I
LEFT SIDE VIEW

OJ
.....

qD

N N

~

.,.

Figure 8-80. High l1isibility mørkings, arctic and jungle service, UH-ID and

UH-IH

; U) I ~

,

T8 746.93.2

.

8
3 3

FRONT VIEW

8
15
LEFT SIDE VIEW

Jr-

I. <::::0

5
AV010983

8
.

8.222

Change 2

TB

7.93.2

.

CODE NO.
1.

DIRECTIONS
Locate on sound proofing and on panel under sound proofing. Color yellow shade No. 13538, 1/2 in. letters

WORDING

XI't8\l OIL

8
2.
3.

0

(Switch)

.

LEVEL LIGHT HAND HOLD

Locate on cross bar in cabin roof and over both doors. Letters 1/2 in. yellow, 4 required

Locate on both sides of structural panels on forward of pylon, Ita 129.00 1/2 in. black letters, 4 required
side

STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED GROUND RUN AND FUGHT

1
4.
~,

Decals on heat and defroster controls are marked as shown with black letters. Letter size indicated in parenthesis.

4 2

3
1. OPEN (3/18 In.) Z. co.PlLOT HEAT

(1/8 In.)
OFF (1/8 'Rot
.

3. CLOSED (3/18 In.) DEFROST 4. ON

8

II

5.

Paint complete periphery of door and door frame yellow. Band will be 1.0 in. on frame. Stencil "DfERGENCY EXIT" on forward inside edge of door frames in 1.0 black letters

EMERGENCY EXIT

both sides

6.

Stencil on sound proofmg and on structure between fust kit mounting studs, both sides of helicopter. Letters 1/2 in. yellow, cross will be red lbade No. 11136 on white background, shade No. 17875.

FIRST AID
KIT
1/2 IN.

~

1/2 IN.

8
.

AV010184
Figure 8-81. Interior m.rl"lIf8,

UH-ID ønØ UN-IH (.heet 3 of 6)
Change 2

8-223

18746.93.2
CODE NO.
7.

DIRECTIONS
Locate on stowage doors both sides of helicopter, 1/2 in. yellow letters, 4 required

WORDING
STOWAGE

.
BLACK STRIPES 0.12 IN WIDE, 0.38 IN. SPACING AT 45 ANGLE.

8.

Paint and stencil both cargo door handles as shown. PULL and SLIDE will be 1 in. yellow letters. Arrow is yellow 1.5 in. long with 1/2 in. arrow head, 1/4 in. shaft

8

BAND AROUND
RECESSED AREA

0.50 TO 0.75 IN. WIDE

PAINT HANDLE, RECESSED AREA AND SPACING BETWEEN BLACK DIAGONAL LINES YELLOW.

9.

Cargo door window frames will have the complete periphery from outside edge of panel to inside edge, including stud buttons painted yellow. Paint window emergency mechanism dull black with

3/8 in. yellow oblique (450) stripes, 1/8 in. spacing on inboard surface of handle. Arrow head is 1 in. on a 1/2 in. by 3 in. shaft, EMERGENCY

EXIT

is

1/2 in. lettering. 4 places.

~h
~lpULLIIEMERGENCY I EXIT

8

t

BLACK ARROW & LETTERING ON YELLOW BACKGROUND

10.

Locate on both sides of small aft front and back panels, 1/2 in. black letters, 8 required

STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED GROUND RUN AND FLIGHT

11.

Locate above both cargo door release handles and aft of cabin door handles on structure and sound-proofing. Letters 1 in. black, 4 required

EXIT
RELEASE

A

V01 0985

Figure 8-81. Interior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (sheet 3 of 6)

8
.

8.224

Change 2

TB 141-93-2

.

CODE NO.
12.

DIRECTION S
Locate inside at cabin door handl es, 1/2 in. black letters, arrow, 1/4 in. shaft, 1 in. long with 1/2 in. arrow head

WORDING

8
13.

TURN.
COMMUNICATION JUNCTION BOX CAUTION IDGH VOLTAGE

Locate on end of center pedestal in 1/2 in. yellow letters.

14.
..

Stencil inside both cabin doors as shown. Arrow should point to jettison handle, Ie ttering and arrows are orange-yellow 1 in. lett ers.

"

~

,~~. u~~~~:!;~

15.

8

Paint jettison handles yellow with .12 in. black stripes spaced at .38 interval 45 d egrees. Both sides.

16.

Paint collective down lock handle yellow, shade No. 13538
a.

17.
..

Locate on access panels in 1/2 in. black letters. Locate on soundproofing
access cover,
f1

TRANSMISSION

OIL LEVEL ACCESS

b.
~

ap over

1/2 in. yellow letters

8
.

AV010986
Figure 8-81. lnte rior markings,

UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 4 of 5)

Chan..- 2

8-225

18 748-93.2
CODE

NO.
18.

DIRECTIONS
Locate 0.062 inch opaque dull black laminated plastic on top left center of instrument panel with EC.847 cement. Radio call number to be engraved per MIL.M.18012. For field installation radio call number may be engraved or printed in white characters 0.188

WORDING
1 3/4 IN.
I

.
1--1..
0.09
0.12

3/1

T

RADIO CALL

=f

T

8

to 0.375 in. high

(INSERT NUMBERS)

A

V01 0987

Figure 8-81. Interior markings,

UH.ID and UH-IH (sheet 5 of 5)

8

.

8
8.226
Change 2

.

8"

(.

8
,~

..

-

8

4

2

31

ANTENNA DO NOT PAINT

11

n

:r .

LEFT SIDE VIEW

'I

:I

N

=

AV010188

N

t
Figure 8-82. Exterior """*Ï11118. UH-ID and

N ~

UH-IH (ø1aeet 1 of 18)

,N

N

co

N

-I a:I ~
.

co

.....

RIGHT SIDE
22IN.FOR-3
r

,I
(
-

~
N

n

ARROW
IN

~3

4.25

CC

II) :s

:r
.

CD

N

H<A) 31N--j tN. IQ)~ ~ [D IE:

~~tI;~;t

22- IN. FOR-1

DETAIL
A

NON CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

ï f~
79
11

44 SEE DETAIL

A

67

A

V01 0989

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (sheet 2

of 18)

8
.-

88

8

8

8'.f

r.
IJ'

.,

_8

19
40

41

f
30 65 24 ANTENNA DO NOT PAINT

18

n

f
AIGHTSIDE VIEW

31

1061

~

'i N

-t m

t
B
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings,

~

AV010990

~

UH-ID and UH-IH

(sheet 3

of 18)

N

:t:

~

.... UJ

i

ï

(')

!

~

N

24

35

24

DETAlL'r
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

AV010991

Figure 8-82. Exterior 1IUlI'kings, UH-IDørul

UH-IH (sheet 4 of 18)

,

..

~

rø 7"'':2

.. 8
CD -

CD
-

GO

.....

....

!::.

\ \
I
I

II)

.1
.....

::Q

! 1
1::1

....

!

!

....

8

:;

~

I
J
~
...

i
=
".

I!S

:

It

8
.
Chi...
2

I

!
8-231

T8746-93-2

.

8
FRONT VI EW

31

37

8
,
i

CNOTE

THE AREA DESIGNATED ABOVE WILL BE FINAL COATED WITH MIL.P.14105 PAINT, HEAT RESISTING. THIS MATERIAL WILL BE THE SAME SHADE AS THE REMAINDER OF THE AIRFRAME. LEFT SIDE VIEW
A

V01 0993

Figure 8.82. Exterior markings, UH.ID and

UH.IH (sheet 6 of 18)

8
.

8-232

Change 2

-,

TB 748-93.2

.

8
.

13 14 11 18

AFT <i
~

8

13 14
0.50 TYP

15 SEE DETAIL

D

J i...
A B
C

12
0.50

f

D
E F

G
H
J

STARTER GENERATOR OIL-DRAIN OIL TANK VENT FUEL FILTER DRAIN ENGINE FUEL DRAIN OIL TANK-TRANS. OIL & FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN FUEL CELL VENT OIL COOLER DRAIN ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN TAIL PIPE DRAIN

-

AUX FUEL
L

M
N

PUMP SEAL DRAIN SCUPPER DRAIN

$r
2.50

4.00

CELL DRAIN CELL VENT

--1
D

l
0.50
..

DETAIL

~

~ALL LINES 0.03 IN THICK.
A

-

~0.20
1+0.50

-

CHARACTERS TO BE 1/2 IN.

8
.

V01 0994

DETAIL
'

C

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and
,

UH-IH (sheet

7

of 18)
Change 2

8-233

T8 746.93.2
CODE NO.
1.

I

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of aircraft. A circular 3/8 in. broken band. Inside dia is 2.1/4 in.

WORDING
I

.
I

I
I

I
I

2.

Both sides of aircraft. 1/4.in. letters located above.broken circle

DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES
STATIC PORT

". ,.I'
TURN,
PULL
JACK HERE

I

8

3.

Both sides of aircraft. 1/4.in. letters located below broken circle Both sides of aircraft. Fwd side of cockpit door. 1/2.in. letters, non-camouflage yellow, VIP white
Both sides of aircraft. Under cockpit door handle. 1.in. letters with arrows. Arrows to point down.
.

4.

JETTISON HANDLE INSIDE

5.

6.

Both sides of aircraft, 1/2.in. letters. Fwd of front skid cross-tube at fitting with arrow. sides Also, aft end of fuselage, both

.

8

A V01 09915

and UH-1H (sheet 8 of 18) Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-1D

8
.

8.234

Change 2

TB 741-13.2

.

CODE NO.
7.

DIREC TIONS
Both sides of aircraft. Fwd 0 f front skin croll-tube aft of fitting. Also, aft end of fu.Ja.. both sides

WORDING
MOOR

8
8.

Left side of aircraft. Between doors in fu.lage. Top four lines are 1 .in. letters. Remainder are 1/2.in. letters.

u.s. ARMY (insert model UH.1D, UH.IH.)
U.s.A. SERIAL NO. (INSERT SERIAL NO.) SERVICB THIS AIRCRAFT WITH MIL-T.S624 GRADE
JP'" AVIATION FUEL

"

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO
TB5S.915o-2QO.2S FOR
..

ALTERNATE FUEL
9. Left aide of aircraft under c ode No.8 1/4-in. letters .~ontractor t 0 insert
his code.

NCAD..WPI.P2.L3.date
WP-MlL-C-8S 14 P-MIL-P.7962. L-MIL-P.19S37 or 19538

-On aircraft that d 0 not

have the primer stripped, insert the word

epoxy in lieu of MIL-P.7962

NOTE
The lacquer code w' depend on ill the type of fmish, MIL-P.19S37 for gloss or MIL-P.l 9538 for
camouf1aøe.
.

8
10.
11.

Both sides of aircraft. Under main cabin door handle. l.in. letters with arro ws

TURN'
SLIDE

Both sides of aircraft, below cabin door and aft of hook opening in lower I 1/4-.in.
letters.

..

skin,

CARGO HOOK LOAD 4000 LBS.

MAX

I

12.
~

Both sides of aircraft. On ea ch fuselage kick. in step. 1/2.in. letters. Also, two kick.in steps fwd of riFt cabin door
Both sides of fuselaøe. On to p fwd kick.in step, above word "STEP". 1 / 2-in. black letters on red door. BJack letters on camouflage, yellow non-camouflap aircraft

STEP

!'

13.

ACCESS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHING

8
.

AV010816
1'i6ure 8-8:1.

Eztmor morkïnøø. UH.ID ond UH.IH (wet 9 of 18)

Chlnge 2

8.236

T8746.93-2
CODE

NO.
14.

DIRECTIONS
On external power door. Left side of fuselage. 1/2-in. letters

WORDING

.

28V
D.C.

15.

Both sides of fuselage. 4-in. back from boom joint. Top of 6-in. letters are 8-in. down from top skin seam. Camouflage configuration only. VIP aircraft color white shade No. 17875

UNITED STATES ARMY

8

16.

Left side of aft tail boom. On

access plate.

On forward base of pylon. 1/2-in. letters Check existing stencil before Stripping

REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -25OF MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -25OF

17.

Aft of fitting on fwd center pylon. l/4-in.
letters

TAIL ROTOR TIE DOWN
NO PUSH

18.

letters. Also top

On fiberglas tail cone tip. Both sides. l/2-in. of elevator. Four places

19.

Both sides ofvertical fin. 6-in. numerals.
Right side of fuselage aft of cockpit door and fwd cabin door lower side of center post with armored seats installed. Arrow to point aft when extinguisher is installed on cargo floor between
pilots seats.

(Radio call numbers)

20.

HAND FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE

..

8

21.

One inch black ring 2 in. from and around fuel filler cap. Red or white on gloss OD, Black on Camouflage Insert fuel capacity for aircraft: 220 U.S. Gals a. UH-lD/H b. UH-1H 209 U.S. Gals (Crash.' worthy fuel system) and numerals 1/2 ih. All letters

0
U.s. GAL. CAP. USE MIL-J-5624

GRADE JP-4 IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO TB55-9150-200-25 FOR ALTERNATE FUEL

22.

Right side of fuselage around fuel grounding point.

-12===
3/4

~ ï 1/4"~
11N.

1"'1'

1/8
G
R 0 U N D

:1~ IL1/4
AV010997
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings,

H E R E

UH.ID and UH-IH

(sheet 10

of 18)

8
.

8-236

Change 2

..,:

þ

TB 746.93.2

.

CODE

NO.
23.

DIRECTIONS
Right side of aircraft, above and forward of kick-in door. Check existing stencil before
stripping

WORDING

8
24.

ENGINE OIL TANK INSIDE MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE .25OF MIL-L-7808 OIL BEWW -25OF

Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator.
See detail B.

1/4-inch letters. "RIVET P", 1/4-in. letters Arrow length of word "RIVET P". Paint rivet head yellow

RIVET P
MAX. ELEV. NOSE DOWN

~

~

1/4-in. letters. "RIVET S", 1/4-in. letters Arrow 1/2-in. long, 1/8-in. shaft, pointing down. Paint rivet head yellow

RIVET S
FULL AFT CYCLIC STICK

I

1/4-in. letters. "RIVET R", 1/4-in. letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET R". Paint rivet head yellow

RIVET R

FULL FWD CYCLIC

STICK'"

25.
26.

Both sides of main rotor fairing. 1/2-in. letters

TRANSMISSION OIL ACCESS

8

Top right of pylon. 1/2 in. letters. Check existing stencil before stripping

SERVICE GEAR BOX WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -250 F MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -2SoF
21N

27.

Camouflage aircraft. Tail Rotor Warning LusterleSs red arrow 3-in. wide, 21.75 in. long including 4 x 4-1/2 in. arrow head. Locate arrow 4-in. above parallel with centerline of antenna extending 8.5 in. past fwd end of antenna mount. Word DANGER is 2 x 1-1/2 in. Lusterless black with I/2-in. stroke and space. See detail A' for non-camouflage aircraft.
-

t

I

II'

21.76 IN.

Y-I
NO STEP

DANGER

28.

Apply "NO STEP" three places on each side facing away from walkway area. Also on top of radio antenna and two air scoops. Do not paint antenna.
Right aft side of 42 degree gear box cover

29.

GEAR BOX
ACCESS

30.

8
.

Do not paint element centered on mounting horn located on each side of boom, stencil NO PUSH, 1/2 in. letters on bend of antenna tubing, 4 required

NO PUSH

AV010998

Figure 8-82. EJCterior mlJrkings. UH-ID and UH-IH (.heet 11

of 18)
Change 2

8-237

18 746.93-2
CODE

NO.

DIRECTIONS
Antiglare area fwd of windshield, and landing gear skids and crosstubes are painted lusterless black. Gloss aircraft only

WORDING

.

I

31.

8

32.

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT
Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of each blade with lusterless white paint. Do not paint blade cap

33.

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT
The top surface of synchronized elevator will be painted international orange starting I-in. above the centerline of the leading edge. Shade 12197,

MIL-L.19537.
34.

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT (Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit
insignia is on the nose access panel

Check location of the battery in the helicopter before applying stencil. I-in. letters. Battery will either be located in the nose section, or
.

in the aft battery compartment.

35.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Decal size is 1.00 x 5.81 in. transparent background with 1/2 inch orange-yellow letters. Located on RH. side, 3 in. from back of compartment door and 6-1/2 inch from top of door. Also locate on nose door below RADIO ACCESS decal.

BATTERY ACCESS

8

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT RH. Side of fuselage 3 in. from back of compartment door and 6-1/2 inches from top of door. 1/2 inch lusterless black letters.
Also locate on nose door below RADIO ACCESS decal.

36.

Nose

of aircraft on

access door

RADIO ACCESS

37.

Two places on nose of helicopter at battery vents and two places below aft battery compartment

BATTERY VENT

38.

FOR NON-cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT (Not Shown) A 20.in. dia basic blue circle. Each side of tail boom. Fwd top of star bar is 2-in. aft of boom joint and 6.5 in. down from skin seam. Aft
top of star bar is 8.5 in. down from skin line

(National Star Insignia)

8
.

. AV010999

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings,

UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 12 of 18)

8-238

Change 2

T8 746.93-2

.

CODE NO.
39.

DIRECTIONS
FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT (Not Shown) Left and right side of fuselage on main
cabin door. 18-in. letters centered on main cabin door. White on gloss OD. Black on white

WORDING

8
40.

ARMY

FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFI' (Not Shown) Left and right side of tail. 6-in. letters. Yellow on gloss olive drab. Black on
white. Bottom of letters is 19.5 in. above horizontal line centered through taillight

ARMY

41.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Left and right side of tail. 2-in. below

00000

ARMY. 6-in. letters. Same color
~

as

ARMY on

tail

42.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint tail skid lusterless yellow on gloss olive drab aircraft. Fluorescent or Hi-Viz on artic or

jungle marked aircraft

43.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
33.in. yellow band around tail boom. Front of yellow band is 29.5 in. aft of center line of elevator horn. Do not paint antenna, see detail A

8

44.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Tail rotor warning on yellow band. Both sides of boom. Letters are 2.in. black. Arrow is red, 22-in. long with I-in. wide shaft, see detail A

DANGER

.

KEEP AWAY
INSTALL SHAFT CLAMPS INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER TORQUE TO 30-35 IN.-LB.

45.

Locate inside top cover adjacent to tail rotor drive shaft clamps. Letters will be 1/2 in. yellow, 2 required

46.

side

Left side of boom, 2 places, and I place left of pylon on drive shaft cover Left fwd side of tail rotor drive shaft housing

DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

47.
48.

MOD PLATE INSIDE
COWL

Left and right side of fwd tail boom, aft of mounting hole
Both sides of aircraft above kick-in doors. x 16 in., black on camouflage

LATCH

.

..

49.

Yellow stripe I
aircraft

8
.

AV011000
FillUre 8-82. Exterior markings,

UH-ID and UH-IH ('Met 13 of 18)
Change 1 8-238

TB 746-93-2
CODE NO.
50.

DIRECTIONS
Both sides of aircraft above kick-in doors. Yellow stripe 1 x 12 in, black on camouflage aircraft
Right side of aircraft aft of lower. step stripe

WORDING

.

51.

HEATER ACCESS

8.
-

52.

Left and right side of aircraft on access door

DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

53.

Left side of aircraft below access door (code No. 52.)

ELECTRICAL
DISCONNECT
ACCESS

54.

a.

Both side of aircraft on cowling below hand hold location.
Inside engine cowling on forward bulkhead, locate near grab handle, both sides.

HAND HOLD
~

b.

c.

Locate below grab handle, above right forward steps

55.

Both sides of aircraft below row of rivets under cabin doors 1/2-in. letters with arrows. Arrows to be centered on exact fuselage station. First arrow, Station 80, is 6-1/4 in. aftof fwd cabin door frame. Other station markings are 20-in. apart

STA 80t STA lOOt STA 120t STA 14Ot. STA 160.

o~t~
T

TO.87

L

8

1/8

-I

~

56.

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT Top and bottom of fuselage. A 15-in dia. basic
blue circle located on top as shown and on bottom spaced between antenna and gear cross tube. Do not paint antenna

(National Star Insignia)

57.

Left side of aircraft above external power connection door 1/2-in. letter with arrow

EXTERNAL,
POWER
-

58.

On upper center of tube above tow ring, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

TOW
.

AV011001

8
Figure 8-82. Exterior
markings, UH-l D and

UH-IH

(sheet 14

of 18)

8-240

Change 2

.
.~

TB 746-93.2

.

CODE NO.
59.

DIRECTIONS
High temperature paint area. This area will be painted with a silicone resin based enamel on all aircraft. This area includes:
a. Engine exhaust pipe fairing

WORDING

8

b. Fwd area of tail rotor drive shaft cover aft to cover seam
c.

Top fwd skin panels of tail boom to skin seam

60.

Inboard and outboard sides of FM homing antenna mounts
is painted lusterExtend lusterless black paint 2-in. beyond walkway area less black.

NO PUSH

!

61.

Top of fuselage. Walkway area

62.

a. Stencil engine oil tank with 1/2 in. yellow letters as shown. NO STEP is located on top of reservoir, and OIL RESERVOIR is located near top of tank and centered behind filler neck. All other markings are as indicated.

8

b. Paint 1/16 in. yellow lines on OIL RESERVOIR sight gauges as shown.

..

e
.

AV011 002

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings,

UB-ID and UB-IB (,heet 16 of 18)
Change 2

8-240A

T8 746-93.2
CODE NO.
63.

DIRECTIONS
Locate aft of reservoir sight gauge on right side pylon cover

WORDING

.

HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR INSIDE WHEN FLUID LEVEL IS VISIBLE FILL TO OVERFLOW

64.

Stencil above stowable hand hold handle, both sides tail boom

HAND HOLD

8

65.

Paint yellow arrows on both sides of engine work deck paintipg to yellow step stripes
see code

No. 49

'$1

i3IN.-!1IN.!-

~

66.

Stencil inside upper engine cowl both sides to read correctly when cowl is in open position

CLOSE THIS COWL FIRST

67.

Locate decal below CROSS TUBE mooring load decal (code No. 64) and adjacent to mooring points 4 required

TIE DOWN RING
MOORING LOAD ON RING NOT TO EXCEED

1000 LBS VERTICALL V 600 LBS LATERALL V 500 LBS FWD/AFT

68.

UH-lD AIRCRAFT ONLY Locate decal on aft side of station 166.00
bulkhead above the 204-060-499 bracket

WARNING INSTALL 204.Q60494-1 FITTING IN TURBO FAN INLET HOUSING AND 205.060494.1 FITTING IN BLEED AIR HEATER VALVE OUTLET WITH T53-L-9A OR T53-L-ll ENGINE INSTALLATION.

8

69.

Bottom left side of fuselage, top of letters to aircraft centerline

OIL TANK VENT

70.

Bottom left side of fuselage, top of letters to aircraft centerline

HEATER DRAIN

AV011003
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings,

UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 16 of 18)

8
.
j

8-2408

Change 2

TB 748-93-2

.

CODE

NO.
71.

DIRECTIONS
Bottom sides of access panel aft of rear croa tube

WORDING STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED GROUND RUN AND FLIGHT FUEL CELL DRAIN

8

72.

Bottom of fuselage, left and right side, top of letters to aircraft centerline, 6
reQ11ired

73.

Bottom of fuselage, left and right side, top of letters to aircraft centerline, 4
required

FUEL CELL CAVITY DRAIN & VENT FUEL PUMP ACCESS
and SUMP DRAIN

74.

Locate on panel, both sides, top. of letters

to aircraft centerline
!:

75.

Bottom of fuselage above auxiliary fuel drain and vents, both sides,see detail Place dews letters adjacent to auxiliary fuel syatem fittings as shown in detail D, color yellow non-camouflage, black camouflage
aircraft

AUX FUEL
L
-

M
N 0
-

-

-

PUMP SEAL DRAIN SCUPPER SEAL DRAIN CELL DRAIN CELL VENT

76.

Bottom of fuselage, left side, top of letters to aircraft centerline
Bottom of fuselage, left side, top of letters to aircraft centerline

HYD PUMP DRAIN HYD RESERVOIR SCUPPER DRAIN
FWD SUMP DRAIN

8

77.

78.

Bottom of fuselage, left and right side, top of letters to aircraft centerline Bottom left side of fuselage, top of letters to
aircraft centerline

79.

HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN

80.

Locate decal right bottom side of fuselage above multiple drain and vents. With mounted decal locate 1/2 in. letters "'A" through at drain and vent locations, see detail C

"r

'fAI
C D

STARTER GENERATOR OIL-DRAIN
-

IEIT OIL TANK VENT
FUEL FILTER DRAIN ENGINE FUEL DRAIN OIL TANK.TRANS. OIL II FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN FUEL CELL VENT OIL COOLER DRAIN ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN TAIL PIPE DRAIN

~
IF
G
H
~ "

~

J

8
.
l~
~ ,

AV011004

Figure 8-82. Ezterior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (.heel 11

of 18)
Change 2

8-2400

TB 746-93-2
CODE

NO.
81.

DIRECTIONS
Tail rotor control markingS will be with 1/2 in. dots located in conspicuous place on each part. Colors gloss red shade 11136 and gloss white No. 17875 opposite side per FED STD 595. One side shown of assembly will have 1/2 in. white dots in the
-

WORDING

.

8

same location

82.

Locate decal on both sides of fuselage directly above front and rear cross tubes.

CROSS TUBE
MOORING LOAD NOT TO EXCEED
..FWD

2600 LBS VERT ON 5000 LBS FORE & AFT

AFT
3500 LBS VERT ON 5000 LBS FORE & AFT

8

AV011005
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and

UH.IH (sheet

18 of 18)

8
8.240D
Change 2

.

TB 746-93.2

.

8
ST A 396.62

lAO
~

ST A

238.sll
STA 243.89

ST A 276.90

STA 339.63

ST A

.7.60

STA 83.38 STA 23.0
STA 71.625

STA 168.0
STA 129.0 STA 163.0 STA 102.0

STA 92.0

8

1060\
BL 36.0

BL~--.
.

~

~

HELICOPTER-.

-

--BLO.O

BL 17.76

BL 50.0

u.~Ð

23.0
~

383.64

479.398 449.699

8
.

AV011008
Figure 8-82A. Station diagram,

UH-ID and UH.IH
Change 2

8-240E/(8.240F blank)

.

8

8

8
.

T8 746.93-2

.

CODE NO.
55
Bottom of fuselage

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

8

OIL TANK AND SCUPPER DRAIN
STARTER GENERATOR OIL DRAIN

56

Bottom of fuselage

57
58 59

Bottom of fuaelage
Bottom of fuse1aøe

ENGINE FUEL DRAIN

FUEL CELL VENT

Bottom of fuse1aøe
Bottom of fuaeIaae
Bottom of fuaelaøe. 3 places Bottom of fuaeIaae

TAIL PIPE DRAIN
OIL TANK VENT
OIL COOLER DRAIN
DECK DRAIN
HEATER DRAIN

60
61

62 63

Bottom of fuIelaøe Bottom of fuselage. 10 places

64

FUEL CELL CAVITY DRAIN AND VENT FUEL FILTER DRAIN
XMSN OIL DRAIN

65

Bottom of fuselage
Bottom of fuselage

8

66
67

Bottom of fuseIaøe. 2 places, on access door. Alao each side of fuselage with arrow poinÜD8 downward
Bottom of fuse1aae
Bottom of fuselage, 2 places
Bc>>ttom

FUEL PUMP ACCESS AND SUMP DRAIN

68 69

HYDRAUUC PUMP DRAIN

AUX FUEL PUMP SEAL DRAIN

70
71

of fUle"'.

2 places

AUX FUEL SCUPPER DRAIN
AUX FUEL CELL VENT

Bottom of fuselage. 2 places
Bottom of fuselage. 2 places

72
73
;

AUX FUEL CELL VENT AUX FUEL CELL&; PUMP DRAIN
HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR SCUPPER DRAIN
FUEL CELL DRAIN HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN

Bottom of fuselage
Bottom of fuse1qe

74

75

Bottom of fuselap (YUH-ID) Bottom of fu8eIaøe

8
.
l
Ch

76
010304

""""8-81. &clerior marki",., UH-ID ønd UH-IH (Sheet 180116)

Chi. 1

8-24OCt

T8746.93.2
CODE NO.
77
78

DIRECTIONS
Bottom of fuselage (YUH-1D)

WORDING

.

FUEL PUMP DRAIN

Bottom of fuselage (YUH-1D)
Bottom of fuselage, 2 places, also each side of fuselage with arrow pointing down Bottom of fuselage

AUX FUEL PUMP DRAIN
FWD SUMP DRAIN

79

8

80
81

FUEL CELL VENT
STA STA STA STA STA
80 100 120 140 160

Both sides of helicopter below row of rivets under cabin doors 1/2-in. letters with arrows. Arrows to be centered on exact fuselage station. First arrow, Station 80, is 6-1/4 in. aft of fwd cabin door frame. Other station markings are 20-in. apart

t
. . . .

82

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER Top and bottom of fuselage; A IS-in. dia. basic blue circle located on top as shown and on bottom spaced between antenna and gear cross tube. Do not
paint antenna

(National Star Insignia)

83

Left side of helicopter above elect connection door 1/2-in. letter with arrow
On upper center of tube above tow ring. White letters

EXTERNAL
POWER

+.

84

TOW

85

Left side of helicopter under model and fuel designator. 1/4-in. letters **Cpntractor to insert his code. *On helicopter that does not have the primer stripped, insert the work epoxy in lieu of MIL-P-7962

NCAD**WPI.P2-L3-date WP-MIL-C-8514 P-MIL-P.7962* L-MIL-P-19537 or 19538

8

NOTE
The lacquer code will depend on the type of finish, MIL-P-19537 for gloss or MIL-P-19538 for camouflage.

86

High temperature paint area. This area will be painted with a silicone resin based enamel on all UH-ID helicopters. This area includes:
a. Engine exhaust pipe fairing

b. Fwd area of tail rotor drive shaft cover aft to cover seam
010306

Figure 8-81. Exterior markings,

UH-ID and UH-IH (Sheet 14 of 15)

8
.

8-240H

Change 1

f

TB 746.9~.~

.

CODE NO.

DIRECTIONS
c. Top fw d skin panels to skin seam

WORDING

of tail boom

8

87

Forward and aft outboard side of antenna horn.
Both sides of tail boom. Also inboard and outboard of antenna brackets on nose

NO PUSH

side

88

On access plate top right of fuselage

ENGINE OIL TANK INSIDE

89
~

I-in. black ring around fuel filler cap. Red or Gl oss OD or White. Black on Camouflage
Top of fiuselage. Walkway area is painted lusterless b lack, Extend lusterless black paint
2-in. beyo nd walkway area

0

.~

90

.

8

010306

.

.

~
Figure 8-81. Exterior markings. UH-ID and UH-IH (Sheet 16 of 15)

.

Change 1

8-24OJ

TB 746.93.2

.

8
ST A 454.20

I
STAO
STA

-.

760 ST A 23.0 ST A 71.625 ST A 92.0

STA 63.38

STA 102.0
ST A 129.0

ST A 166.0
ST A 163.0

8
(
OF MAST

ST A 479.398

1st..,

1.1
STA-7.60
001122 STA 23.0

STA 285.61

I
STA 102.0 STA 163.0 STA 92.0
STA 129.0

ST A 243.89

STA 63.38

STA 166.0

ST A 71.625

4t
UH-ID

Figure 8-82. Stations diagram,

.

8-240K

Change 1

T8 7~93..2
.

I

.

8
I

::

Õ'

~

....

I!
-

-

I

.... ....

Ç)

~

....

8

..

f
j
!

1!

I!

;.

=

8
.
..

I
..
0

~1

8-241
.

m

...

~

alii

....

N

00 .. ..b
Coo)
.

to.)

n

::r

I>>

ca CD

:I

....

31

.

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

010233

2 10) Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (sheet of .

8

8

8

..

_8
Ct

HELICOPTER

FRONT VIEW
BL 10.00

DETAIL B

DETAIL

A

TOP VIEW

n

~

.

~

'i
-I lID

......

ço

~
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (.heet 3

...
..0 w
.

~

010234

of 10)

Ñ

18746.93.2
CODE NO.
1

DIRECTIONS
Locate between edge of wing and synthetic walkway. Locate two outer markings in line with inner markings. Forward markings to read from forward looking aft. Aft markings to read aft looking forward. Use 1/2-in. black letters

WORDING

8

NO STEP

8
NO STEP CAUTION DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING WINGS

2 3

Aft edge of

cross tubes. 1/2-in. black letters

Locate bottom side. 1/2-in. black letters

4

Top, 2-in. in from edges and tip. 1/2-in. black letters
1/2-in. black letters Locate aft of handle, Pilot's and Gunner's canopy door. Arrows to be black 1-1/2 in. long with 1/4-in. shaft and 1/2-in. arrow head. I-in. black
letters

NO PUSH

5

BATTERY VENT

"-

6

+ +

CLOSE

OPEN

7

Locate top forward gunner's left hand armor plate. I-in. letters. White letters on gray background
Paint orange-yellow to mark complete periphery of escape exit inside. I-in. band on door pilot's and gunner's escape exits

HAND FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE

8

8
HYD RESERVOIR INSIDE
ACCESS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER

9 10

l/2-in. black letters, both sides
1/2-in. black letters, both sides

11

Locate inside of top cover (B.L.O.) approx. adjacent to shaft clamps. 1/2-in. white letters

INSTALL SHAFT CLAMPS INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER TORQUE EVENLY ABOVE NUT FRICTION
TORQUE TEE BOLT TYPE 20-25 IN. LB. THRU BOLT TYPE 30-35 IN. LB. TAP O.D. OF CLAMP LIGHTLY AND RETORQUE
'

12

1/2-in. black letters
1/2-in. black letters

DRIVESHAFT ACCESS

~

13

RADIO ACCESS

010236

8
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G,(sheet 4

of 10)

8.244

Change 1

-8

T8 7.t6-93.2

e

CODE

NO.
14

DIRECTIONS
Both aide of tailboom 4.in. down from top of Ikin aeam. Word DANGER in black on lusterless red arrow. Letters 1.1/2 in~ high x 1-in. wide with l/4-in. spacing between each letter. Characters to be 1/4.in. thick. Arrow 11.35 in. 10111 with 2.in. wide shaft. Arrowhead 2.60 in. 1008 by 3.00 in. wide

WORDING

8
15

<
.
,

L25IN.. DAM3EB--i
..

1-~.75IN.

1/2.in. black letten with l/4-in. spacing between top and bottom of each line

i REMOVE TO SERVICE WI1H MIL.L-23699 OIL ABOVE .32OC AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW .32OC AMBIENT TEMPERATURE

16

Locate parallel to ground below tail rotor tie down loop. l/4-in. black letters Both aides, use 6-in.

TAIL ROTOR TIE DOWN
(Radio call numbers)

>

17 18 19

blac~letters

Paint tail skid b1aèk

"

.

4-in. wide black letters. Distance between

Both si~ of fuselage; Most forward letter (U.left side, Y.right side) 2.1/2 in. aft of tail boom joint. Top of letters are 9-in. down from and parallel to top of skin seam. 6.in. high by

UNITED STATES ARMY

8'

~tters 1.in. Distance between words 4-in.
20

).ocate adjacent to and aft of tie down. Forward

lQ1d aft tie-down fittings. Use 1/4.in. black letters

TIEDOWN ALLOWABLE LOAD 2000 LBS

21

1/2-in. black letters, 1/4.in. spacing between
lines

EXTERNAL
POWER

22

Left and right.outbd pylon fairings. 1/2-in. black letters, 1/8-in. spacing between lines
Left and rIøbt outbd and inbd pylon fairings. 5/8-in. black letters

GROUND SAFETY piN ACCESS
HOOK MANUAL
RELEASE ACCESS

23

Aa-J6" serial No. 68.15000 thru 68.15052
24
.

1

Use 1.in. black letters with l/2.in. spacing between lines

U.S.

ARMY

AH.1G
U.S. ARMY SERIAL

II"

.

NO.
25
Use 1/2-in. black letters with l/2-in. spacing between lines

8
010238

SERVICE TIDS AIRCRAFT WITH MIL-T-5624 GRADE. JP-4 AVIATION FUEL. IF NOT A v AILABJ.E REFER TO TB 55.9150-200-25 FOR ALTERNATE FUEL

Figure 8-83.

.terlor rruJrleings, AH-IG (that 6 of 10)
Chlngë'"'

e.
Ìiìo...
1"

8-245

.

'-"""""'.

TB 146-93.2
CODE NO. 26
27

:

DIRECTIONS
1/2-in. black letters, both sides of fuselage
1/2-in. black letters. Apply to both skids 1/2-in. black letters

WORDING

AMMUNITION COMPARTMENT ACCESS
TOW

.

28
29

BATTERY ACCESS SERVICE GEAR BOX WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -32OC AMBIENT TEMP MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -32OC AMBIENT TEMP MAX. ELEV. NOSE DowN'.RIVET P

8

1/2-in. black letters

30

Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator 3/8-in. letters. "RIVET P", 3/16-in. letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET P." Paint rivet head yellow Right side of tail boom aft of elevator. 3/8-in. letters. "RIVET S" 3/16 in. letters. Arrow 1/2-in. long, 1/8-in. shaft, pointing down. Paint rivet head yellow Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator 3/8-in. letters, "RIVET R", 3/16-in. letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET R" Paint rivet head yellow Both sides of fuselage 1 /2-in. black letters
.

....
FULL AFT CYCLIC STICK RIVET S

31

~

32

FULL FWD CYCLIC STICK RIVET R

~
CAUTION DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING TAIL BOOM
STRUCTURAL PANEL REQUIRED GROUND RUN AND FLIGHT

33

8

34

Locate on oil cooler door both sides of fuselage 1/2-in. black letters with 1/4-in. spacing between lines

35

Locate on oil tank next to sight glass. 1/2-in., orange yellow letters
1/2-in. black letters

MINIMUM OIL LEVEL

36

ENGINE OIL MIL-L.23699 OIL ABOVE -32OC AMBIENT TEMP MIL-L- 7808 OIL BELOW -32OC AMBIENT TEMP
.

37

1/2-in. black letters

ENGINE OIL FILLER
CAP ACCESS

38
.

Locate both sides of fuselage bottom of pylon fairing door. 1/2-in. black letters
Locate on RH hydraulic compartment door, one on outside surlace and one upside down on inside surface. 1/4-in. black letters

PYLON ACCESS DOOR

39

BE CLOSED HYD RES OOORMUST CLOSING CANOPY WHEN OPENING OR

8
.
-

010237

Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (sheet 6

of 10)

8-246

Change 1

TB 746-93.2:

.

CODE NO. 40

DIRECTIONS
Paint filler cap, and 1.0 in. wide ring with 6.5 in. I.D. around filler cap, black
Paint 2-1/2 in. ring around ground jack plug, color 1/2 in. black letters forward of plug. G R 0 U N D

WORDING

I

e

41

lusterless black, locate

H E R E

42
.

Locate under fuel filler ca p. 1/2-in. black letters

CAP. 270 U.S. GAL FILL TO FORM F LIMITS

USE MIL-T-5624 GRADE JP-4
~

43

Locate below fuel cap. Ma rkings to be black standard NATO symbol fo r refueling
Locate below ground jack plug. Markings to be black standard NATO symbol for grounding
receptacle

44

45

Locate on Pilot's armor pa nel. 1/2-in white letters
Paint Pilot's and Gunner's jettison handles with alternating strips of .12 in. wide gloss black and .38 in. wide orange-ye llow Inside forward of pilot's d oor handle and on armor plate above gunner' s door handle. 1/4-in.

HAND HOLD

46

e
47

.

orange.yellow letters

EMERGENCY JETTISON ~ROCEDURES 1. ROTATE DOOR HANDLE UP 2. ROTATE JETTISON HANDLE INBOARD 3. PUSH DOOR OUT

48

Both sides of fuselage. Pai nt a black 3/8-in. wide broken band with a 2-3/4 in. outside diameter around static part

"
.

.

49
!:

Both sides of fuselage above circle at static port. 1/4-in. black letters
Both sides of fuselage, ab ove circle at static port, 1/4-in. black I etters
Above transmission oil levellight, 1/2-in. black letters
.

DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES STATIC PORT

,,,
..

50

8
.

51 010238

XMSN OIL LEVEL LIGHT

Figure 8-83. Exterior markings. AH-1G (.heet 7 of 10)

Change 1

8-247

18 746-93-2
CODE NO.
52

DIRECTIONS
Locate top of oil cooler duct panell/4-in. black letters

WORDING
BEFORE REMOVING THIS 'PANEL THE FUSELAGE AFT JACK POINT MUST BE SUPPORTED REFER TO: TM 55-1520-221-20 MAINT. MANUAL
-

.

8

53

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters

OIL COOLER COMPARTMENT DRAIN

54

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters

FUEL CELL CAVITY DRAIN & VENT FUEL CELL VENT
HYD RESERVOIR SCUPPER DRAIN HYD PUMP DRAIN
XMSN OIL DRAIN

55

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters
Bottom of fuselage. 1/2.in. black letters

56

57

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters Bottom of fuselage, 1/2-in. black letters

58
59

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters
Bottom of fuselage. 1/2.in. black letters

FUEL CELL DRAIN

60
61

HYD DECK DRAIN
FUEL PUMP

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters

DRAIN
62

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters. Arrow 1.2 in. long with 1/4-in. shaft and 1/2in. arrowhead
.

STARTER GEN PAD DRAIN

--I

~

8
1/2 IN.

t

63

Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters Arrow 3.30 in. long with 1/4-in. shaft and 1/2.in. arrowhead

DRAIN FUEL FILTER ENGINE DECK ENG TAIL PIPE ENG FUEL CONTROL ENG COMB CHAMBER

-1
64 65
Locate top of ammo floor. Use 1/4.in. black letters Locate on sound proofing behind Pilot's seat, centered between kit mounting studs. 1/2.in. letters and 2.00 in. white square. 1-1/2 in. x 1-1/2-in. red cross, five 1/2-in. squares arranged in a symmetrical cross centered on 2-in. white background and below letters

1/4 IN.

LEVEL HERE
FIRST AID

KIT

010239i
Fi,ure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH.1G
(sheet 8 'of 10)

8
.

8-248

Change 1

.

TB 746-93.2

.

CODE NO. 66

DIRECTIONS
Left inside of gunner's armament control panel. White letters on RED backøround. First line 1/4-in. letters. Last three lines 3/16-in. letters

-.

WORDING

8
67
68

WARNING DO NOT OPERATE TURRET WITH EITHER HYD SYSTEM PRESS LOW
NUMBER 1

On inside surf:ace of panel assy adjacent to fwd ørenad~ dispenser. 1/~-in. orange.yellow
letters

On inside surf:ace of panel assy adjacent to aft ørenade dispenaer. 1/2.in. orange-yellow
letters

NUMBER 2

-

69

... "

To be located midway up and on the forward edge of the door frarne. 1/2-in. black letters. Arrow 1. in. 10ng with 1/8-in. shaft and 1/4-in.
arrowhead, color black
.

~

FWD

70

Locate above and centered between Mini-Gun(s) andlor ørenade launcher(s). White letters on black backøround. F irst line I-in. letters, last two linea 1/2.in. Ie tters

WARNING GUN WIlL FIRE IF ROTATED BY HAND

71

FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY
Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of each blade with Iusterless white paint. Do not paint blade cap

8
72
73

FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY Entire top surface of synchronized elevator will
be painted int ernational orange

FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY
Authorized placement of unit insignia is on the the nose.aeee IS panel

74

Locate risht Slde of transmission pylon support case. Use 1/2.' m. black letters

.

Service Transmission with MIL-L-23699 Oil Above .32OC Ambient Temp MIL-L-7808 Oil Below .32OC Ambient Temp

.

75

Both sides fuselage

DRAIN FUEL
SUMP DAILY

~

76

Left outbd and inbd pylon
letters

f~g.

2/3-in. black

HOOK MANUAL RELEASE ACCESS

AH-lG,
77

serial No. 67-15786 thru 67-15869

Right outbd and inbd pylon fairing. 2/3-in. black
letters.

8
.

HOOK MANUAL RELEASE ACCESS

AH-IG,
0102.-0
,

serial No. 67-15786 thru 67.15869

Figure 8-83. Exterior mørkm,., AH-1G (8laeet 9

of 10)
..change 1

&249

18 746.93.2
CODE NO.
78

.

DIRECTIONS

WORDING

.

Loc~ted on door on centerline of fuselage

FUEL SUMP DRAIN ACCESS

79

A 1/2-in. diameter red dot on pitch horn and on upper and lower surface of blade and grip and attaching linkage

8

80

A 1/2-in. diameter white dot on pitch horn and on upper and lower surface of blade and grip and attaching linkage

81

Synthetic walkway
.

82

Located right side aft of pilot's seat 1/2-in. lusterless black letters

NO HAND. HOLD

~

83

A 1/2-in. diameter red dot on the tail rotor grip, attaching linkage and crosshead

_I~1/2.IN.
84
A 1/2.in. diameter white dot on the tail rotor grip, attaching linkage and crosshead

0
-J
-

I-- 1/2 IN.

8

010301

I
8.250
Change 1

8
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings,

AH-IG

(sheet 10

of

1 0)

.

T8746.93.2

.

8

TOP VIEW
~

HIGH VISI"LlTY MARKINGS
NOTES:
1.
-

8

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS LOWER COWL AS2. NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE SEMBL Y INCLUDING THE ACCESS DOORS AND NOSE CAP
3.

4.

FIN. APPLY A HORIZONTAL BAND AROUND THE FIN, EXTENDING UPWARD TO THE TIP OF THE VERTICAL FIN
WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE WINGS BEGINNING AT A LINE 112 IN. OUTBD OF STA 190 AND EXTENDING TO THE WING TIPS.

S.

FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE BEGINNING AT A CIRCUMFER. ENTIAL LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTER LINE AT STA 184 AND EXTENDING TO THE END OF THE FUSELAGE

6. STABILIZER.

APPLY A BAND AROUND THE

STABILIZERS
7. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR MARKINGS,

NATIONAL INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING SPECIFICA TlONS
STAR

.

~

STA 184

RIGHT SIDE VIEW
001123

8
.

Figure 8-84. Arctic and jungle service and

hi'"

visibility mørkin,..

TO-l

Change 1

8-260A/(8-2&08 blank)

.

8

8

8
.

TI746.93.2

'

.

204 IN

8

PAINT 80TH BLADES SAME'

GLDlS WHITE
TOP VIEW

~

\

8
NOT.I:
1.

SID. VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

,HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOM. Y A. COAT THE ENTII'IE CAIIN APIEA AND A. V.PlTICAL STPlIP OF NO BOADEA AEQUIAED

~'L

TA'..

B.

COAT ENTIAE DUAL FUEL TANK AND SHIELD INITALLATION. APPLY A HOI'IIZONTAL'STAIP OF TAPE (ON OUTSIDE ONLY) IETWEEN TANK STPllpS. LOWEPI POATION OF TAPE TO 8E EVEN WITH TO' OF SHIELD ANTENNA. A'PLY
A

.

C. COAT OMNI ANTENNA PANEL ASSEMILY (OUTSIDE ONLY).

STPllp OF TAPE

DO NOT PAINT

.,.

D. COAT ENTIAE VEATICALSTABILIZEA E. .THE TAIL PlOTOPl DI'IIVE EXTENSION TUBE AND PlOTOI'I GUAPID WILL NOT
BE COATED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT

8
001124

2. DO NOT APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO DOOI'I FAPIME. LANDING SKIDS, OPE PlATING MECHANISM. LIQUID LINES, AlA SCOOPS, FUEL TANK. OPI BPIACKETS. 3. EXTEPlIOPl MAPIKING AS SPECIFIED IN FIGUAE 8-48 HAS NOT BEEN CHANGED. AESTENCILING IN BLACK AND MASKING OF NATIONAL INSIGNIA MAY IE AIQUIPIID. ... OTHEPI HIGH VISIBILITY MAAKtNGS WILL BE PlEMOVED 8. SIE FIGUAE..... FOI'I MAAKINGS, NATIONAL STAPIINSIGNIA, AND LETTEPIING SPECIFICATIONS.
.

'.

Pi,.".. 8-86. Hi;'

uiBibiUt)I ".",.,dn.,.

TN-18T
Change ,

..261

CD . N 0'1 N

NOTE:
HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS.

.-1

.'"

0-

.... .þ.

.:0
Co)

~

~

:--------=----

-

-

"'''''''''''''''''' ... .'.".'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'~.".'.'.'.'.

6

FT 6-1/2 IN. MAX (LANDING GEAR FULL Y COMPRESSED)

14

FT

liN.

27 FT 9-1/2 IN.

'L:i FT 41N.
28 FT 3 IN.
8

FT 2-5/8 IN.

110 IN.
I
-

12 FT 6 IN.
6

FT 7-112 IN.

I
1
1FT 91N.

J

.7FT2IN.

RED ARROW ON

YELLOW BAND BACKGROUND

8

FT

3 IN. 21

FT 10-3/4 IN.
22 FT 4 IN.

II

00112S

Figure 8-86. High VISibility markings TH-55

.

8
.'

8

-

aD
I

N

ell
Ø>

55

tll
UNITED
~

STA41.3~

Wl67.50

~~A~

APPROX FS 462

3 INS. AFT OF TAil qOTOfI WARNING MA~KEft

I
FS 186.25

FS 138.70

NOTE
High visibility paint will be applied to shaded areas. These areas are defined
.

follows:

a. Fuselage: Beginning at F.8. 33 (F.8. 28 for helicopters without plexiglass nose) and W. L. 55 (W. L. 54 for helicopters without plexiglass nose) and runDing (diag. onally along the fuselage parallel to the gunners canopy ~iIl and the pilot's canopy and fuselage intersection on the left side and the gunner's canopy and fuselage intersection and the pilot's sill on the right side) aft to F.s. 138.70 completely across bottom of fuselage at F.8. 138.70 (edge of ammo compartment), except the rotating turret. b. Complete tailpipe fairing.
c. All Tail Rotor Drive Shaft covers including 420 gearbox cover and tail rotor tunnel cover.

d. Entire Vertical Fin, except for
a

three inch border above and below radio call letters and numbers.

e. Tail boom 3 inches

AFT of Tail Rotor Wlirning Marker (approximately F.8. 462).

f. Complete forward and aft pylon covers. Tops of pylon covers may be painted at the descretion of theater commander.

éj í

Figure 8-89.

High visibility marldngs, TH-IG

,

8
.'
f\
f"

0 0

STA-18.000
ST A-ll.000

STA 228.000

;;;
CO

.

-STA
=t

222.000

STA 00.000 STA 12.000

-STA

205.500
ST A 198.000

Z
(;)

8

-STA

191.000

ST A 25.250
STA 175.837

ST A 38.250 STA 49.000
ST A 58.500

--

STA 175.294
STA 162.563

-STA
-

148.875

ST A 136. 188

.-

STA 129.750
ST A 122.500
ST A 123.182

STA122.750

STA 113.172
~

STA 108.281

STA 109.305 STA 95.463

STA 94.864

--

-

ST A 103.641

STA 94.094 STA 80.340

STA 131.000
!'O

STA 80.047

STA 83.547

~
I

~

--

-STA 73.000 -STA 66.000
STA 59.000 STA 53.000

e..

E~

-STA
STA 170.000

47.000
39.375 35.3()ISTA

i
~

STA

8
"1'1

-- -I
nl
)>
;Jg

STA 31.750

~
i
gg
I

-STA 179.000 -STA 186.000
c:
lit
m

STA 23.681

;Jg

~
-I
)>
;Jg

."

'" '"0
)>
;Jg

.:I>
(;)
m

'G

00

~.

~
STA 72.500

'" j;!
go.
......

-STA
-

247.830

~
~
)>
:z:
Is!

STA 257.606

,

r

~--

ST A 272.000

-

t:

STA 268.610

'"
g:

-- -STA 66.550
46.000 -- -STA

j;!

.!

~ ~
Ñ
<

!
==-

0

L:r
'" ....
)>
Is!
go.

-

ST A 35.750

'"
,..
::!
n
:I>

Z'" j;!
.... :I>

L_- -STA 25.500

8
is
0

.lit

;..,

g

:-

.-

--

-STA

15.250

lit

.... :I>

III

III

!:
N
m

;~
r

~
""

--~~ ~
!"m
;Jg

-STA8.125 -STA3.995

-.STAOO.OOO

8
.

!:
N

,..

~
0

'"
,..
6
0

-~-p
r

......r

m

íi>;:J

)> :s)> ;Jg (;')

~
-I
)>

va
)>
;Jg

j;!~ Æ-I
'" '"0
)>
;Jg

~

8-255

.

8

.
..

.

t

8

"-1TOP VIEW

NOTE:
HIGH VISIVILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHApED AREAS

~

LEFT SIDE

VIEW

8
.
00 1126

Figure 8-87.

Exterior marldngs, T-4Z (sheet

1

of Z)

8-253

:1...r..:

""

CODE NO.
I 2

DIRECTIONS
Above and below rear baggage compartment door
Unde'rside of fuselage at rear of cabin section

WORDING

LEVEL POINT
JACK HERE
JACK PAD

.
NO.-

3
4

Underside of each wing stud, inbd of the gauge
On left side of fuselage

AIRCRAFT MODEL- U.S. ARMY T-42 SERIAL # U.S. ARMY SERIAL
DANGER
WARNING PROP

5 6
7

8

On upper right inbd wing
White letterÌllg on 3 in. red strip

On upper portion of wing. 4 tanks, each

individually filled
8

FUEL MIL-G-5572 100/130
NO STEP
"

On inbd right and left upper wings
On both sides of nose

9
10
11

DO NOT PUSH

On main and tail wing flaps

NO PUSH

Left and right of each engine cowling
Baggage load
On

MAGNETO DISCONNECT

~

12

AFT BAGGAGE 400 LBS.
EMERGENCY RESCUE

13
14

left,above rear side window

On each engine cowling

OIL MIL-L-22851
OPERATION INFORMATION

15

Left side of fuselage
Right side of fuselage below window
Center of main cabin floor

16
17

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR /ATTACHING PARTS/SCREW
*

18

8

Tire Pressure

:

*Nose wheels 65 psi *Main wheels 50 psi

PSI

19
20
21

Underside of each wing and on tail bumper
Under access plate on the lower outbd of left nace lIe

TIE DOWN
24

VOLT

Underside at front section

INSTR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
NOSE BAGGAGE LOADING LIMIT

22
23

Nose baggage loading limit

Nose baggage compartment RH fuselage section.

BATTERY INSIDE
A

Figure 8-87.

Exterior markings, T-42 (sheet 2 oi 2)

8
001127

8-254

.
~

~

r
,

~ TB

746-93.2

.

CODE

NO.
I

DIRECTIONS Left side of fuse lage. On OD paint aft of top
engine cowI. I-in yellow letters
.

WORDING
U.S. ARMY T-41B U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (Insert Serial No.)
Service this aircraft with MIL-G.5572 Grade 115/145 aviation fuel. If not available use Grade 100/130

8
2 3

Left side of fuse lage, below model designator.
1/2-in. y ellow Ie tt ers

.-

Left side of fuse lage, below fuel specification. 1/4-in. ye llow Ie tters. Paint Code. **Paint Contract or will in sert their initials after NCAD Left side of nose wheel and outbd side of main wheels. T ire slippage mark. A 1 x 2 in. red stripe 2-i n. on w heel, I-in. on tire
Nose wh eel tire pressure on side of nose gear fork. Pia ce stencil on side where valve stem is installe d. 1/2-i n. letters

NCAD**WP#-P#.L#-DA TE
WP-MIL-C-8514 P.MIL-P.8585

L-TT-L.32

4
t

.

.

5

TP 26 PSI

6

Top of Ie ft engin e cowling at oil filler access door. I-i n. below or outbd of access door.
1/2-in. y ellow Ie tters

OIL MHS-24A
SAE 50 ABOVE +40op SAE 40 BELOW +40op TB 55-9150-200-25

8
7 8 9

Light ap plication of lusterles& black shade 370380 n back s ide of blades only. Paint 4-in. yellow ti ponfw d side of tips only

Both side s of fus elage, 2-in. above step. 1/2-in. 'nt step with nonskid material yellow Ie tters. Pat Both side s of cab in door, centered between door glass and OD. En d of first line is 2.75 in. fwd of door opening handle. 1/2-in. black letters
Both side s on ca bin doors, centered on door opening handle. 1 /2-in. black letters

STEP

PIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATED INSIDE

10
~

PULL

11
~

Left side s of fuselage on OD. Below aft side
cabin w' mdows I _in. letters

BATIERY LOCATION APT OP BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
STATIC SOURCE

12

8
.
",..

Both side s of fuse lage at"sta 117.25. 1/2-in. yellow Ie tters, ar row 1/2 x 1.50 in. Bottom of arrow is 3.50 in. above center of static port

+
of 7)
Change 1

010310
Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings, T-41B (Sheet 6

8.252E

18 746.93.2
CODE NO.
13

DIRECTIONS
Both
sides of fuselage. A 15-in. dia basic blue circle center vertically. Bottom of top star frame in line with ODlwhite seam

WORDING
(National Star Insignia)

.

8

14

Both sides of dorsal fin and rudder. Top of elevators, elevator tab and elevator tips. 1/2-in. black on white, yellow on OD. Both sides of centered fin and rudder. Top of letters 24-in. down from top of fin. 6-in. black letters

NO PUSH

15

U.S. ARMY

16

Both sides of fin and rudder, centered 4-in. below U.S. ARMY. 8-in. black numbers. Use
last five digits of aircraft serial number

(Radio Call Numbers)

17

Antiglare. area. Top of engine cowling. Lusterless black from fwd of windshield to speed ring cowl
.

18

Top of cowl fwd of windshield, between handgrip and windshield. Top of letters facing aft. 1/2-in. yellow letters

HANDGRIP

19

Top of each wing at fuel filler caps. I-in.
wide red band around filler cap. Inside dia. of band is 3 1/4 in. from center of filler cap

0 @f
FUEL MIL-G-5572 115/145
(National Star Insignia)

6.50 IN.

t

8

20

Top of each wing fwd of fuel filler caps.
1/2-in. yellow letters facing aft

21

Top of left wing, bottom of right wing. A
25-in. dia basic blue circle. Centered 35-in. inboard of wing station 190.0. Point of star facing fwd

22

Top of right wing, bottom of left wing. 25-in. yellow letters. 3.75 in. inboard of wing station 190
.

U.S. ARMY

23

Top of fuselage at 4 lifting eyes. 1/2-in. black letters fating outboard. Locate
stencil on the inboard side eye

LIFT

...

of the

lifting

24

On leading edge of each wing strut, above and below step. 1/2-in. yellow letters.
,

STEP

010311

8
of 7)

Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings,T-41B (Sheet 6

8-252F

Change 1

.

TB 746.93.2

.

CODE

NO.
25

DIRECTIONS
On lower end of wing struts. Upper side near fuselage. l/2-in. yellow letters. Part number facing fwd
Underside inboard of each wing, 2-in. aft of centerline of front spar rivets, 1 1/2 in outbd of gap fairing strip. 1/2-in. yellow letters, top of letters facing inbd

WORDING
0523606.17 (L.H.) 0523606-18 (R.H.)

8

26

CAUTION: DiscONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING BEFORE REMOVING WING.

27

On top of left and right main landing gear strut on each side of step. Top of letters facing fwd. 1/2-in. yellow
On top of left and right main landing gear strut, lower end near wheel. Top of letters face aft 1/2-in. letters.
Gloss white, shade 17875. Applied to the rudder, vertical fin, dorsal fin, and the upper portion of the fuselage. The dividing line is centered on the crankshaft to the

STEP

:

28

TP 24 PSI

.~

29

horizontal row of rivets immediately below the stabilizer

30

8
010312

Fluorescent red, shade 633. Applied to the entire speed cowl; the lower engine cowling, starting at the lower side of the top cowling around to the opposite side; the upper portion of the vertical fin, both sides, from the top to a line 20-in. down from the top; the entire horizontal stabilizer; and each outer wing panel from sta 190.00 to the tip

.

8
Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings, T-41B (Sheet 7

of 7)
Change 1

.

8-252G

18746-93.2.

.
ST A 23.62

I
I

I

STA 39.0.0 STA 57.12 STA 71.37 I I STA 85.87 I

I

II

I

8
I

I

I

I

I

I

STA 100.50 : STA 118.00 I STA 136.00

I

I

STA 154.00

I
I

STA 172.00

I

I

STA 190.00

i

! I

..

8
STA

O'OOl

r
I

STA 3.37
I
.

STA 16.66

ST A 65.33

STA 142.00

I
I

.

'I
"

I
'1

:'

I:
'1

..

'. :.

I
I

I
I

I
I

..

I

I
ST A 90.00

I

I
ST A 178.00
ST A 228.68

STA 124.00

I
STA

44.00.1

STA 80.00 STA 56.70

8
.
~

Figure 8-86B. Stations diagram, T-41B
010230

8-252H

Change 1

.

T~ 746...,.1

.

8

c

Ii;

a

,..

I'i

.

a

~

z

i

@7)~. cog

t::'

~
CI)

..

~~
~
~

I
i:Q ~

~

8

OJ
.

f

~
lip

.,

GO

j
.

~

8
@

I
.. a

.

Ch8nge 1

8-2&2C

TB 746.93.2

.
II. W
III

I;;

8

.J
:;(
w

IQ
w
w

I/)

t:::'

.... c
~
....
CII CII

~
~
===

'....

:r3

II. W

.1;;

II
'"

~

!
w

~
==
w

Q

~
~

>

E

!

...

'E

... c

IX u.

~

....

8

~
00 cò

~

~

CD

...

ØI 0 M
0

8
.
,.

0

8.252D

Change 1

.

CD

N

.~ at
n

,.

...

i: .0

Coot

.

N

i
-

if
STA

STA 218.00

I

I

SEE DETAIL
A

iiJ
Strl!

DETAIL

A

ITOP VIEW>>

BOTTOM VIEW
010307 Figure 8-86A.

&terior markings, T-41B

(Sheet 2

of 7)

8
..
It
:-

8

.

8"

..

h
"

8

8

29

STA 147.00

14

4

I

I

n
~
ED

ca CD
...a

:J

LEFT SIDE VIEW

'....
co

m

N
N

~
010225 Figure 8-86A Exterior markings, T-41B(Sheet
1

G1

0\. )>

.

'"
of 7)

w

~

LEFT SIDE VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOrES:

TAPE

1.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS:

A. COAT THE CARGO DOORS

B. COAT THE ENGINE ACCESS DOORS

C.

COAT THE VERTICAL STABILIZER. FRONT VIEW

D.

COAT THE ENGINE FAIRING AND INLET ASSEMBLY.

E. COAT THE TAILBOOM STABILIZER STRAT

(")

:r II)

:J

-------BE 2. EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED FIGURE 8-37 WILL, IF NECESSARY RESTENCILED IN BLACK

-----

-.----.------

'i

...a

BE REMOVED AND THE 3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR
~
D:I
.þ..

4. SEE FIGURE 8-37 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING

SPECIFICATIONS

....

qo

N

~

010242

0.0 w ~
Figure 8-90. High visibility markings, OH-6 used for training

T8 746-93-2

ST A 206

STA 168

I

I

I

I
TOP VIEW

,

STA 121

I

i

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS
NOTES:
1.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS: COAT THE CREW AND PASSENGER DOORS. NO BORDER A.
B.

APPLY A STRIP OF TAPE, TAIL BOOM FIN

5

x

84 IN., TO BOTH SIDES OF THE

C.

COAT THE FORE AND AFT FAIRINGS. CAUTION: DO NOT PAINT ANTENNAS
.

2.
3.
.

EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE WILL IF NECESSARY BE RESTORED IN BLACK

4.

ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED AND THE COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR r SEE FIGURES-51 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA. AND LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS

010243

Figure 8-91. High lJisi~ility markings, OH-58 used for training

8-258

Change 1

--.- ----"'--------"---'--. ---~----~-"~----- -- -- ------.
--

~------~
)

\.. !

TOP VIEW

= ,

c::::::o
-

.. ==;0
0=0
-

,

-

lUJlì~mìr~[Þ) ~ìr &

ìr[~

&~[MJV
CI c=t

=0
0

""'---0---1::::11: ~ :
~

I

,

0

'

, ,

'

~~~~~
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
HIGH VISIBILITY

I
I ,
..

'

I
, ,

ð:

~~

=

NOTES:

1.

HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLDWS:

n

:r

A. COAT THE NOSE DOOR

3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED AND THE COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR 4. SEE FIGURE 8-67 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONSL STAR INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING SPECI FICA TI ONS

~

I>>

::::I

B.

COAT TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER FAIRING

'2

...a

C. COAT ONLY THE TOP ÄND TIPS OF THE STABILIZER
OJ
~

2. EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-ô7 WILL BE NECESSARY IN BLACK RESTENCILED

-I

....

CC)

N

0.. .:0

~

U'I

010244

Figure 8-92. High visibility mørkin/IB, CH-34 used for training

to.)

-

.

---

------------------

-------._---

.-.----------,-'--.....

~~.

ço

N

Ø)

-I cø
~
......

0

.0 12345
ST A

w. N

(")

:r

I>>

.~

:I

(80

~

0
0

0 0
0
UNITED STATES ARMY

LEFT SIDE VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOTES:

1.

HIG.HVISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS:

A. COAT ENTIRE AREA OF BOTH FORWARD PYLON WORK PLATFORM

2. .EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-74 WILL, IF NECESSARY, BE RESTENCILED IN BLACK
3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED AND THE COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR 4. SEE FIGURE 8-74 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND

B.

COAT ENTIRE AREA OF THE TUNNEL COVER INSTALLATION

C.

COAT BOTH DOOR ASSEMBLIES

D.

COAT FORWARD FAIRING. ASSEMBLY

LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS

E.

-F.

COAT THAT PORTION OF THE AFT WORK PLATFORM :SO AS TO CONTINUE HORIZONTALLY THAT LINE FORMED BY EXTENDINÇ; THE BOTTOM OF THE FORWARD FAIRING ASSEMBL Y ON-THE-CH:.4"7BOÑLV-;-ÃPPLV A VERTICAL STRIP OF TAPE ON THE AFT PYLON FAIRING ASSEMBLY, CLEAR APP EXHAUST BY t INCHES

010246

"

Figure 8-93. High uisibility markings, CH-47 used for training

'

;

/"

------~-----------~-

.~ --~~----- ~.--_.--~---------\

-._~--

---------.--..-----.'-.

./

TOP VIEW

ST)6891
ST A 729

LEFT SIDE VIEW

FRONT VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOTES:
2. E.XTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-75 WILL IF NECESSARY BE RESTENCILeD IN BLACK

1.

HIGH VISIBLIITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS:

A. COAT AREA OF NOSE DOOR ASSEMBLY

B.

BE 3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL REMOVED AND THE COMPONENT.ReTURNED TO BASIC COLOR

COAT ENTIRE AREA OF THE COVER AND THAT PART OF THE COCKPIT EXTENDING HORIZONTIALLY ALONG THE TOP OF THE COVER TO THE 4TH ROW OF RIVETS -c.-CÓAT COMPLETE- LANDING GEAR-FAIFIING ASSEMBLIES FOR AND AFT

4. SEE FIGURE 8-75 FOR MARKINGS.NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND

LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS

~

D. COAT BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE BETWEEN STATION 689 AND STATION 729
-

-

E. COAT PYLON FAIRING ASSEMBLY -. F. COAT TOP, TIP AND LEADING EDGE OF STABILIZER

--

-..
~ ~

---

~
0Co)

n ::r

II) :s

.0

'8

~,
Figure 8-94. High wibilit,y markings, CH-54 used for training

,

.

-

010246

qo

N

~ OJ

en

N

~

"-I

.0 w N
36 IN.

n

CIJ

:T
36 IN.

~

'8
PAINT BOTH BLADES SAME

1--72 IN.1

-r--~
f.
.

36 IN.

....

i
:-J

i

LUSTERL"'"
TOP VIEW

LGLOSS BLACKJ
WHITE

FRONT VIEW

~

-

LEFT SIDE VIEW

010247

Figure 8-95. High uisibili!y TfUJrkings,

pH-IA and UH-IB

used

for training

)

.

"-

(,

-

44 IN. 1/6 BLADE LENGTH

44 IN. 1/6 BLADE ,LENGTH

LUSTERLESS BLACK
TOP VIEW

FLUORESCENT
RED-ORANGE

PAINT,

(")

:T I>>
UNI"fED

=

S"fATES

A~M"'-==-

'i

-a

00

N

en

w

FRONT VIEW

LEFT SIDE VIEW

FLUORESCENT RED-QRANGE TAPE

-

-t ØI
~
...,

f
Figure 8-96. High uisibility mørkintlB,

~
UH-ID and UH-IH used for training

.:0
w

cr

iii".

010248

;..,

=

-

71:'

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful